Sensor Installation Details

a.
Product Catalogues
MANUFACTURER /
SUPPLIER
APPLICATION
Air Differential Pressure Switch Airflow &

Air Differential Pressure Switch - Filter
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
Fan Airflow Monitoring &

Filter Status Monitoring
SPU 1201
Water Differential Pressure Switch
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
Pipe Pressure High / Low Level

Monitoring
DS 03
SPD 310
Air Differential Pressure Sensor
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
Duct Air Pressure Monitoring
DS 04
MD20B-230
Actuator Damper (On/Off) + Switch Aux MD-S1
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
AHU Damper Actuator
DS 05
MD10A-24
Actuator Damper (Modulating)
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
DS 06
MN-S4-FCS
Room Temperature Sensor With Display For FCU
Schneider Electric,
USA
Room Temperature Monitoring

for FCU
DS 07
EE07-PFT1
EE244-AA1
EE242-A3
Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor +

Wireless Transmitter +
Wireless Base Station
E+E, Austria
Temperature and Humidity

Sensor for Galleries
DS 08
CI-24
PIR sensor for VAV/CAV
Legrand, France
OccupancySensor for VAV/CAV
DS 09
UI-500
Air Volume Control Potentiometer
DS 10
EPW105
DS 11
VER-HWL2XCX
S. NO.
PART NO. / MODEL NO.
DS 01
SPD 910-300 &

SPD 910-1000
DS 02
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Water Differential Pressure Transmitter
Space Humidity Transmitter
Page 1 of 4
Sontay, UK
AHU Damper Actuator
Air Volume Control Knob
Schneider Electric,
USA
Differential Pressure Monitoring

for Pump Controls
Veris, USA
Textile/Paper Lab, Cleaning Room
MANUFACTURER /
SUPPLIER
APPLICATION
Outdoor Humidity Transmitter
Veris, USA
Outdoor Humidity Sensor
TFEYR00
Duct Temperature Sensor
Veris, USA
Temperature Sensor - Duct
DS 14
TIWB1Y0
Immersion Water Temperature Sensor for Pipes
Veris, USA
Immersion Water Temperature

Sensor
DS 15
TE500DCW12H31E2
DS 16
TWLY00
DS 17
VER-HD2XVCX
DS 18
CLRSXX
DS 19
VER-CWE
DS 20
FSR1AK1X + FST4A020
DS 21
DS 22
S. NO.
DS 12
VER-HO2XMCX
DS 13
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor
Greystone, Canada
Averaging Temperature Sensor Duct

Textile/Paper Lab, Chiller Room,
Wall Mount Space Temperature Sensor
Duct Humidity Transmitter
Remote CO2 Sensor
Veris, USA
Transformer Room, MV Room
Schneider Electric,
USA
Duct Air Humidity Monitoring
Veris, USA
CO2 Sensor for Galleries

Cafeteria, Lobby, Lounge, Stage,
Schneider Electric,
USA
Restaurant, Auditorium, Theatre
Ultrasonic Strap on Flow Meter
Veris, USA
CHW Bypass line
VER-U001-0022
Impellor Water Flow Meter
Veris, USA
TOYR00
Outdoor Temperature Sensor
Veris, USA
Wall Mount CO2 Sensor
Page 2 of 4
CHW Pressurization unit Make-up

line
Outside Temperature Sensor
MANUFACTURER /
SUPPLIER
APPLICATION
Greystone, Canada
High Pressure Alarm for CHW line
CO Sensor
VCP, Sweden
Loading Bay and Generator Room
HC2-IP25
Combined Temperature and Humidity Sensor
Rotronic, USA
Combined Gallery Temp and

Humidity sensor with transmitter
DS 26
LOXONE
Outdoor Light Sensor
Loxone, Austria
Light Sensor
DS 27
LL15
Liquid Level Float Switch
Heat & Combustion,

UK
Tank Level Float Switch
DS 28
AFS-262-HT
High Temperature Air Differential Pressure

Switch
Heat & Combustion,

UK
DS 29
GTC116-PB
Airflow Measuring Station
Ebtron, USA
Airflow Measuring Station for AHU
DS 30
D6200N+SY3-24-3-T
Butterfly Valve + Actuator
Belimo, Switzerland
Butterfly Valve + Actuator
DS 31
AX-MPR3-12, 18, 28, 36,

54, 72, 105
Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph
Axio, UK
Din Mount Heating Regulator
DS 32
MNB-300
FCU & Unitary Controller, BACnet
Schneider Electric,
USA
BACnet Unitary Controller
DS 33
SXWAUTSVR10001
Network Controller
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
Management Level Network

Controller
DS 34
SXWPS24VX10001
Power Supply
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
SXW Power Supply
S. NO.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
DS 23
WPS-G-PS3
Liquid Static Pressure Switch
DS 24
CMD 050VC
DS 25
Page 3 of 4
Airflow monitoring for Smoke

Extract fans
StruxureWare I/O Module Family
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
I/O Modules for DDC controller
SXWSWESXX00001
Building Management Software
Schneider Electric,
Sweden
BMS Software
DS 37
HP DX2XXX Series
Workstation PC complete with LCD monitor
HP China/Taiwan
Workstation PC
DS 38
Epson LQ-300 Series
Dot Matrix Printer
Epson China/Taiwan
Printer
DS 39
HP Office-jet 6000 Series
Report Printer
HP China/Taiwan
Printer
DS 40
HP Probook Series
Laptop
HP China/Taiwan
Engineering Laptop
DS 41
Kamstrup + Sitrans
Magnetic Inductive Flow Meter and BTU

Calculator
Sitrans, Germany
Kamstrup, Denmark
Inductive Flow Meter
DS 42
Kamstrup
Ultrasonic BTU Meter
Sitrans, Germany
Kamstrup, Denmark
BTU Meter
DS 35
SXW - SERIES
DS 36
ATT 43
QNM BMS Scope of Works Letter
ATT 44
QNM BMS PICV Compatibility Letter
ATT 45
Product Assurance Letter
ATT 46
Letter of Support Procedures
ATT 47
MOM with Arup UK
Page 4 of 4
SPD 910-300, 1000 Air Differential Pressure Switch
Sensors & Input Devices
SPD910
Differential Air Pressure Switch
This range of four SPD910 differential air flow
switches are intended for use in air handling systems
for the monitoring of air ducts, filters and fans.
The enclosure is plastic with a rating of IP54.
A set-point adjustment is provided under the
clip-on clear plastic cover.
The mounting bracket and tubing is supplied.
Description
See part number table on page 2
Medium
Pressure Range
Tolerable overload on one side
Repeatability
Air and neutral gases

0.2 50 mbar
75 mbar at 30 75 C
50 mbar at 30 85 C
0.2 3 mbar
0.5 5 mbar
1 10 mbar
5 20 mbar
10 50 mbar
Resistive Load
0.025 mbar
0.05 mbar
0.05 mbar
0.05 mbar
0.15 mbar
Switching Load
5 A at 250 Vac
4 A at 30 Vdc
Inductive
0.8 A at 250 Vac
0.7 A at 30 Vdc
Materials in contact with the medium
Case: PC 10% GF
Cover: PC
Diaphragm: Silicone LSR
tempered 200 C, free of gas emissions
Temperature
Medium and ambiance 30 +85 C -22.. +185F
Storage
40 +85 C -40.. +185F

Mechanical > 106 switching cycles
Screw terminals or AMP connectors 6.3 mm or 4.8 mm
according to DIN 46244
Cable gland PG11 with cable strain relief
Without Cover
With Cover
IP 00
IP 54
Service life
Electrical connection
Protection standard
Pressure connections
Pipe 6.2 mm
Adapter inside thread G1/8
Tests / Admissions
ETL
CE conformity
DVGW according to DIN 1854
EU conformity:
Low voltage directive 73/23/EWG
Gas appliance directive:
90/396/EWG CE 0085 A P0918
Sensors & Input Devices SPD910

Part Number
Part Number
Model Number
Description
Replaces
004701090
SPD910-2000Pa
Switch Pres Air SPD910-2000Pa
004701080
SPD910-1000Pa
004701070
SPD910-500Pa
SPD900-600Pa
004701060
SPD910-300Pa
SPD900-200Pa
Dimensions
INSTALLATION
Fig. 1
In general, the mounting

with two screws next to
each other is sufficient.
The maximum diameter
of the screws must not
be bigger than 8 mm.
Flow area
1)
Fig. 2
Flow area
Function
The pressure switch has two separate pressure
chambers, each with its own connection. The
switch operates when the setpoint is either
exceeded or not reached.
Mount the pressure

switch with the pressure
connections pointing
downwards, to drain
condensation moisture
which might occur.
Mount the pressure
switch horizontally
(electrical connectors
pointing upwards) only,
Hoses are not allowed to
if no condensate can
be bend or damaged
form. In this position, the
during mounting.
switching values are
Leaking hoses and hose
approximately 20 Pa
connections cause
higher as indicated on
disturbances on the
the scale.
device or inaccurate
measurements. It is
essential to remove the
cap for transportation
safety mounted on P2.
Vacuum Monitoring
Connect the pressure switch via P2. Do not
connect P1. Leave P1 open. Pake sure that dirt
can not get into P1.
2011 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
High Pressure Monitoring

Connect the pressure switch via Pa. Do not
Connect P2. Leave P2 open. Make sure that dirt
can not get into P2.
Filter Monitoring
Connect P1 before the filter and P2 after it.
Fan Monitoring
Connect P1 after the fan (in blowing direction)
and P2 before the fan.
Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50

03-00265-01-en
Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166
www.schneider-electric.com
October 2011
SPU 1201
Water Differential Pressure Switch
DS 21.602
02/03
TM
UNIVERSAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

SWITCH
Specification No. 131-X-XXX
APPLICATIONS
Can be used to signal when the pressure difference is too high due to
a blocked filter; too low due to flow failure, or for level control in a
pressurised vessel. Not suitable for use on a vacuum.
Invensys is a trademark of Invensys plc and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
SPU
SPECIFICATION
Type:
SPU 1201 Universal Pressure Switch Specification No. 131-1-201

SPU 1202 Universal Pressure Switch Specification No. 131-1-202
Maximum Line Pressure:
34 bar
SPU 1201
Pressure Range:
0.2 to 4 bar
Reset Differential:
0.1 bar approx.
Maximum Differential Pressure Overload: 16 Bar

SPU 1202
Pressure Range:
12 to 250 mbar
Reset Differential:
7 mbar approx.
Maximum Differential Pressure Overload: 1 Bar

ELECTRICAL RATING
Single pole, double throw microswitch:
5A at 250Vac (Resistive)
2A at 440Vac (Resistive)
Earth Connection Provided
Ambient Temperature Limits:
10C to +80C
CONSTRUCTIONS
Diaphragm:
Beryllium Copper
Seals:
Nitrile Rubber
Pressure Chambers:
Brass
Pressure Connections:
SPU 1201 " BSP

SPU 1202 1/8" BSP
Microswitch Housing:
Zinc Diecast
Top Cover:
Steel with Neoprene Gasket
Mounting Bracket:
Steel zinc plated
Degree of Protection:
IP65
Terminals:
Accept 1mm2 wire. Larger sizes are not recommended.
Cable Entry:
20mm conduit thread adaptor supplied. SPU thread also suitable for a cable gland nut.
Pressure Medium:
Air, Nitrogen, Inert Gases, Water, Steam or Mineral Oils
INSTALLATION
MOUNTING BRACKET DETAILS
Connect the high pressure and low pressure connections to the

appropriate tapping points. (HIGH or HP, LOW or LP).
In applications involving flow where differences in line pressure
between the two connections are always within the range of the switch
there is no need to fit valves.
Not suitable for use on a vacuum.
Mounting Considerations
The mounting bracket is fitted as standard.
Wiring Instructions
1. Ensure the switch is isolated.
2. Remove the lid and terminal cover.
3. User terminals 1 and 2 (or C and NC) for closed circuit below
operating pressure.
4. Use terminals 1 and 3 (or C and NO) for closed circuit above
operating pressure.
5. Ensure Earth connection is used.
Adjustment
A quarter turn of the adjusting nut will give a change in setting of
approximately 10% of the range of the SPU. (400mbar on the
SPU 1201, 25mbar on SPU 1202). Fig.3.
Two Slots 6.7 Wide

12.7 Long
Fig.1
Dimensions in mm
WIRING
Normally Open Contact
Normally Closed Contact
Common Contact
Fig.2
ADJUSTMENT
INCREASE
Adjusting Nut
Operating
Pressure
Adjustment
DECREASE
Fig.3
Conduit
Thread
DIMENSION DRAWINGS
Adjusting
Nut
Low
Low
SPU1201
SPU1202
Dimensions in mm
High
High
Weight:
1.4kg (SPU 1201)
1.8kg (SPU 1202)
Type
SPU 1201
100
38
92
17.0
18.6
53.2
" BSP
77
21.4
14.5
SPU 1202
92.4
42.9
100
17.0
18.6
52.6
/8" BSP
90
16.2
12.5
TM
Invensys Climate Controls Europe

Farnham Road
Slough
Berkshire SL1 4UH
United Kingdom
Telephone +44 (0)1753 611000
Facsimile +44 (0)1753 611001
Web site
www.climate-uk.invensys.com
WARNING THIS IS A MAINS OPERATED DEVICE. LOCAL WIRING REGULATIONS

AND USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. NOTE
EARTHING REQUIREMENTS.
Cautions
Do not apply any voltages until a qualified technician has checked
the system and the commissioning procedures have been
completed.
If any equipment covers have to be removed during the installation
of this equipment, ensure that they are refitted after installation to
comply with UL and CE safety requirements.
Not suitable for use on a vacuum.
Observe maximum ambient temperature.
Interference with those parts under sealed covers renders the
guarantee void.
Design and performance of Invensys equipment is subject to
improvement and therefore liable to alteration without notice.
Information is given for guidance only and Invensys does not accept
responsibility for the selection of its products unless information has
been given by the Company, in writing, relating to a specific
application.
A periodic system and tuning check of the control system is
recommended. Please contact your local Invensys Office for details.
1995 Invensys plc. All Rights Reserved.
SPD 310
Air Differential Pressure Sensor
01
Sensors & Input Devices
SPD310/SPD360
Part Number
Part Number
Product
004700320
SPD310-100/300/500/1000 Pa
004700340
SPD310-1000/1200/2500/5000
Pa
004700360
SPD360-300/500/1000/2500 Pa
Product specifications
Signal Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 10 VDC
Power.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC 10%/15 - 32 VDC
Load Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >50 kOhm
Current Consumtion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 mA
Accuracy (linear output). . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75%FS
0 - 100 Pa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5%FS
Linearity inc. temperature and
hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2%FS
0 - 100 Pa.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4%FS
Accuracy at ambient temp.
of 25 C/UG - 24V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4%FS
Ambient Temperature
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F)

Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . -30 to 85 C (-22 to 185 F)
Load Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 Hz
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ms
Materials:
Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PP
Duct Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS
Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC, soft
Enclosure Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP65
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 g
EMC Standards . . . . . EN 50081-1, EN 50082-12
Max. Pressure
100/300/500/1000 Pa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 Pa
1000/1200/2500/5000 Pa . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 Pa
Differential Pressure Transmitter Air

0-10 V
SPD310/SPD360 Differential pressure transmitters
are used in air handling systems for the monitoring
of air ducts, filters and fans.
SPD310/SPD360 are electronic differential pressure
transmitters that convert the measured differential
pressure into an electric 0 - 10V signal. Four measuring ranges are user selectable (jumper/see table).
For special applications the output signal can be
configured symmetrically (jumper sym).
SPD360 has a LC display, showing the differential
pressure in Pa or mbar (jumper mbar) or InH2O
(jumper InH2O).
SPD310/SPD360 are delivered with 2 metres of
tube and two plastic duct connectors.
Medium: air and non-aggressive gases.
Sensors & Input Devices SPD310/SPD360
dimensions
85
G0
1000 100Pa
1200
300Pa
2500
500Pa
5000 1000Pa
1
mbar
psi
Wiring details
30
sym.
Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50 Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166 www.schneider-electric.com
03-00266-01-en
January 2012
MDB 20B-230
Damper Actuator (On/Off)
01
Field Devices Europe
MD20B-24/-230
On/Off or 3-point 24 V AC/230 V AC
Damper Actuator 20 Nm (180 in-lb)
MD20B series damper actuators for operating air
control dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning
systems for building services installations
For air control dampers up to approx. 4 m2
(4.8 yard2 )
Torque 20 Nm (180 in-lb)
Nominal voltage AC/DC 24 V or 230 V
Control: On/Off or 3-point
Power consumption
In operation
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 W @ nominal torque
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 W @ nominal torque
At rest
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 W
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 W
For wire sizing
MD20B-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VA
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 VA
Connection cable. . . . . . . . 1 m (3.3 ft), 30.75 mm2
(AWG 18)
Angle of rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 95
(adjustable by mechanical stops)
Torque . . . min. 20 Nm (180 in-lb) @ nominal voltage
Running time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 s
Direction of rotation . . . . . . . . Reversible with switch
Position indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mechanical
Standards conformity
EMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2004/108/EC
LVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006/95/EC (230 V only)
Protection class
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . III Safety extra-low voltage
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II Totally insulated
Weight
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx 1 kg (2.2 lb.)
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx 1 kg (2.2 lb.)
DIMENSIONS mm (in)
64
(2,5)
Power supply
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . 24 V AC 20%, 5060 Hz,
24 V DC 20%
MD20B-230. . . 230 V AC 56% to +15%, 5060 Hz
Ambient temperature
Operation. . . . . . . . . 30 to +50 C (22 to +122 F)
Storage . . . . . . . . . . 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F)
Sound power leve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 45 dB (A)
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance-free
56
(2,2)
Part numbers
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875-1021-000
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875-1025-000
Enclosure rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP 54
Ambient humidity. . . . . . . . . . 95% r.H (EN 60730-1)
139
(5,4)
88
(3,4)
SPECIFICATIONS
30
(1,2)
109
(4,3)
41
(1,6)
Damper spindle (in.)
Length mm (in.)
Clamp on top
min. 48 (1.89)
10 ... 20 (0.39 ... 0.78)
Clamp on bottom
min. 20 (0.78)
10 ... 20 (0.39 ... 0.78)
mm
02
Field Devices Europe MD20B-24/-230

FUNCTION
Simple direct mounting
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle
with a universal spindle clamp, supplied with an
anti-rotation strap to prevent the actuator from
rotating.
WIRING
0
1
Direction of rotation
On/Off control
G0
G
Manual override
Manual operation is possible with the selfresetting pushbutton (the gearing latch remains
disengaged as long as the pushbutton is pressed
or detented).
Adjustable angle of rotation

Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end
stops.
High functional reliability

The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit
switches and automatically stops when the end
stop is reached.
0
1
0
1
3-point control
N
L1
On/Off control
N
L1
SAFETY NOTES
3-point control
G0
G
The damper actuator is not allowed to

be used outside the specified field of
application, especially in aircraft.
Caution: 230 V voltage !
The device may only be opened at the

manufacturers site. It does not contain any parts that can be replaced or
repaired by the user.
0
1
0
1
The cables must not be removed from

the device.
When calculating the required torque,
the specifications supplied by the
damper manufacturers (cross section,
design, installation site), and the air flow
conditions must be observed.
The device contains electrical and
electronic components and is not allowed to be disposed of as household
refuse. All locally valid regulations and
requirements must be observed.
WIRING
MD20B-230
Caution: 230 V voltage!
Other actuators can be connected in

parallel. Please not the performance data.
MD20B-24
Connection via safety isolating
transformer.
ACCESSORIES
Please refer to data sheet G-30-90
Accessories Damper Actuators
(part. no. 0-003-2251).
On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric,
however there remains references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate
corporate brand changes.
Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50 Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
003-0737-6
April 2010 ao
Other actuators can be connected in

parallel. Please not the performance data.
MD10A-24
Damper Actuator (Modulating)
01
Field Devices Europe
MD10A-24
Modulating Damper Actuator Damper
Actuator 10 Nm (90 in-lb)
MD10A-24 damper actuators for operating air
control dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning
systems for building services installations
For air control dampers up to approx. 2 m2
(2.4 yard2)
Torque 10 Nm (90 in-lb)
Nominal voltage AC/DC 24 V
Control: Modulating 0 10 V
SPECIFICATIONS
Ambient humidity. . . . . . . . . . 95% r.H (EN 60730-1)
Part number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875-1019-000

Power supply. . . . . . . . . 24 V AC 20%, 5060 Hz,
24 V DC 20%
Ambient temperature
Operation. . . . . . . . . 30 to +50 C (22 to +122 F)
Storage . . . . . . . . . . 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F)
Sound power level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 35 dB (A)
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance-free
Standards conformity
EMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2004/108/EC
LVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006/95/EC (230 V only)
Protection class. . . . . . . III Safety extra-low voltage
Enclosure rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP 54
62
(2.4)
52
(2.05)
DIMENSIONS mm (in)
124
(4.9)
80
(3.1)
Power consumption
In operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 W @ nominal torque
At rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 W
For wire sizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VA
Connection cable. . . . . . . . 1 m (3.3 ft), 40.75 mm2
(AWG 18)
Control signal X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 010 V DC
Input resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 k Ohm
Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 V DC
(for set angle of rotation)
Synchronisation tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5%
Position feedback Y. . . . . . 210 V DC (max. 1 mA)
Direction of rotation . . . . Reversible with switch 0 / 1
at switch position 0
resp. 1
Angle of rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 95
(adjustable by mechanical stops)
Torque . . . . min. 10 Nm (90 in-lb) @ nominal voltage
Running time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 s
Position indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mechanical
Manual override. . . . . . . . Gearing latch disengaged

. with pushbutton, self-resetting, manual locking
25
(1.0)
99
(3.9)
41
(1.6)
Damper spindle (in.)
Length mm (in.)
Clamp on top
min. 40 (1.57)
8 ... 26.7 (0.31 ... 1.04
Clamp on bottom*
min. 20 (0.78)
8 ... 20 (0.31 ... 0.78)
*Option (Accessory K-MD10)
mm
02
Field Devices Europe MD10A-24

FUNCTION
Mode of operation
The actuator is controlled by means of a standard
control signal DC 2-10 V. It opens to the position
dictated by this signal. The measuring voltage
Y allows the damper position (0 ... 100%) to be
electrically indicated and serves as a follow-up
control signal for other actuators.
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle with
a universal spindle clamp, supplied with an antirotation strap to prevent the actuator from rotating.
Manual override
Manual operation is possible with the self-resetting
pushbutton (the gearing latch remains disengaged
as long as the pushbutton is pressed or detented).
Adjustable angle of rotation
Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end
stops.
The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit
switches and automatically stops when the end
stop is reached.
WIRING
Connection via safety isolating

transformer.
SAFETY NOTES
he damper actuator is not allowed to

T
be used outside the specified field of
application, especially in aircraft.
The device may only be opened at
the manufacturers site. It does not
contain any parts that can be replaced
or repaired by the user.
The cable must not be removed from
the device.
When calculating the required torque,
the specifications supplied by the
damper manufacturers (cross section,
design, installation site), and the air
flow conditions must be observed.
The device contains electrical and
electronic components and is not allowed to be disposed of as household
refuse. All locally valid regulations and
requirements must be observed.
WIRING
Measuring voltage Y for position indication or as

master-slave signal.
Parallel connection of several actuators is
possible. Power consumption must be observed.
ACCESSORIES
Please refer to data sheet G-30-90
On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric,
however there remains references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate
corporate brand changes.
Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50 Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
003-2232-5
April 2010
ao
Accessories Damper Actuators

(part. no. 0-003-2251).
MN-S4-FCS
Room Temperature Sensor With Display

For FCU
TAC I/A Series
MicroNet Sensors
MCS-4000
The TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensors (MNSxxx
series) are a family of digital wall temperature
and humidity sensors for use with TAC I/A Series
MicroNet controllers. These sensors feature a Sensor
Link (S-Link) communication protocol which provides
a simple two-wire interface for power and exchange
of sensor and subbase information. Subbase
information includes selecting occupancy override,
fan speed, operating mode, or emergency heat.
Continued on next page.
SPECIFICATIONS
European Community EMC Directive 89/336/

EEC
Emissions and Immunity EN61326
Temperature Sensor
Ambient Limits
Type
Precision thermistor.
Operating Temperature
32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).
Range
32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).
Shipping and Storage Temperature

-40 to 160 F
Humidity Sensor
Humidity
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
Element
Type: . . . . . . . Thermoset polymer capacitive sensor.
Accuracy:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% RH at 77 F (25 C).
Range
5 to 95%, non-condensing.
Hysteresis
1.2% RH maximum.
Immersion
Extended exposure to equal to or greater than
90% RH causes a reversible 3% shift. Sensor will
recover from short term exposure to liquid water or
condensation. Repeated exposure will degrade the
performance of the sensor.
Dimensions
4-21/32 H x 3 W x 1 D in (118.5 x 76.2 x 24 mm).
Enclosure
Conforms to NEMA-1 requirements.
Surge Immunity Compliance
IEEE C62.41 (IEEE-587, Category A & B).
Hardware
Wiring Terminals
Four (4) screw terminals. AWG #18 to #24
(0.823 mm2 maximum) wire.
Display
Setpoints, input spans, and units vary with the
controller application.
Range
-99 to 999 or -9.9 to 99.9.
Units
F, C, or %.
Command Options (S4xx and S5xx Models)
Varies with the controller application.
System Mode
Heat/Cool/Off/Auto (except MN-S4xx-FCS).
Fan Mode
Off/On/Speed (Low, Medium, High)/Auto.
Agency Listings
Override
Occupied/Unoccupied (except MN-S4xx-FCS).
FCC
Class B.
Emergency Heat
Enable/Disable (MN-S5xx models only).
UL Listed
UL-916 (File # E71385 Category PAZX).
UL Listed to Canadian Safety Standards (CAN/CSA
C22.2).
TAC I/A Series
MicroNet Sensors
FEATURES
Continued from first page.

Available in twelve models, MN-Sxxx series sensors
provide an integral analog-to-digital conversion for
elimination of sensor-to-controller noise effects and
wire resistance offset.
Using the digital wall sensor, the operator can monitor
performance and edit operational settings. MN-Sxxx
series sensors are suitable for direct-wall, 2 x 4
electrical box, 1/4 DIN electrical box, or surface box
mounting.
Contemporary, low-profile packaging.

Digital zone temperature indication (selectable for
0.1 or 1 degree display resolution of F or C).
Self-compensating temperature conversions
remove the need to calibrate over time.
Digital zone humidity indication (selectable for 0.1
or 1% RH display resolution).
Long-life humidity sensing element with excellent
resistance to contamination and condensation.
The MN-Sxxx series sensor measures room

conditions and transmits the information to the
controller via the S-Link. A single sensor is connected
directly to an application specific TAC I/A Series
MicroNet controller via low-cost, unshielded, twistedpair cable. The connection between the sensor and
controller is not polarity-sensitive.
Pushbutton override capabilities allow occupants

to switch to timed occupied mode for after hours
operation.
A convenient connection to either a MicroNet

LonWorks or MicroNet BACnet network is provided
as an option with each sensor in the series. If the
LonWorks network wiring is connected to the sensor,
a PC running WorkPlace Tech Tool or a third party
Network Management Tool can be connected to the
network at the sensor. This feature allows convenient
access to the MicroNet LonWorks network.
Directly connects to selected TAC I/A Series

MicroNet controllers via low-cost, unshielded,
twisted-pair cable, which provides both power
and communication.
Displays selected system values such as

setpoints, outdoor air temperature, and operating
mode.
Provides the ability to change operating modes.
Separate wiring subbase and electronics.

LonWorks network jack for convenient network
access.
S-Link jack for Pocket I/A access to the
connected controller.
SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS
Digital Display (MN-S3xx, MN-S4xx and
MN-S5xx Models only)
Custom field-configurable sensor displays.
Auto-ranging of displayed values.
Occupant command capabilities.
Adjustable minimum/maximum limit setpoint values.
Controller driven, automatically configured,
customized display/command values.
Typical MN-S3xx, -S4xx, or -S5xx Display/Change Values.
Value
Display
Change
S3xx, S4xx, S5xx
Zone Temperature
Yes
No
S4xx, S5xx
Outdoor Air Temperature
Yes
No
S4xx, S5xx
Percent Humidity
Yes
No
S3xxa, S4xxa, S5xx
Heating Setpoint, Cooling Setpoint,

Unoccupied Heat, Unoccupied Cool
Yes
Yes
S4xx, S5xx
Mode Heating/Cooling/Auto/Off
Yes
Yesb
S4xx, S5xx
Fan (On/Speed (Low/Medium/High), Auto
Yes
Yes
Model Family
a S3xx and S4xx-FCS models have a single setpoint.

b S4xx-FCS models do not allow mode changes.
Schneider Electric
F-26290-10
1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA
1-888-444-1311
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009
tl
TAC I/A Series
MicroNet Sensors
Communications
S-Link
Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring provides
power and communication interface to the
TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor (MN-Sxxx series). It
uses two-wire, unshielded cable and is not polarity
sensitive. From some sensor models, the user can
view and adjust application parameters. Maximum
wire length allowed between a controller and the
TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor is 200 ft. (61 m).
BACnet or LonWorks Network
The BACnet or LonWorks network wiring can
be connected to the second set of terminals in
the sensor base. This optional connection allows
convenient access to the LonWorks network at the
sensor.
MODELS
Model
Description
Keypad
Display
Temperature
Sensor
Temperature
and Humidity
Sensor
MN-S1
MN-S1HT
Sensor only
None
None
MN-S2
MN-S2HT
Sensor with override
One button
LED Override Status Indication
MN-S3b
MN-S3HTb
Sensor with setpoint adjustment and override
Three button
Digital LCDa and LED Override

Status Indication
MN-S4b
MN-S4HTb
Sensor with setpoint, override, and controller

mode functions
Six-button
Digital LCDc and LED Override

Status Indication
MN-S4-FCSb
MN-S4HTFCSb
Sensor with setpoint, On/Off and Fan speed

functions
Six button
Digital LCDc and LED Fan Status

Indication
MN-S5b
MN-S5HTb
Sensor with setpoint, override, controller

mode functions, and emergency heat
key/indication
Seven button
Digital LCDc and LED Override and

Emergency Heat Indication
Schneider Electric
F-26290-10
1-888-444-1311
a LCD displays value and setpoint.

b Allows viewing of alarms and diagnostics.
c LCD displays values, setpoints, and controller mode functions.
November 2009
tl
MicroNet Sensors
TAC I/A Series
Architecture
PDA
MicroNet Sensor
(MN-S5 Shown)
MN 110 or MN 130
Controller
MNL-V3RVx
or MN 50
Controller
DO5
C5
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR FIRE. DO NOT

I N T E R C O N N E C T S E PA R AT E C L A S S 2 C I R C U I T S .
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING.
D E C O N N E C T E R AVA N T E N T R E T E N .
934G
E9429
DO1
24VAC
DO2
DO3
24VAC
DO4
N2223
Temperature indicating and

Regulating Equipment
CAUTION
Power: 24VAC, 50/60Hz, Class 2,

8.5VA + DO1-DO4 loads.
Ambient Temp: -40C to +60C
UI: 5VDC Max, Class 2.
S-LK: 16VDC Max, Class 2.
DO1-DO4: 24VAC, 0.4A Max Total Load.
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.
This device conforms with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. Cet
appareil numerique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Reglement sur le material brouilleur du Canada
T
X
M
I
J1
I/A Series
MNL-11RF2
GND
0V
24VAC
UI3
COM 0V
UI2
COM 0V
UI1
S-LK
S-LK
LON
LON
SRVC
S
R
R
E
C
V
V
C
SW
24H
SW 3
24H
2
24H
24H 1
MNL-CIM
MicroNet Controller
Interface Module
SW
24G
GN
AO
UI
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
LON
LON
S-L
Router 6
(if required)
LONWORKS
Network
I/A
MN
MN 100, MN 150, or
MN 200 Controller
UNC Controller
MNL-V1RVx
or MNL-V2RVx
Controller
Se
rie
80
MN 800
Controller
4
MicroNet Sensor
(MN-S3 Shown)
A PC can be connected to the LONWORKS TP/FT-10 Network, either directly or through the LONWORKS network jack of a LONWORKS
controller or MN-Sxxx Wall Sensor. The PC must have an Echelon LONTALK adapter card.
Programming any of the TAC I/A Series controllers, or the TAC I/A Series MN 800 controller, requires WorkPlace Tech Tool.
This controller is not suitable for exposed mounting on a wall or panel, or in any other easily accessible place due to the possibility of
personal contact with the high-voltage terminals. It must be mounted inside a suitable grounded metal enclosure.
MicroNet Sensors can be connected to any MN controller.
A PDA running the Pocket I/A interface software may be used to communicate with TAC MicroNet I/A Series controllers.
When routers are used, WorkPlace Tech is able to communicate through them to any of the TAC I/A Series devices on the network.
PC Workstation with WorkPlace

Tech Tool Suite and:
Enterprise Server (used with UNC)
or
Enterprise Network Server (used with ENC)
Ethernet TCP/IP and BACnet/IP
UNC Universal
Network Controller
or
ENC Enterprise
Network Controller
S-Link
Sensor
S-Link
Sensor
S-Link
Sensor
S-Link
Sensor
S-Link
Sensor
BACnet MS/TP Communications Bus

MicroNet BACnet
MNB-1000
Plant Controller
MicroNet BACnet
MNB-300
Unitary Controller
MicroNet BACnet
MNB-70
Zone Controller
MicroNet BACnet
MNB-V1
Cooling Controller
MicroNet BACnet
MNB-V2
Deluxe Controller
On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric, however there
remains references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate corporate brand changes.
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric
F-26290-10
1-888-444-1311
November 2009
tl
Desktop PC or Notebook PC
with WorkPlace Tech Tool Software
EE Series
Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor
EE240 Series
Wireless Sensor for

Humidity / Temperature / CO2
State of the art sensor technology, highest reliability of data

transmission and the ease of system installation are the outstanding
features of the wireless sensor series EE240. Indifferent whether a
point-to-point connection or a complex network is required, the series
EE240 offers the ideal solution.
EE245 Transmitter
Wireless Transmitter EE245

The elegant housing combines the measurement of temperature, humidity and CO2. An optional display is available to provide local indication.
As a standard, batteries provide for the power supply. For more power
demanding applications the device can be powered through an
external adapter.
EE244 Transmitter
Wireless Transmitter EE244

The industrial housing can be equipped with up to three sensing probes
to contact the interchangeable probes. An optional display is available to
provide local indication. As a standard, batteries provide for the power
supply. For more power demanding applications the device can be
powered through an external adapter.
Interchangeable Sensing probes
A modular structure and easy extendable assortment of sensing probes
allow the usage in many applications. For many years, the proven
sensor technology of E+E for the measurement values of humidity, temperature, and CO2 guarantee precise measurements and the highest
longtime stability.
The standard interface and the stored calibration data of the sensing
probe allow for any choice or combination of the available sensing probes offered. An adaptation or expansion of the number of sensing probes afterwards or an exchange for service purposes can be achieved in
seconds a must-have for uninterrupted data acquisition. For high
temperature applications or installations in small spaces, the sensing
probe can be connected with a sensor cable of up to 10 m (33 ft) in length.
Base Station EE241 and EE242
Do you have to traverse a street? The inexpensive point-to-point connection can be accomplished very easily with the EE241.
The configuration at the factory of the up to four transmitted
measurement values is done in accordance with your specifications,
meaning that the values are available as analogue outputs
(0 5 / 10 V or 4 - 20 mA) immediately after installation.
For more complex networks (up to 500 transmitters or up to
2000 measurement values) is the user-configurable EE242 available.
Independent of the topology of the network the integrated
Webserver and the Ethernet interface warrants highest flexibility in the
configuration of the network with a computer. A simple integration of the
measurement system in the customers network and the easy remote
access and diagnostic of the measurement data are additional helpful
features. The output values can be transferred as an analogue signal,
as well as in digital form (via Ethernet). For a bus integration, Modbus
will be supported. The actual measurement values and some operational information can be indicated on an optional display.
Sensing Probes for EE244
EE241
Base Station
EE242
Router EE244-R
Router Series EE244-R

The radio range is greatly depending on local circumstances. With the
router series EE244-R obstacles can be bypassed or the transmission distance expanded.
132
v1.5
EE240
Typical Applications
Features
Interchangeable Sensing Probes

Remote Probes up to 10 m (33 ft)
Battery Operating Life up to 1 Years
Webserver
Ethernet
Long Rangeability
Pharmaceutical Industry
Warehouses
Control Rooms
Cooling Chambers
Museums
HVAC Systems
Food Industry
Highest Transmission Reliability

The data transmission is based on the IEEE 802.15.4 protocol with a transmission frequency of 2.4 GHz,
which can be used all over the world without any additional cost. A special identification address, checksums,
handshakes, and bidirectional communication provide the highest transmission reliability. Typical radio ranges
are 100 m (330 ft) for indoor applications and 1000 m (3300 ft) in the open field. Greater radio ranges are easy
obtainable with routers. The self-configuring, scalable, and self-healing mesh network, even when a
connection fails, is another component contributing to the improvement of the transmission reliability and
security. The highest possible data security level is accomplished with a preset encryption key according to
AES-128.
Digital bus connection

For bus integration, Modbus is supported. Communication is implemented via Ethernet or RS485 interface.
Bus connection is only supported by the base station EE242.
Installation / Remote Access / Maintenance via Webserver
The integrated Webserver allows platform-independent installation, remote access and easy
maintenance with any commercially available browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox, OPERA...) on a computer
without additional software.
Wireless Networks
EE241 (point-to-point connection)
Transmitter
(max. 500 pieces)
Transmitter
(max. 1 piece)
EE242 (wireless network)
max. 10 transmitters each

node
Router
(max. 60 pieces)
)
1
Base Station
max. 10 radio signals each node
1) Radio ranges:
- up to 60m (197 ft) indoors
2) Radio ranges:
- up to 100m (330 ft) indoors
- up to 1000m (3300 ft) in open field
Base Station
Comparison
EE241
EE242
Transmitter:
max. number of transmitters EE244 / EE245
500
Router:
maximum number of routers EE244-R
60
60
Base Station:
configuration of analogue outputs
user-configurable after delivery
digital interface
acc. to order code

--
--
EE240
via Webserver
via Webserver
Ethernet, Modbus
133
Technical data Transmitter EE244 & EE245

General

Transmission frequency

Transmission system

Transmission power

Radio range

Approval

Electromagnetic compatibility

EE244 (Transmitter, Router)
2.4 GHz
IEEE 802.15.4
10mW
up to 100m (330 ft) indoors, up to 1000m (3300 ft) in open field
ETSI / FCC Part 15.247 / IC
EN61326-1 Industry
FCC Part 15 Class B
EN61326-2-3 Industry
ICES-003 Class B
Supply transmitter (EE244-A)

battery 4x1.5V AA
Battery lifetime
> 1 year with a measuring data transmission every 5 min. (for T / %RH)
External supply transmitter (EE244-B)
8...28V DC SELV, typ. IL = 20mA at 24V; max. IL = 35mA at 24V DC
External supply router (EE244-R)
8...28V DC SELV, typ. IL = 20mA at 24V; max. IL = 35mA at 24V DC
Housing material
polycarbonate (PC)
Protection class housing
IP65

Temperature ranges
working temperature range of probe: refer to respective data sheet of sensing probe

working temperature range:
-40...+50C (-40...122F)

(with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)

storage temperature range:
-40...+50C (-40...122F)

(with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)

Max. number of sensing probes
3 (2*)

Max. number of measuring signals
6 (4*) (T / RH / CO2**)

EE245 (Transmitter)
Power Supply
battery 4x1.5V AA
Battery lifetime
> 1 year with a measuring data transmission every 5 min. (for T / %RH)
Radio Range
up to 60m (197 ft) indoors
Antenna
internal
External supply transmitter (EE245)
DC 8-28V SELV / AC 12V (20%)
Housing material
polycarbonate (PC)
IP30

Temperature ranges
working temperature range: 0...90%RH (non-condensing) / -5...+55C (23...131F)

storage temperature range: 0...90%RH (non-condensing) / -5...+55C (23...131F)

Max. numbers of measuring values
3 (T / RH / CO2**)

Accuracy
T: 0,3 C (at 20 C) / 0,4 C (20...55 C)

Rh: 3 % (30...70 %) / 5 % (70...90 %)

CO2: 2000ppm ( 50ppm +2 % of m.v.)

5000ppm ( 50ppm +3 % of m.v.)

Connection
screw terminal 1,5mm

*) with external power supply
**) For CO2 an external power supply is recommended.
Dimensions in mm
EE244-Ax3:
EE244-Bx2:
EE245
32
31
85
110
90
(3.5)
136
20
(0.9)
(4.3)
11,5
135
10 9
(2)
GND
VCC
depth: 50
(5.3)
socket / ELKA 4012 PG7
134
power supply
DC 8-28V SELV
AC 12V (20%)
EE240
Technical data Base Station EE241 & EE242
EE241/EE242 (Base Station)

Supply voltage SELV

digital interface

Current consumption EE241

EE242

Analogue outputs

Number of analogue outputs

Accuracy of analogue outputs

Temperature dependence

of analogue outputs

Resolution of analogue outputs

Electrical connection

Housing material


Temperature ranges

24V AC/DC 20%

Ethernet
Modbus (RTU / ASCII / TCP)
typ. IL = 70mA at 24V DC; max. IL = 100mA at 24V DC
typ. IL = 150mA at 24V DC; max. IL = 180mA at 24V DC
0-5V
-0.5mA < IL < 0.5mA
0-10V
-1mA < IL< 1mA
0-20mA / 4-20mA
RL < 500 Ohm
4
5mV resp. 10A
mV
max. 0.1 C resp. 1 C
0.7mV resp. 1.50A

screw terminals max. 2.5mm2
polycarbonate (PC)
IP20
working temperature range: -30...+50C (-22...122F) (with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)
storage temperature range: -30...+50C (-22...122F) (with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)
108
(4.3)
(0.2)
11
(0.4)
62
24V AC/DC
RS485
SELV
Modbus RTU
V/
mA
12
13
14
V/
mA
V/
mA
15
16
GND
11
GND
10
OUT4
GND
GND
OUT3
NC
NC
GND
OUT2
OUT1
NC
V+
90
(3.5)
11
(0.4)
pluggable or remote antenna

(antenna cable refer to Accessories)
GND
Dimensions in mm - connection Diagram EE241 / EE242
V/
mA
(2.4)
Overview of EE244 Sensing Probes

Application Picture
Measuring Range
Accuracy
Order Code
Humidity/Temperature Probes
RH/T probe for standard applications
0...100% RH

-40...80C (-40...176F)
2% RH (0...90% RH)
EE07-PFT1
3% RH (90...100% RH)
0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F)
RH/T probe for clean room applications,

0...100% RH
food and pharmaceutical industry

-40...80C (-40...176F)
2% RH (0...90% RH)
3% RH (90...100% RH)
0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F)
EE07-MFT9
RH/T module for installation in small

0...95% RH
spaces or unobtrusive mounting

-40...85C (-40...185F)
3% RH (10...100% RH)
at 21C (69.8F)
0.3C (0.54F) at 20C (68F)
EE03-FT9
Temperature Probes
T probe for standard applications
-40...80C (-40...176F)
0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F) EE07-PT1
T probe for clean room applications,

food and pharmaceutical industry
-40...80C (-40...176F)
0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F) EE07-MT
02000ppm
05000ppm
010000ppm
(50ppm+2% of m.v.)
(50ppm+3% of m.v.)
(100ppm+5% of m.v.)
CO2 Probes
CO2 probe for standard applications

EE240
EE871
135
Ordering Guide
Base station - point-to-point connection (EE241) and wireless network (EE242)
EE241-
EE242-
A
2
3
5
6
D
-
A
2
3
5
6
D
-
Hardware Configuration
Frequency
Output signal
2,4GHz (10mW)
0-5V
0-10V
0-20mA
4-20mA
with
without
Display
Software Configuration
Physical parameters of relative humidity
temperature
outputs
dew point temperature

CO2
metric / SI
non metric / US
-40...60
(T02)
-20...50
(T48)
0...2.000
(C20)
0...5.000
(C21)
Unit
T-Scaling (in C or F)
Td-Scaling (in C or F)
CO2-Scaling (in ppm)
RH
T
Td
CO2
[%]
[C]
[C]
[ppm]
(A)
(B)
(C)
(R)
0...50
(T04)
furhter scalings on request
0...10.000 (C22)
output
output
output
output
1
2
3
4
output T
output Td
A
B
C
R
E01
Select Txx code
Select Tdxx code
/C/R
/C/R
/C/R
/C/R
E01
Select Txx code
Select Tdxx code
Select Cxx code
Select Cxx code
TRANSMITTER EE245
Type
CO2
(only for TC and FTC)
Frequency
Display
A/
A/
A/
A/
B
B
B
B
EE245FTC
FTx
xTC
xTx
2
5
x
A
D
x
RH + T + CO2
RH + T
CO2 +T
T
0...2000ppm
0...5000ppm
without CO2 measurement
2,4GHz (10mW)
with
without
Software Configuration
Unit
TRANSMITTER / ROUTER EE244

Type
Frequency
Number of sensing
probes
Display
E01
C
F
transmitter
transmitter with external supply
router
2,4GHz (10mW)
1
2
3 (not possible with type B - transmitter with external supply)
with
without
EE244A
B
A
1
2
3
D
-
EE244R
A
SENSING PROBES FOR EE244

Humidity /
Temperature
probe RH/T (polycarbonat)

probe RH/T (metal)
module RH/T
Temperature
probe T (polycarbonat)
probe T (metal)
CO2
probe CO2
136
EE07-PFT1
EE07-MFT9
EE03-FT9
EE07-PT1
EE07-MT
EE871
EE240
Accessories / Replacement Parts

Base Station:
- Antenna cable 2m (7ft)

- Crossover cable (PC to base station)
- External power supply unit
(HA010330)
(HA010333)
(V02)
Transmitter:
- Probe cable for EE07 -
2m (7ft) / 5m (16ft) / 10m (33ft)
- Connection cable for EE03, 2m (7ft)
- Connection cable for EE03, 5m (16ft)
- Antenna cable 2m (7ft)
- Bracket for rail installation
- Reference probes
- Duct mounting kit for EE07
- External power supply unit
EE244 EE245
(HA0108xx)
()
(HA010328)
(HA010329)
(HA010330)
(HA010203)
(HA010403)
(HA010209)
(V02)
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
Oder Example
1)
2)
Position 1 - Base Station:

EE242-A3D/ABCR-T04-Td48-C20
Position 2 - Transmitter / Router:

EE244-BA1D
Frequency: 2,4GHz
Output signal:
0-10V
Display: yes
Outputs:
RH, T, Td, CO2
Unit:
SI
Scaling:
T: 0...50; Td: -20...50
Type:
Industral transmitter with

external supply
Frequency: 2,4GHz
Probe: 1
Display: yes
Position 1 - Base Station:

EE242-A3D/ABCR-T04-Td48-C20
Position 2 - Transmitter:
EE245-FTC5Ax
Frequency: 2,4GHz
Output signal:
0-10V
Display: yes
Outputs:
RH, T, Td, CO2
Unit:
SI
Scaling:
T: 0...50; Td: -20...50
Type:
Room transmitter for relative

Humidity, Temperature and CO2
CO2: 0...5000ppm
Frequency: 2,4GHz
Display: without
EE240
Position 3 - Sensing Probes:

EE07-PFT1, EE07-MT
137
CI-24
PIR for VAV/CAV
NEW!
LIGHTING CONTROLS
WattStopper Occupancy Sensor
CI-24
Description
The CI-24 is a ceiling-mount passive infrared occupancy
sensor specifically designed to interface with Building
Automation Systems through an internal isolated relay. A
user-adjustable time delay (30 seconds to 30 minutes) on
deactivation may be programmed through DIP switches to
prevent unnecessary cycling. The CI-24 includes a built-in
override switch. Two levels of sensitivity are also selectable
through DIP switches. The four-level patented Fresnel lens
allows the CI-24 to cover up to 1200 ft2 (111.48 m2).
Features
LIGHITING CONTROLS
12
CI-24
Advanced PIR technology

Adjustable time delay
Adjustable sensitivity
Contains isolated relay for use with BAS and other
control systems
Patented Fresnel lens
360 coverage up to 1200 ft2 (11.48m2)
Red LED indicates occupancy detection
Five-year warranty
Manual override switch
Supply Voltage
Contact Rating

Coverage Pattern
24 VAC/ VDC 10% 37 mA

1A @ 24 VAC/ VDC,
1/2A @ 120 VAC
360 degrees up to 1200 ft2
(111.48m2)
Time Delay Adjust
Digital (DIP switch setting) for 30
seconds, 10 minutes, 20 minutes,
or 30 minutes
Operating Temperature 32 to 98F (0 to 36C)
Mounting
2.75" to 3" hole in ceiling
Color
White
Dimensions
3.3" dia x 2.2" deep (8.5 x 5.6 cm),
protrudes approximately 0.4 from
ceiling surface
Approvals
cUL listed UL Listed, File E101196
Weight
1.0 lb (0.46 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
562
Powered by 24 VAC/VDC, the Model CI-24 uses advanced

PIR technology to detect occupancy. Detection occurs when
the unit senses the difference between infrared emissions
from a human body and the background space. When
occupancy is detected, the Model CI-24 transfers an SPDT
contact set. The contacts return to their normal state after a
user-selectable time delay once the space is unoccupied.
Wiring
Specifications
MODEL
CI-24
OPERATION
DESCRIPTION
Ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
with SPDT isolated contact
001-901-382-6084 International 888-397-5353 USA kele.com
Isolated Relay
Contacts
24 VAC/VDC Supply
Cable
Wires
1-(red)
Normally Closed Contact
2-(green)
Common
3-(orange)
Normally Open Contact
4-(yellow)
24 Return
5-(black)
LED
DIP Switch Control for Time

Delay, Sensitivity, and Override
ON 1 2 3 4
DIP SWITCH #
TIME DELAYS
30 sec
10 min.
20 min.
} 30 min.
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
O
SENSITIVITY
} Minimum
Maximum
OVERRIDE
} Normal
Override
O
X
O
X
X=on
O=off
}= factory setting
Note: Exceeding voltage rating may damage sensor.
2012 Kele, Inc. All rights reserved. The Kele name and logo are registered trademarks of Kele, Inc.
August 2012
UI-500
Air Volume Control Potentiometer
UI-500
Date of Issue: 12/02/2013
Issue Number: 5.3
Page 1 of 1
UI-500
Custom Interface Options Individual Solutions
Proposed POT with

Steel Finish
Overview
In addition to our standard range of sensors we are able to manufacture user interface equipment to your
specifications. Typically this would be a single or twin gang plate styled to match other equipment on a project.
The examples on this page are just a few of the types, designs and options we can supply.
Please contact the Customer Service Team for more information or to discuss your requirements.
Whilst every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this specification, Sontay cannot accept responsibility for damage, injury, loss or
expense from errors or omissions. In the interest of technical improvement, this specification may be altered without notice.
Tel: +44 (0) 1732 861200 - E-mail: sales@sontay.com - Web: www.sontay.com

2012 Sontay Limited. All rights reserved
CUSTOMER DETAILS
22/07/2013
SP reference 3043
Date
Schneider Electric
Lloyed Thoppil
Customer
Contact
SUMMARY OF CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS
1 Gang stainless steel plate fitted with a 0-10k potentiometer
0
0
0
0
DRAWING / LAYOUT DETAILS
AIRFLOW ADJUSTMENT
LESS AIR
MORE AIR
CUSTOMER APPROVAL (Must be completed and returned with purchase order)
Signature:
Print Name:
Date:
In accordance with our standard terms and conditions these "special products" are non returnable unless
they are deemed by Sontay to be defective through no fault of the customer.
Telephone: +44 (0) 1732 816200
Fax: +44 (0) 1732 816201
Email: sales@sontay.com
90800012 Issue 7
EPW105
Sensors
EPW Series
Differential Pressure Transducer Wet Media
Installer's Specifications
Quick Install
1. Affix the backplate to a mounting surface (wall, duct, sheet
metal, etc.).
2. Plumb the ports to "HI" and "LO" sides of the pressure
differential. Wrap the fitting with 2-3 turns of Teflon tape, hand
tighten, then use a wrench to make two more turns.
3. Wire the sensor. See the Wiring section on page 2 for details.
4. Configure the jumpers as desired. See the Configuration section
on page 3 for details.
Dimensions
2.3"
(57 mm)
WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
5.8"
(147 mm)
LOW
HIGH
4.1"
(102 mm)
Media Compatibility. . . . . . 17-4 PH stainless steel

Power Consumption
EPW2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20mA max.
Input Power
EPW: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 30VDC, 24VAC nom.
EPW2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-24VDC
Output
EPW: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-wire transmitter;
user selectable 4-20mA/0-5V/0-10V*
EPW2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-wire transmitter;
4-20mA; polarity insensitive (clipped and capped)*
Pressure Ranges (switch selectable)
103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-50psig (5/10/25/50psid) /
0-3.45 bar (0.34/0.69/1.72bar)
104. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-100psig (10/20/50/100psid) /
0-6.89bar (0.69/1.38/3.45bar)
105. . . . . . . . . . . . 0-250psig (25/50/125/250psid) /
0-17.24bar (1.72/3.45/8.62bar)
Status Indication
EPW: . . . . . . Dual color LED: solid green=normal,
blinking green=low>high, solid red=over range, blinking red=over pressure
Proof Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2x max.; F.S. range
Burst Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5x max.; F.S. range
Accuracy @ 25C . . 1% F.S.** combined linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability;
EPW: . . . . . . . . . Range D accuracy = 2% F.S.**
Surge Dampening. . . . . . . . . Electronic, selectable
(1-second or 5-second averaging)
Temperature Compensated Range. . . . 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F);
TC Zero<1.5% of product F.S. per sensor;
TS Span<1.5% of product F.S. per sensor
Sensor Operating Range.-20 to 85C (-4 to 185F)
Long Term Stability . 0.25% per year (all models)
Zero Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushbutton autozero;
. . . . . . . . . . digital input (2-position terminal block)
Operating Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . -10 to 55C
(14 to 131F); 10 to 90% RH non-condensing
Fittings. . . . . . 1/8" NPT female, stainless 17-4 PH
Physical. . . . . . . . White powder-coated aluminum
To conform to EMC standards, use shielded cabling.* Minimum input voltage
for 4-20mA operation: 250 loop (1-5V) = 12VDC; 500 loop (2-10V) =
15VDC.
** Full Scale is defined as the full span of the selected range in bidirectional
Sensors
EPW Series
Installation/Wiring
EPW
ZERO
Note: Use of
housing grounding
lug is required for CE
applications
Analog Reverse
JP8
JP7
JP6
JP3
JP2
JP1
Range
A
B
C
D
REMOTE ZERO
(Dry Contact)
Port Swap
Bidirectional
/ Slow Surge Damping

/10V Output
/ Volts Output
Fast
5V
mA
POWER
SIGNAL
POWER SUPPLY
12 to 30 VDC/24 VAC
/ Normal
/ Normal
/ Normal
RANGE
COM
MODEL
EPW103
EPW104
EPW105
DIGITAL CONTROL
Analog Input
0-5V/0-10V
or 4-20mA
Optional
Digital Output
A
50
100
250
B
25
50
125
C
10
20
50
D
5
10
25
EPW2
ZERO
A-High
B-Mid High
C-Mid Low
D-Low
Pressure
Range
Note: Use of
housing grounding
lug is required for CE
applications
POWER SOURCE
12 to 24 VDC
Voltage IN
DIGITAL CONTROL
Digital Output
Schneider Electric
F-27667-1
REMOTE
4-20mA ZERO
Settings
Port Swap/Norm
Bi-Dr/Normal
Slow Avg/Fast Norm
Analog Rev/Norm
Bar/PSI
Default Settings in bold.

Insert jumper to activate
other features.
Range psi
EPW2103
EPW2104
EPW2105
A
50
100
250
B
25
50
125
C
10
20
50
D
5
10
25
Range bar
EPW2103
EPW2104
EPW2105
A
3.45
6.89
17.24
B
1.72
3.45
8.62
C
0.69
1.38
3.45
D
0.34
0.69
1.72
1354 Clifford Ave. Loves Park, IL 61111
1-888-444-1311
Polarity Insensitive
October 2009 ao
Sensors
EPW Series
Configuration
Operation
EPW
LED INDICATOR (EPW Only)
JP1: Voltage (V) or current (mA) mode.
GREEN ON (solid):
Normal
JP2: 0-10V or 0-5V output span (Voltage mode only).
GREEN (blinking):
Low > High - Use port swap jumper or bidrectional mode.
JP3: Slow or fast mode. Slow mode provides 5-second averaging for surge
dampening; fast mode provides 1-second averaging.
RED ON (solid):
Differential Pressure is too high. Select a higher range on device.
RED (blinking):

Gauge pressure has exceeded sensor; F.S. Reduce line pressure or

replace with a higher range device.
JP6: Bidirectional or Normal. Normal mode range is from zero to full scale
differential pressure. Bi-directional mode changes range from minus full scale
to plus full scale differential pressure. Output will be at one half when the
differential pressure is zero (see table below).
ZERO
Press and hold the ZERO push-button for 2 seconds or provide contact closure on
auxiliary REMOTE ZERO terminal to automatically reset output to ZERO pressure.
JP7: Port Swap or Normal. This setting is used to remedy situations when the "HI" &
To protect the unit from accidental ZERO, this feature is enabled only when detected
"LO" ports to the pressure transducer are incorrectly plumbed. Use jumper JP7 to
pressure is within 5% of factory calibration.
reverse polarity of pressure ports. This jumper makes the "HI" port "LO" and the
"LO" port "HI".
JP8: Analog Reverse or Normal. Normal mode output increases as pressure
increases. Reverse mode output is maximum when pressure differential is zero
and decreases as pressure increases.
RANGE: Use range switch to select full-scale differential pressure.
Product Identification
Range
EPW
103 = 0-50psig
Blank = No Display
104 = 0-100psig
LCD = LCD Display
EPW2
105 = 0-250psig
Fast or Slow: Slow mode provides 5-second averaging for surge dampening; fast
mode provides 1-second averaging.
Range
Bidirectional or Normal: Normal mode range is from zero to full scale differential
pressure. Bi-directional mode changes range from minus full scale to plus full
scale differential pressure. Output will be at one half when the differential
pressure is zero (see table below).
Local Display
Local Display
EPW2
103 = 0-50psig
Blank = No Display
104 = 0-100psig
LCD = LCD Display
105 = 0-250psig
Port Swap: This setting is used to remedy situations when the "HI" & "LO" ports
to the pressure transducer are incorrectly plumbed. Use jumper "Port Swap" to
reverse polarity of pressure ports. This jumper makes the "HI" port "LO" and the Select operational range according to the max. gauge pressure, NOT differential pressure.
Example: For hi-gauge pressure = 90psig, select the 100psig model.
"LO" port "HI".
Analog Reverse or Normal: Normal mode output increases as pressure increases.
Reverse mode output is maximum when pressure differential is zero and
decreases as pressure increases.
Note: The EPW Series is 3-wire. The EPW2 Series is 2-wire, loop-powered.
Range: Use range switch to select full-scale differential pressure. Select psi or bar
by positioning jumper.
InputConditions(psi)
Result
OutputsRead
Hi Port
Lo Port
DP
4-20mA
100
+100
20
100
50
+50
16
50
50
12
50
100
-50
100
-100
Schneider Electric
F-27667-1
Bi-directional Operation
1-888-444-1311
October 2009 ao
Sensors
EPW Series
Available Products
Part Number
Product Description
EPW103
Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA
EPW103-LCD
Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA w/LCD
EPW104
EPW104-LCD
EPW105
EPW105-LCD
EPW2103
Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 4-20mA
EPW2103-LCD
Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 4-20mA w/LCD
EPW2104
EPW2104-LCD
EPW2105
EPW2105-LCD
Notice:
This product is not intended for life or safety applications.
Do not install this product in hazardous or classified locations.
Read and understand the instructions before installing this product.
Turn off all power supplying equipment before working on it.
The installer is responsible for conformance to all applicable codes.
Schneider Electric
F-27667-1
1-888-444-1311
October 2009 ao
VER-HWL2XCX
Space Humidity Sensor
HUMIDITY
1% & 2% NIST, or STANDARD
2%, 3%, or 5%
9EAR
7ARRANTY
HWL
Deluxe Wall Humidity Sensors

HW Deluxe humidity transmitters provide an ideal
solution for measuring relative humidity in all
conditions. All devices are equipped with a thin-film
capacitive sensor that is easily replaceable in the field.
These sensors are calibrated to NIST standards, with
certificates available.
The wall-mounted HW model features a low-profile
housing with an LCD display for easy visibility. All
Deluxe models come with an extended five-year
warranty.
APPLICATIONS
Managing energy systems
Sense humidity in harsh environments

Thin-film polymer capacitive sensor element
recovers from 100% saturation
Fully interchangeable element to 1%, 2%, 3%, or
5% accuracy. Calibration-free!
Replace element in the field...maintain accuracy
and minimize downtime
Easy Installation
Polarity insensitive, two-wire 4-20mA, or
3-wire 0-5/0-10VDC versions...flexible systems
compatibity...save time in the field, and stock
fewer devices
Controlling HVAC systems for improved comfort
LCD display for easy reading
and energy savings

Museums, schools, printing shops, and other
locations requiring humidity control
Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE standards
for environmental control and indoor air quality
Calibration-free interchangeable NIST traceable

HS element
HS element is microprocessor profiled with onboard nonvolatile memory
Multi-point digital calibration to NIST standards
NIST certification available
Minimizes field calibration downtime
SPECIFICATIONS
HS Element
Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) U.S. Patent 5,844,138
Accuracy at 25C from 10-80% RH*
2%, 3%, or 5% models;

1% at 12-60% RH in voltage output mode;

1% at 12-60% RH in mA output mode with temp transmitter;

1% at 20-40% RH in mA output mode

(Multi-point calibration, NIST traceable)
Reset Rate**
24 hours
Stability
1% @ 20C (68F) annually, for two years
Operating Humidity Range
0 to 100% RH (non-condensing)
Hysteresis
1.5% typical
Temperature Coefficient
0.1% RH/C above or below 25C (typical)
Analog Output
4-20mA version: 2-wire, polarity insensitive, (clipped and capped)

0-5V/0-10V versions: 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling
0-100% RH
Operating Temperature Range
10 to 35C (50 to 95F)
Input Power***
4-20mA version: loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max.

0-5V/0-10V versions: 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max.
Optional Temperature Transmitter Output
Digital, 4-20mA, (clipped and capped) or 0-5V/0-10V output;

accuracy 0.5C (1F) typical
EMC Conformance CE Option
EN 50081-1, EN 50082-1, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-3,

ENV 50204, EN 61000-4-6
*Specified accuracy with 24VDC supplied power with rising humidity. RTD/Thermistors are not compensated for internal heating
of product.
**Reset Rate is the time required to recover to 50% RH after exposure to 90% RH for 24 hours.
***One side of transformer secondary is connected to signal common, so an Isolation transformer or dedicated power supply
may be required.
Shielded cabling is required for conformance to EMC standards. Technical information is available from factory upon request or is
available on our website: www.veris.com.
70
800.354.8556
503.598.4564
www.veris.com
2008 Veris Industries
HUMIDITY
APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAMS
HW Voltage Output (3-Wire, 0-5V/0-10V)
HW Current Output (2-Wire, 4-20mA)

+
-
POWER SOURCE
12-30VDC/24VAC
POWER SOURCE
12-30VDC only
CONTROL SYSTEM
SETPOINT SLIDER
The SLIDER terminals connect to the optional potentiometer.

The LEFT and RIGHT terminals relate to the physical
orientation of the control on the device (optional equipment)
RTD/THERMISTOR/OVERRIDE
T OUT (4-20 RTN)

RTD/Thermistor/Override
Slider Right
Slider Wiper
Slider Left
PWR
COMMON
RH OUT
T OUT
Slider Right
Slider Wiper
Slider Left
RTD/ THERMISTOR/OVERRIDE
RH RETURN
T RETURN
RH OUT (4-20 RTN)
COMMON
RH INPUT 0-10V
T INPUT 0-10V
- COMMON
PWR (4-20 SEND)
RTD/THERMISTOR/OVERRIDE terminals
connect to the resistive temperature
sensor, if ordered, in parallel with
an onboard pushbutton (optional
equipment)
CONTROL SYSTEM
SETPOINT SLIDER
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
HW
4.8"
(122 mm)
3.5"
(89 mm)
1.2"
(30 mm)
Display
Accuracy
L = LCD
X = No
1 = 1%
2 = 2%
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Available
Options Available
US or EU
NIST
Temp.
Sensor Type
Temp Cal Cert
Option
Value
HW
S = Standard
C = CE
N = NIST
X = No
T = Temp*
X = No Temp
(Stop here)
Examples:
HW L
Stop Here
HW L
HW X
*In order for unit to display both temp and RH, a temperature transmitter
model must be ordered.
800.354.8556
503.598.4564
A = Transmitter: 10 - 35C (50 - 95F)

0 - 50C (32 - 122F)

(switchable)
B = 100R Platinum, RTD
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k with 11k shunt, Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm TAC, Thermistor
Q = 1uA/C, Linitemp
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A 221
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor
X = No Cert
1 = 1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal
www.veris.com
1 = Push Button Override

A = 1k
2 = Set Point Slider
3 = Push Button Override F = 10k
and Set Point Slider G = 20k
K = 50k
M =100k
ACCESSORIES
Replacement HS humidity element...see page 76.
71
VER-HO2XMCX
Outdoor Humidity Transmitter
HUMIDITY
1% & 2% NIST, or STANDARD
2%, 3%, or 5%
9EAR
7ARRANTY
HD
HD
Deluxe Duct and Outdoor

Humidity Sensors
HD/HO Deluxe humidity transmitters provide an
ideal solution for measuring relative humidity in all
conditions. All devices are equipped with a thin-film
capacitive sensor that is easily replaceable in the field.
These sensors are calibrated to NIST standards, with
certificates available.
The duct mounted HD is encased in a die cast metal
housing for extra strength. The outdoor HO housing is
completely weather proof the most rugged sensor
available.
Die cast metal housing and

an extended five-year warranty
HO
All Deluxe models come with an extended five-year

warranty.
APPLICATIONS
Managing energy systems
Controlling HVAC systems for improved comfort
and energy savings
Museums, schools, printing shops, and other
locations requiring humidity control

Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE standards
for environmental control and indoor air quality
Exceptional accuracy, long-term stability...the

best in the industry for serviceability.
Available in 2%, 2% NIST, 3%, or 5% accuracies
Sense humidity in harsh environments

Thin-film polymer capacitive sensor element
recovers from 100% saturation
Fully interchangeable element to 1% (HD only),
2%, 3%, or 5% accuracy. Calibration-free!
Replace element in the field...maintain accuracy
and minimize downtime
Rugged industrial design
Duct sensor element can be serviced without
disturbing conduit
Polarity insensitive, two-wire 4-20mA, or
3-wire 0-5/0-10VDC versions...flexible systems
compatibity
Calibration-free interchangeable NIST traceable
HS element
HS element is microprocessor profiled with onboard nonvolatile memory
SPECIFICATIONS
HS Element
Accuracy at 25C from 10-80% RH* 1% (HD only), 2%, 3%, or 5% (specify); multi-point calibration, NIST traceable
Reset Rate**
24 hours
Stability
1% @ 20C (68F) annually, for two years
0 to 100% RH (non-condensing)
Hysteresis
1.5% typical
Duct Only Temperature Effect
Outdoor Only Temperature Effect
Voltage Versions (0.0015x%RHx(TC-25))_(%RHx0.0008xabs(TC-25))

mA Versions (0.0013x%RHx(TC-25))
Analog Output
4-20mA version: 2-wire, polarity insensitive, (clipped and capped)

0-5V/0-10V versions: 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling
0-100% RH
-40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)
Input Power***
4-20mA version: loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max.

0-5V/0-10V versions: 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max.
Digital, 4-20mA (clipped and capped) or 0-5V/0-10V output;

HO transmitter accuracy: 1.3C (2.3F) typical;

HD transmitter accuracy: 0.5C (1.0F) typical
EMC Conformance CE Option
EN 50081-1, EN 50082-1, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5,

EN 61000-4-3, ENV 50204, EN 61000-4-6
*Specified accuracy with 24VDC supplied power with rising humidity. RTD/Thermistors are not compensated for internal heating
of product.
**Reset Rate is the time required to recover to 50% RH after exposure to 90% RH for 24 hours.
***One side of transformer secondary is connected to signal common, so an Isolation transformer or dedicated power supply
may be required.
Shielded cabling is required for conformance to EMC standards. Technical information is available from factory upon request or
is available on our website: www.veris.com.
68
800.354.8556
503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HUMIDITY
HD/HO 4-20 mA Temperature Transmitter Versions
HD/HO 05V/010V Temperature Transmitter Versions

BLK (Common)
POWER SOURCE
AC/DC
(See Specifications)
POWER SOURCE
DC Only
(See specifications)
DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
4-20mA Return
(optional)
RED
BLUE 0-10V HUMIDITY

ORANGE 0-10V TEMP
GREEN 0-5V HUMIDITY
YELLOW 0-5V TEMP
White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter
BLUE
HUMIDITY
ORANGE
TEMP
BLUE
HUMIDITY
ORANGE
TEMP
HO 4-20mA Resistance Versions
HO (05V/010V Resistance Versions)

BLK (Common)
POWER SOURCE
AC/DC
RED
BLUE 0-10V HUMIDITY
GREEN 0-5V HUMIDITY
ORANGE THERMISTOR
optional { ORANGE THERMISTOR
POWER SOURCE
DC Only
DIGITAL CONTROL
BLUE HUMIDITY
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
(optional)
BLUE HUMIDITY
White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter
ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
HO
HD
0.7"
(18 mm)
2.7"
(69 mm)
2.9"
(74 mm)
2.3"
(58 mm)
Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(62 mm x 62 mm)
2.8"
(72 mm)
0.5" Dia.
(13 mm.)
4.6"
(117 mm)
4.6"
(116 mm)
0.7"
(18 mm)
8.5"
(216 mm)
2.0"
(51 mm)
9.9"
(251 mm)
Humidity Transmitter Combination

Sensor Type
A
= Transmitter
Available
Accuracy
Enclosure
NIST
Output
US or EU
Temp.
H
S = Standard
D = RH Duct 1 = 1% N = NIST 1% & 2% only
M = 4-20mA
O = Outdoor 2 = 2% X = None 2%, 3%, 5% only V = 0-5V/0-10VDC C = CE
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
(1% not available on HO)
Example: (No Temp)
H
Example: (With Temp)

H
ACCESSORIES
Water guard and other accessories...see page 218.
Replacement HS humidity element...see page 76.
800.354.8556
503.598.4564
T = Temp
X = No Temp
(Stop here)
Range
1 = -40 to 50C
(-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)
OPTION
Temp Cert
Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal
Humidity RTD/Thermistor Combination

Sensor Type
OPTION Temp Cert

F = 3k, Thermistor
Q = 1uA/C, Linitemp
S = 10k 3A 221, Thermistor
www.veris.com
Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal
69
TFEYR00
T SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Duct Mount
Temperature Sensors
TG
TF
Sensor Housed In Probe,

Protects Against Corrosion
TD
TDDA
TK
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
Veris duct mount temperature sensors are pre-calibrated and housed in sturdy
stainless steel probes. The devices are easy to install, durable, and highly accurate.
Cost-effective, high accuracy thermistors or RTDs available with or without a
junction box
TABLE OF STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES
No calibration required
Stainless steel probe
THERMISTOR
Pt RTD
Class
Type
Accuracy
100 Ohm 1000 Ohm
2.2k
3k
10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US
0.3C
0.3C
0.2C 0.2C
0.0385 curve 0.0385 curve 0/70C 0/70C
Temp. Response*
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
*PTC: Positive Temperature Coecient
*NTC: Negative Temperature Coecient
TEMPERATURE
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
-58
-40
-22
-4
14
32
50
68
77
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
230
248
266
Sensor Codes
1.0C
-50/150C
NTC
0.2C
0/70C
NTC
0.2C
-20/70C
NTC
1.1C
0/70C
NTC
0.2C
0/70C
NTC
20k
20k D
100k
Consult
Factory
NTC
Consult
Factory
NTC
Consult
Factory
NTC
10k Type 2
20k D
10k Type 3
0.1C 20/70C 0.1C

0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
NTC
NTC
High Accuracy
STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES (Ohms )
100 Ohm 1000 Ohm

80.306
84.271
88.222
92.160
96.086
100.000
103.903
107.794
109.735
111.673
115.541
119.397
123.242
127.075
130.897
134.707
138.506
142.293
146.068
149.832
803.06
842.71
882.22
921.60
960.86
1000.00
1039.03
1077.94
1097.35
1116.73
1155.41
1193.97
1232.42
1270.75
1308.97
1347.07
1385.06
1422.93
1460.68
1498.32
2.2k
154,464
77,081
40,330
22,032
12,519
7,373
4,487
2,814
2,252
1,814
1,199
811.5
561.0
395.5
284.0
207.4
153.8
115.8
88.3
68.3
E
3k
205,800
102,690
53,730
29,346
16,674
9,822
5,976
3,750
3,000
2,417
1,598
1,081
747
527
378
F
10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US 20k NTC
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
392
303
454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
486
380
672,300
337,200
177,200
97,130
55,340
32,660
19,900
12,490
10,000
8,056
5,326
3,602
2,489
1,753
1,258
917
679
511
389
301
333,562
176,081
96,807
55,252
32,639
19,901
12,493
10,000
8,055
5,324
3,600
2,486
1,751
1,255
915
678
509
388
299
441,200
239,700
135,300
78,910
47,540
29,490
18,780
12,260
10,000
8,194
5,592
3,893
2,760
1,990
1,458
1,084
816.8
623.6
481.8
376.4
1,267,600
643,800
342,000
189,080
108,380
64,160
39,440
24,920
20,000
16,144
10,696
7,234
4,992
3,512
2,516
1,833
1,356
1,016
770
591
803,200
412,800
220,600
122,400
70,200
41,600
25,340
20,000
15,884
10,210
6,718
4,518
3,100
2,168
1,542
1,134
816
606
456
100k
3,366,000
1,770,000
971,200
553,400
326,600
199,000
124,900
100,000
80,580
53,260
36,020
24,880
17,510
12,560
9,164
6,792
5,108
3,894
3,006
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
392
303
To compute Linitemp Temperature:

2-Wire version (1A/C)
A reading 10 - 273.15=Temperature in C
3-Wire version (10mV/C)
mV reading/10 - 273.15 = Temperature in C
454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
486
380
SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring
22 AWG; 2-wire: RTD Thermistor, 4-20mA; 3-wire: Voltage output models
Transmitter:
Input Power
4-20mA models: Loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max; 0-5/0-10V models: 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max
Temp Output
2-wire, loop powered 4-20mA or 3-wire, 0-5V/0-10VDC
Sensor Type
Solid-state, integrated circuit (Transmitter)
Accuracy
0.5C (1F) typical
Ranges 0 to 50C (32 to 122F), -40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)
Linitemp:
Input Power
Output
5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)
Resistive:
RTD/Thermistor
See table above
Accuracy:
Z202030-0R
page 1
Calibration Error
2011 Veris Industries USA 800.354.8556 or +1.503.598.4564 / support@veris.com
Error over Temperature

800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
11111
1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)
1.8C (3.24F) typical; 3.0C (5.4F) max. over 0 to 70C (32 to 158F) range;
2.0C (3.6F) typical, 3.5C (6.3F) max. over -25 to 105C (-13 to 221F) range
www.veris.com
HQ0001874.A 01121
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
TD Model
1.5"
(38 mm)
0.7"
(18 mm)
1.1"
(28 mm)
2"
(51 mm)
TDDA Model
2.9"
(74 mm)
0.25"Dia.
(6 mm)
Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(64 mm x 64 mm)
0.5" Dia.
(13 mm.)
4.6"
(117 mm)
2.3"
(59 mm)
8.5"
(216 mm)
2.0"
(51 mm)
TF Model
4.3"
(109 mm)
TG Model
0.25"Dia.
(6 mm)
0.7"
(18 mm)
L
2.9"
(74 mm)
TK Model
0.25"
(6 mm)
4.6"
(117 mm)
0.25"Dia.
(6.3 mm)
L
L
2.0"
(51 mm)
Transmitter Models
RTD/Thermistor Models
Enclosure
Immersion Probe
Length L
Sensor Type
Output
Cal Certificate
R
D = Duct
F = Duct w/
mounting box
G = Duct w/water
resistant housing
K = Probe only (no
mounting
hardware)
B = 4" (102mm)*
C = 6" (152mm)
D = 8" (203mm)
E = 12 (305mm)**
F = 18 (457mm)**
G = 24 (610mm)**
K = 36 (914mm)**
* TK model is 4 1/2 (115 mm)

** Not available with TK model
HQ0001874.A 01121

= Resistive out
0 = None
1 = 1 point
Cal validation
2 = 2 point
F = 3k, Thermistor
Cal validation
Example:
K = 10k w/11k shunt,
Thermistor
T
D
B
D R0 2
N = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
P = 10mV/C, Linitemp
S = 10k 3A 221B, Thermistor
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor
Range
Output
Cal Certificate
TDDA
M = 4-20mA
V = 5/10V
0 = None
1 = 1 point Cal validation
ACCESSORIES
Example:
TDDA V
1 = -40 to 50 C
(-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)
Klipet mounting clip for TK probe (AA64)
AA64
TEMPERATURE
Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(64 mm x 64 mm)
TIWB1Y0
Immersion Temperature Sensor
TI SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Immersion Temperature
Sensors
TID
TIW
Corrosion Resistant Stainless

Steel Probe
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
These immersion probe type temperature sensors are both highly accurate and
cost effective. Installation could not be easier. The sensor is encased in a corrosionresistant stainless steel probe for durability, with a choice of service entry body,
indoor junction box, or threaded enclosures. A variety of RTD or thermistor sensor
options and probe lengths are available for maximum application versatility.
Cost-effective high accuracy thermistors/RTDs

Corrosion resistant stainless steel probe design...durable
1/2 NPT threads standard...ease of selection
Variety of enclosures include duct mount, service entry body, threaded, and
water resistant to fit your application
Thermowells available...enables easy servicing
APPLICATIONS
Tanks
Pipes
Chillers

THERMISTOR
Pt RTD
Class
Type
Accuracy
100 Ohm 1000 Ohm
2.2k
3k
0.3C
0.3C
0.2C 0.2C
0.0385 curve 0.0385 curve 0/70C 0/70C
Temp. Response*
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
TEMPERATURE
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
-58
-40
-22
-4
14
32
50
68
77
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
230
248
266
TIG
TIH
1.0C
-50/150C
NTC
0.2C
0/70C
NTC
0.2C
-20/70C
NTC
1.1C
0/70C
NTC
0.2C
0/70C
NTC
20k
20k D
100k
Consult
Factory
NTC
Consult
Factory
NTC
Consult
Factory
NTC
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
0.1C 20/70C 0.1C

0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
NTC
NTC
High Accuracy
100 Ohm 1000 Ohm
Sensor Codes
80.306
84.271
88.222
92.160
96.086
100.000
103.903
107.794
109.735
111.673
115.541
119.397
123.242
127.075
130.897
134.707
138.506
142.293
146.068
149.832
803.06
842.71
882.22
921.60
960.86
1000.00
1039.03
1077.94
1097.35
1116.73
1155.41
1193.97
1232.42
1270.75
1308.97
1347.07
1385.06
1422.93
1460.68
1498.32
2.2k
154,464
77,081
40,330
22,032
12,519
7,373
4,487
2,814
2,252
1,814
1,199
811.5
561.0
395.5
284.0
207.4
153.8
115.8
88.3
68.3
E
3k
205,800
102,690
53,730
29,346
16,674
9,822
5,976
3,750
3,000
2,417
1,598
1,081
747
527
378
F
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
392
303
454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
486
380
672,300
337,200
177,200
97,130
55,340
32,660
19,900
12,490
10,000
8,056
5,326
3,602
2,489
1,753
1,258
917
679
511
389
301
333,562
176,081
96,807
55,252
32,639
19,901
12,493
10,000
8,055
5,324
3,600
2,486
1,751
1,255
915
678
509
388
299
441,200
239,700
135,300
78,910
47,540
29,490
18,780
12,260
10,000
8,194
5,592
3,893
2,760
1,990
1,458
1,084
816.8
623.6
481.8
376.4
1,267,600
643,800
342,000
189,080
108,380
64,160
39,440
24,920
20,000
16,144
10,696
7,234
4,992
3,512
2,516
1,833
1,356
1,016
770
591
20k D
803,200
412,800
220,600
122,400
70,200
41,600
25,340
20,000
15,884
10,210
6,718
4,518
3,100
2,168
1,542
1,134
816
3,366,000
1,770,000
971,200
553,400
326,600
199,000
124,900
100,000
80,580
53,260
36,020
24,880
17,510
12,560
9,164
6,792
5,108
100k
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
606
456
3,894
3,006
392
303
486
380
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513

A reading - 273.15=Temperature in C
454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring
Probe
Test Pressure

Stainless Steel
200 psi
Linitemp:
Input Power
Output
5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)
Resistive:
RTD/Thermistor
See table, above
Accuracy:
Calibration Error

*Room temperature error documented on each unit.
Z202030-0R
page 1
800.354.8556
1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)*

+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
11111
HQ0001878.A 01121
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
TIG Model
TIH Model
Immersion Probes
0.25" dia.
(6 mm)
Overall: "L" + 2" (51 mm)
Thermowells
1.5"
(38 mm)
0.375" dia.
(0.5" dia. on
(10 mm) 12 probe lengths)
L
1/2" NPT
Standard
Overall: "L" + 1.75" (45mm)
0.25"Dia.
(6 mm)
TID Model
4.5"
(114 mm)
4"
(102 mm)
TIW Model
0.5" nom.
(13 mm)
1.5"
(38 mm)
1/2" NPT
Standard
0.25" dia"
(6 mm)
0.25" dia"
(6 mm)
ACCESSORIES
Immersion Probe
Length L
Enclosure
OPTIONS
Thermowell
Sensor Type
Cal Certificate
Threads
Thermowells (AA22, AA24,

AA25, AA33)
TI
D = Duct
G = Service Entry Body
H = Threaded NPT Only
W = Water resistant
housing
A = 2 1/2" (64mm) 0 = None

1 = Add Thermowell
B = 4" (102mm)
C = 6" (152mm)
D = 8" (203mm)
E = 12 (305mm)
Thermowell Sizing
Probe Length
A (2 1/2") (64mm)
B (4") (102mm)
C (6") (152mm)
D (8") (203mm)
E (12) (305mm)
HQ0001878.A 01121
Thermowell Length
1 1/2 (38mm)
3 (76mm)
5 (127mm)
7 (178mm)
11 (279mm)

0 = None
Blank = NPT
A = BSPT
B = DIN 2999
F = 3k, Thermistor
NOTE:
For 4-20mA transmitter output, order any TI with the
H = 10k, T3, Thermistor
100 platinum RTD and accessory AA10xx
K = 10k w/11k shunt,Thermistor
Example:
S = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
TI D
B
1
D
2
A
AA24
TEMPERATURE
2.8"
(71 mm)
2.2"
(56 mm)
TE500DCW12H31E2
Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor
SUBMITTAL
Part Number: TE500DCW12H31E2
Duct Average Temperature Transmitter
PRODUCT SELECTION INFORMATION:

MODEL
TE500D
TE500DC
Product Description
Duct Average Temperature Sensor
Continuous Duct Average Temperature Sensor (Available in Type 12, 1000 Plat. only)
CODE
M
E
W
Enclosure (ABS enclosure is standard)

ABS enclosure, standard (no code required, leave blank)
Metal utility box
Round ABS, w/gasketed cover
Aluminum weatherproof box
CODE
2
12
Sensor
PT100-100 Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
PT1000-1000 Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
CODE
G
H
I
J
Probe Length/No. of Sensors for Multipoint (D)

1800 mm (6)
3600 mm (12)
6100 mm (20)
7300 mm (24)
CODE
3
(4 Sensors)
(4 Sensors)
(4 Sensors)
(9 Sensors)
Transmitter Output Signal

Current 4-20mA
Voltage 0-5 Vdc
Voltage 0-10 Vdc
CODE
1
2
6
*
Not available on DC
Copper
1A
1D
1E
Not available on DC
Probe Material
CODE
TE500D
The TE500D multi point duct average

temperature transmitter incorporates numerous
precision platinum RTDs at equal distances (DC is
continuous) and encapsulated in a 7.94 mm
(0.3125) OD, soft copper probe and is available in
various lengths (see ordering chart) All probes
provide excellent heat transfer, fast response and
resist moisture penetration. A transmitter that
provides a high accuracy signal with excellent
long term stability, low hysteresis and fast
response is available with various ranges.
(See ordering chart) .
1A
Transmitter Range
0 - 35C (32 - 95F)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
-50 - 50C (-58 - 122F)
Customer range, please
contact Greystone
Greystone Energy Systems, Inc. reserves the right to make design modifications without prior notice.
EXAMPLE: Duct average , 20 Copper, 4-20 mA, 0-50 C
*Custom Range:
Sensor Operating
Temperature Range
Enclosure
D: -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F)

DC: -40 to 100 C (-40 to 221 F)
Standard - ABS - UL94-V - NEMA 1 (IP23)
Round (E) - ABS - NEMA 3 (IP64)
Metal (M) - Galvanized steel - NEMA 1 (IP23)
Weatherproof (W) - Cast Aluminum - NEMA 4X (IP66)
Cable
FT-6 Plenum rated cable
Probe
0.3125 (7.94 mm) Soft Copper
Output
Signal
Current: 4-20 mA current loop

Voltage: 0-5 or 0-10 VdcC
(Factory Configured)
Transmitter
Accuracy
Power
Supply
0.1% of span, including linearity

Current: 15-35 Vdc or 22-32 Vac
Voltage 0-5 Vdc: 10-35 Vdc or 10-32 Vac
0-10 Vdc: 15-35 Vdc or 15-32Vac
Power
Consumption
Current: 22.5 mA Max. (Occurs with open sensor)

Voltage: 5 mA nominal
PCB Operating
Temperature
0 to 70C (32 to 158F)
Wiring
Connections
Two or three wires

Screw terminal block (14 to 22 AWG)
Installation:
The duct average probes are installed through
a hole in the side of the duct to monitor an
average temperature within the duct. Select a
probe length that allows for criss-crossing the
duct multiple times. Install the probes in a
straight section of duct at a suitable distance
downstream from any heating, cooling or
humidification elements.
Each enclosure style provides mounting tabs
on the outside for ease of installation.
ACCURACY BY DESIGN
Greystone Energy Systems, Inc.

150 English Drive, Moncton, NB
Canada E1E 4G7
(506) 853-3057 Fax: (506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
e-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
www.greystoneenergy.com
Dimensions:
ACCURACY BY DESIGN
2.110
53.6 mm
Mounting Holes (X2) 0.200
2X 0.850
Foam Gasket
Soft Copper Probe
4.56
115.8 mm
3.320
84.3 mm
0.3125
7.94 mm
Various Probe Lengths

See Chart Pg 1
ABS Enclosure
2.25
57.2 mm
Soft Copper Probe

4.0
101.6 mm
0.25
6.35 mm
2.44
61.9 mm

See Chart Pg 1
0.875
Metal Enclosure (M)
2.115
53.7 mm
Foam Gasket
0.825
Soft Copper Probe

3.62
91.9 mm
0.3125
7.94 mm
3.62
91.9 mm
4.12
104.6 mm

See Chart Pg 1
Round ABS Enclosure (E)
2.125
53.9 mm
1
25.4 mm
Soft Copper Probe
4.50
114.3 mm
0.3125
7.94 mm
See Chart Pg 1
2X 0.50 NPT
Weatherproof Enclosure (W)
2.85
72 mm
3.35
85 mm
3.78
96 mm
TWLY00
Space Temperature Sensor
TW SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Wall Mount
Temperature Sensors
Wall Mount Temperature Sensors
TW
TE
DESCRIPTION
These wall mounted temperature sensors feature a discreet appearance combined with high accuracy and reliability. Aesthetically pleasing in any interior environment.
Flexible mounting options include flush and single-gang for ease of installation.

THERMISTOR
Pt RTD
Class
Type
Accuracy
100 Ohm 1000 Ohm
2.2k
3k
0.3C
0.3C
0.2C 0.2C
0.0385 curve 0.0385 curve 0/70C 0/70C
Temp. Response*
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
TEMPERATURE
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
-58
-40
-22
-4
14
32
50
68
77
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
230
120
130
248
266
Sensor Codes

1.0C
-50/150C
NTC
0.2C
0/70C
NTC
0.2C
-20/70C
NTC
1.1C
0/70C
NTC
0.2C
0/70C
NTC
20k
20k D
100k
Consult
Factory
NTC
Consult
Factory
NTC
Consult
Factory
NTC
20k D
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
0.1C 20/70C 0.1C

0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
NTC
NTC
High Accuracy
100 Ohm 1000 Ohm

80.306
84.271
88.222
92.160
96.086
100.000
103.903
107.794
109.735
111.673
115.541
119.397
123.242
127.075
130.897
134.707
138.506
142.293
803.06
842.71
882.22
921.60
960.86
1000.00
1039.03
1077.94
1097.35
1116.73
1155.41
1193.97
1232.42
1270.75
1308.97
1347.07
1385.06
1422.93
146.068
149.832
1460.68
1498.32
2.2k
3k
154,464
77,081
40,330
22,032
12,519
7,373
4,487
2,814
2,252
1,814
1,199
811.5
561.0
395.5
284.0
207.4
153.8
115.8
205,800
102,690
53,730
29,346
16,674
9,822
5,976
3,750
3,000
2,417
1,598
1,081
747
527
378
-
88.3
68.3
E
100k
3,366,000
1,770,000
971,200
553,400
326,600
199,000
124,900
100,000
80,580
53,260
36,020
24,880
17,510
12,560
9,164
6,792
5,108
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
770
591
606
456
3,894
3,006
392
303
486
380
454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
672,300
337,200
177,200
97,130
55,340
32,660
19,900
12,490
10,000
8,056
5,326
3,602
2,489
1,753
1,258
917
679
511
333,562
176,081
96,807
55,252
32,639
19,901
12,493
10,000
8,055
5,324
3,600
2,486
1,751
1,255
915
678
509
441,200
239,700
135,300
78,910
47,540
29,490
18,780
12,260
10,000
8,194
5,592
3,893
2,760
1,990
1,458
1,084
816.8
623.6
1,267,600
643,800
342,000
189,080
108,380
64,160
39,440
24,920
20,000
16,144
10,696
7,234
4,992
3,512
2,516
1,833
1,356
1,016
392
303
486
380
389
301
388
299
481.8
376.4
SPECIFICATIONS (TE)
Wiring
Housing
803,200
412,800
220,600
122,400
70,200
41,600
25,340
20,000
15,884
10,210
6,718
4,518
3,100
2,168
1,542
1,134
816
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628

White ABS plastic (For black, consult factory)
Linitemp:
Input Power
Output
5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)
Accuracy:
Calibration Error

1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)*

*Room temperature error documented on each unit.
SPECIFICATIONS (TW/TEA)
Input Power:
TW Model:
12 to 24VAC/DC nominal, 30VDC maximum, 30mA maximum
TEA Model:
4-20mA mode; loop powered 24VDC only; 0-10V, 3-wire, observe polarity; 12-30DC; 0-5V, 3-wire, observe polarity; 24VAC, 12-30DC
Analog
Output (TEA
model)
2-wire, polarity insensitive (clipped and capped)
Z202030-0R
page4-20
1 mA
2011
Veris Industries USA 800.354.8556 or +1.503.598.4564 / support@veris.com
11111
Temp Output (TW Model)
2-wire, loop powered 4-20mA or 3-wire, 0-5V/0-10VDC
Sensor Type
Solid-state, integrated circuit (transmitter)
Accuracy
0.5C (1F) typical
Ranges:
TW Model:
TEA Model:
10 to 35C (50 to 95F)/0 to 50C (32 to 122F) jumper-selectable

10 to 35C (50 to 95F)
RTD/Thermistors in wall packages are not compensated for internal heating of product.
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001876.A 01121
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
TW Series 0-5/0-10V
TW Series 4-20mA
Thermistor, RTD
or Override
Right
Wiper
Left
Voltage Range
Temp Range
+
POWER SOURCE
12 to 24VDC Only DIGITAL CONTROL
Thermistor, RTD
or Override
Right
Wiper
Left
50 to 95
10 to 35 32 to 122
0 to 50
Setpoint
10V
5V
Temp Scale
F
POWER SOURCE
12 to 24VDC Only DIGITAL CONTROL
Temperature
4-20mA
Setpoint
Temperature
0-5/0-10V
NOTE: For 24VAC transformer powered applications, one side of transformer secondary is connected to
common. Isolation transformer, or dedicated power supply may be required.
TE/TEA
1.2"
(31 mm)
0.25"
(6 mm)
4.8"
(122 mm)
4.5"
(115 mm)
3.2"
(82 mm)
3.5"
(89 mm)
TEMPERATURE
TW
0.5"
(13 mm)
2.8"
(72 mm)
Local Display
TW
Setpoint/Override
Sensor Type
TEA
A
L = LCD
X = No
= Transmitter selectable outputs

Example:
TW X
Local Display
Output
Cal Certificate
Sensor Type
0 = None
2 = 1k Setpoint
3 = 10k Setpoint
4 = 1k Setpoint w/override
Setpoint/Override
0 = None
1 = 1 point
Cal validation
2 = 2 point
Cal validation
S
M = 4-20mA
V = 0-10VDC
J = 0-5VDC
Sensor Type
Cal Certificate
US or EU
= Standard
Example:
TEA J
Setpoint/Override
Cal Certificate
TE
TW
L = LCD
X = No
HQ0001876.A 01121
0 = None
0 = None
B = 100R platinum, RTD
1 = 1 point
1 = Override*
C = 1k platinum, RTD
Cal validation
2 = 1k Setpoint
2 = 2 point
3 = 10k Setpoint
Cal validation
4 = 1k Setpoint w/override*
F = 3k, Thermistor
5 = 10k Setpoint w/override*
*NOTE: Pushbutton override short circuits RTD/thermistor output
Example:
TW L C 0 1
0 = None
0 = None
1 = Override
2 = 1k Setpoint
3 = 10k Setpoint
F = 3k, Thermistor
Example:
TE D
5
2
VER-HD2XVCX Duct Humidity Transmitter
HD & HO SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Deluxe Duct & Outdoor

Humidity Sensors
HO
HD
1% & 2% NIST, or Standard 2%,

3%, or 5%
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
HD and HO Deluxe humidity transmitters provide an ideal solution for measuring

relative humidity in a wide range of conditions. All devices are equipped with a
thin-film capacitive sensor that is easily replaceable in the field. These sensors are
calibrated to NIST standards, with certificates available (see Ordering Information;
choose N in NIST block). Temperature sensing options are also available.
Thin-film capacitive sensor element recovers from 100% saturation

Fully interchangeable element to 1%, 2%, 3%, or 5% accuracy...no calibration
The duct mounted HD is encased in a die cast metal housing for extra strength.
The outdoor HO housing is completely weather proof the most rugged sensor
available.
(1% not available on HO models)
Replace element in the field...maintain accuracy and minimize downtime

Duct sensor element can be serviced without disturbing conduit
Polarity insensitive two-wire 4-20mA or 3-wire 0-5/0-10VDC versions...flexible

All Deluxe models come with a standard five-year warranty.
APPLICATIONS
Controlling HVAC systems for improved comfort and energy savings
Museums, schools, printing shops, and other locations requiring humidity
systems compatibity
Potted circuitry prevents costly condensate shorts
Calibration-free interchangeable NIST traceable HS element
HS element is microprocessor profiled with on-board nonvolatile memory
control
HUMIDITY
Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE standards for environmental control and
indoor air quality
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power:*
Voltage Model
mA Model
Output Power:
Voltage Model
mA Model
Humidity:
HS Element
Accuracy at 25C from 10-80% RH**
Temperature Effect, Duct Model
Temperature Effect, Outdoor Model
Scaling
Hysteresis
Linearity
Reset Rate***
Stability
Temperature:

Operating Environment:
12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max.

Loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max.
3-wire, observe polarity
2-wire, polarity insensitive (clipped and capped)
1% (HD only), 2%, 3%, or 5% (specify); multi-point calibration, NIST traceable
4-20mA version: (0.0013x%RHx(TC-25)); 0-5 V/0-10V versions: (0.0015x%RHx(TC-25))(%RHx0.0008xabs(TC-25))
0-100% RH
1.5% typical
Included in accuracy spec.
24 hours
1%@20C (68F) annually, for two years
Digital, 4-20mA (clipped and capped) or 0-5V/0-10V output;
HO transmitter accuracy: 1.3C (2.3F) typical; HD transmitter accuracy: 0.5C (1.0F) typical
0 to 100% RH noncondensing
-40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)
The HS sensing element has a 1-year warranty. The element is not a part of the 5-year product warranty.
* One side of transformer secondary is connected to signal common, so an Isolation transformer or dedicated power supply may be required.
** Specified accuracy with 24VDC supplied power with rising humidity. RTD/Thermistors are not compensated for internal heating of product.
*** Reset Rate is the time required to recover to 50% RH after exposure to 90% RH for 24 hours.
Shielded cabling is required for conformance to EMC standards. Technical information is available from factory upon request or is available on our website: www.veris.com.
EMC Conformance - CE Option: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
EMC Special Note: Connect this product to a DC distribution network or an AC/DC power adaptor with proper SURGE PROTECTION (EN 61000-6-1:2007 specification requirements).
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001790.A 01121
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HD/HO 05V/010V Temperature Transmitter Versions

BLUE HUMIDITY
POWER SOURCE
DC Only
DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
HD/HO 4-20mA Temperature Transmitter Versions
White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter
POWER SOURCE
DC Only
ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR
HO (05V/010V Resistance Versions)

POWER SOURCE
DC Only
RED
BLUE 0-10V HUMIDITY

GREEN 0-5V HUMIDITY
ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR
DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
(optional)
HD
0.7"
(18 mm)
BLUE HUMIDITY
White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter
BLUE HUMIDITY
ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR
HO
2.3"
(58 mm)
2.7"
(69 mm)
2.9"
(74 mm)
2.8"
(72 mm)
Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(64 mm x 64 mm)
4.6"
(117 mm)
4.6"
(117 mm)
0.7"
(18 mm)
0.5" Dia.
(13 mm.)
12.2"
(310 mm)
8.5"
(216 mm)
2.0"
(51 mm)
Humidity Transmitter Combination

Sensor Type
OPTION
Temp Cert
Range
A
= Transmitter
1 = -40 to 50C
(-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)
Available
Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal
Humidity RTD/Thermistor Combination

Accuracy
Enclosure
NIST
Output
US or EU
Temp.
Sensor Type
OPTION Temp Cert
H
D = RH Duct
O = Outdoor
S = Standard
1 = 1% N = NIST 1% & 2% only
M = 4-20mA
2 = 2% X = None 2%, 3%, 5% only V = 0-5V/0-10VDC C = CE
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
(1% not available on HO)
Example: (No Temp)
Example: (With Temp)

N
ACCESSORIES
Water guard (AA42)
Replacement humidity element (HS)
HQ0001790.A 01121
AA42
HS
T = Temp
X = No Temp
(Stop here)

Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal
F = 3k, Thermistor
Q = 1uA/C, Linitemp
S = 10k 3A 221, Thermistor
HUMIDITY
optional
BLUE
HUMIDITY
ORANGE
TEMP
HO 4-20mA Resistance Versions
BLK (Common)
POWER SOURCE
AC/DC
White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter
ORANGE
TEMP
DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
4-20mA Return
(optional)
BLUE HUMIDITY
Temperature
(optional)
BLUE
HUMIDITY
CLRSXX
Remote CO2 sensor
CRL SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Remote Mount CO2 Sensor,

with Field-Selectable Outputs
Suitable For Outside Air
Measurement Applications
CRL
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The CRLXX remote mount carbon dioxide sensor is designed for use in HVAC control
applications. Inside buildings, people are the major source of CO2. By controlling
fresh air based on CO2 levels, energy can be saved and tenant comfort improved.
Microprocessor-based design reduces long-term drift and calibration
The CRLXX ensures that adequate ventilation is provided, while maximizing energy
savings by ventilating at the optimum level.
APPLICATIONS
Controlling HVAC in response to occupancy
Improving tenant comfort
Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE 62.1 standard for air quality
Direct measuring of outside air or sample from other remote area
requirements
Non-dispersive infrared technology (NDIR) repeatable to 20 ppm
0-2000 ppm range...high accuracy measurements

Innovative self-calibration algorithm...reliable accuracy over time
5-year calibration interval (recommended)
Low ambient sensitivity
Field-selectable 4-20mA/0-5V/0-10V output...system flexibility
Comes complete with AA50 3 ft long duct pickup and filtered sample
tube assembly...easy to install
LCD display for visibility
Alarm relay output to trigger HVAC equipment at predetermined level

AIR QUALITY
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power
Analog Output
Operating Temperature Range*
Housing Material
CO2 Transmitter:
Sensor Type
Output Range
Accuracy
Repeatability
Response Time***
20 to 30VDC/24VAC; 100mA maximum

4-20mA (clipped & capped)/0-5VDC/0-10VDC (selectable)
0 to 50C (32 to 122F)
High impact ABS plastic
Non-dispersive infrared (NDIR), diffusion sampling
0-2000/5000 ppm (programmable)
30 ppm 2% of measured value**
20 ppm 1% of measured value
<60 seconds for 90% step change
EMC Conformance: EN 61000-6-3:2001 Class B, EN 61000-6-1:2001, EN 61000-3-2:2000, EN 61000-3-3:2001, EMC Test Methods: CISPR 22:1997 (Amended A1:2000, A2:2002) Class B, IEC 61000-4-2:2002, IEC 61000-43:2006, IEC 61000-4-4:2004, IEC 61000-4-5:2001, IEC 61000-4-6:2004, IEC 61000-4-8:2001, IEC 61000-4-11:2004.
* When directly measuring outside air, ensure the temperature of the air as it reaches the sensor is between 0 and 50C.
** Measured at NTP
*** Response time when used with 3ft long sampling tube, Veris part number AA50.
Note: Rough handling and transportation may cause a temporary reduction of CO2 sensor accuracy. With time, the ABC function will tune the readings back to the correct accuracy range. The default tuning speed is limited to
30 ppm per week.
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001741.A 01121
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAM
CONFIGURATION
PUSHBUTTONS
PLUS
ENTER
MINUS
mA
V+ CO2-OUT GND
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
6.7"
(170 mm)
Volt
ABC
ON
LOW
OFF
3.1"
(78 mm)
NC COMM NO
AIR QUALITY
2.4"
(61 mm)
MODEL
CRLSXX
DESCRIPTION
Remote Mount CO2 Sensor
ACCESSORIES
Remote sample pickup kit (AA50)
Calibration kits and gases (AA01, AA26, AA27, AA28, AA29)
Handheld air quality testers (1010, 1008, 770)
AA50
HQ0001741.A 01121
1010
AA01
VER-CWE
Wall Mount CO2 Sensor
CDE & CWE SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Economy Duct and Wall

CO2 Sensors
Field-Selectable
4-20mA/0-10VDC Output
CDE
CWE
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The CDE and CWE are non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensors designed for measuring
environmental CO2 concentration in ventilation systems and indoor living spaces.
Their measurement range of 0-2000 ppm makes them compliant with ASHRAE and
other standards for ventilation control
Microprocessor-based design increases accuracy and reduces installation time

Non-dispersive infrared technology repeatable to 20 ppm 1% of
The CWE/CDE Series provides a user-selectable 4-20mA or 0-10VDC output for

versatility. Microprocessor-based digital electronics and a unique self-calibration
algorithm improves long-term stability and accuracy.
APPLICATIONS
measured value...high accuracy measurements

Innovative self-calibration algorithm...easy to maintain
5-year calibration interval (recommended)
Low ambient sensitivity
Output 4-20mA/0-10V for flexible control system interface
3-year factory warranty from date of purchase
Controlling ventilation in response to occupancy

Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE 62.1 standard for air quality
Office buildings, conference rooms, schools, retail stores, etc.
AIR QUALITY
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power
Analog Output
Housing Material
Sensor Type
Output Range
Accuracy
Repeatability
Response Time
3Year
Warranty
20 to 30VDC/24AC; 100mA Maximum

4-20mA (clipped and capped)/0-10VDC (selectable)
0 to 50C (32 to 122F)
High impact ABS plastic
Non-dispersive infrared, diffusion sampling
0-2000 ppm
30 ppm 2% of measured value*
20 ppm 1% of measured value
<60 seconds for 90% step change
RTD/Thermistors in wall housings are not compensated for internal heating of product.
EMC Conformance: Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC.
* Measured at NTP
Note: Rough handling and transportation may cause a temporary reduction of CO2 sensor accuracy. With time, the ABC function will tune the readings back to the correct accuracy range. The default tuning speed is limited
to 30 ppm per week.
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001740.A 01121
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
CWE Wall Mount
CDE Duct Mount
CALIBRATION
PUSHBUTTON
V+
Power (+24) N/A

CO2 OUT
RTD
COMMON
RTD
Optional
CO2-OUT
GND
LED
CONDUIT ADAPTER
(included)
* Note: Connector blocks and headers for optional

features are not included with non-option models.
1/2 NPT MALE/FEMALE

(included)
CWE Wall Mount
CDE Duct Mount

6.7"
(170 mm)
3.1"
(78 mm)
7.8"
(97 mm)
2.4"
(61 mm)
3.5"
(89 mm)
1.2"
(30 mm)
Duct Mount
all models
ACCESSORIES
Wall Mount
Calibration kits and gases (AA01, AA26, AA27, AA28, AA29)

Handheld air quality testers (1010, 1008, 770)
Sensor Type
CDE
(No Options)
CWE
SB = 100R Platinum, RTD
SC = 1k Platinum, RTD
SD = 10k T2, RTD, Thermistor
SE = 2.2k, Thermistor
SF = 3k, Thermistor
SG = 10k CPC, Thermistor
SH = 10k T3, Thermistor
SJ = 10k Dale, Thermistor
SK = 10k w/11k shunt, Thermistor
SM = 20k NTC, Thermistor
SN = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
SR = 10k US, Thermistor
SS = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
ST = 100k, Thermistor
SU = 20k D Thermistor
SW = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
SY = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
SZ = 10k E1, Thermistor
HQ0001740.A 01121
1010
Example:
CWE SH
AA01
AIR QUALITY
4.8"
(122 mm)
10.2"
(258 mm)
FSR1AK1X +
FST4A020
Ultrasonice Strap on Flow Meter
FST & FSR SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Ultrasonic Flow and

Energy BTU Meter
Accurate Readings From
Outside the Pipe
FSR Monitor
FST4, FST5 Transducer
N o cu
weld tting,
in
drill g, or
in
a fas g for
inexp t and
insta ensive
llatio
n
FST1, FST2, FST3 Transducers
Temperature Sensors
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
Ultrasonic flow and energy metering systems clamp onto the outside of pipes
without contacting the internal liquid. The technology has many advantages over
other products including low-cost installation, no pressure head loss, no moving
parts to maintain or replace, excellent fluid compatibility, and a wide bidirectional
measuring range that ensures reliable readings even at very low and very high flow
rates. Veris ultrasonic metering products are available in a variety of configurations
that permit selection of an ideal system, no matter what the application.
Wide range of measurable fluids, including water, brine, raw sewage, ethylene
The monitor is available in two versions: standard flow and energy flow versions.
Energy versions are used in conjunction with dual clamp-on or insert RTD
temperature sensors. The energy flow meter calculates energy usage in BTU or
tons, and it is ideal for retrofit, chilled water, and other HVAC and building
automation applications.
APPLICATIONS
glycol, glycerin, and more...flexibility in commercial and industrial applications
Bidirectional flow measurement...can measure forward flow, reverse flow, and
net total
No contact with fluid...safe from fouling and damage from system pressure
Modbus RTU and BAcnet/IP communications available...easy integration with
existing data collection systems

Compact, rugged aluminum housing...long service in harsh environments
Digital LCD...easy to read
Universal AC or DC power with clamp-on or insertion temperature sensors and
numerous measurement unit choices...lots of flexibility
Factory programming included using a web-based tool at time of ordering
(www.veris.com)...save time in installation
Commercial and industrial installations involving clean liquids or liquids
containing small amounts of suspended solids or aeration
flow
SPECIFICATIONS
1Year
Warranty
System:
Velocity Range
All models: Bidirectional flow;

FST1, FST2, FST3: 2 to 40 FPS (0.6 to 12.1 MPS);

FST4, FST5: 1 to 40 FPS (0.3 to 12.1 MPS)
Flow Accuracy
FST4, FST5: 1% of reading at rates > 1 FPS (0.3 MPS); within 0.01 FPS (0.003 MPS) at lower rates

FST1, FST2, FST3, 1 and larger units: 1% of reading from 4-40 FPS (1.2-12 MPS); 0.04 FPS (0.012 MPS) at rates < 4 FPS 91.2-12 MPS)

FST1, FST2, FST3, units smaller than 1: 1% of full scale
Flow Repeatability
0.01% of reading
Flow Sensitivity
0.001 FPS (0.0003 MPS)
Temperature Accuracy (Energy Versions Only)
0 to 100C (32 to 212F); Absolute 0.25C (0.45F), Difference 0.1C (0.18F)
Temperature Sensitivity
0.025C (0.05F)
Temperature Repeatability
0.05% of reading
Monitor:
Power
AC: fused, 95-264VAC, 47-63 Hz at 17VA max.; DC: auto-reset fuse, 10-28VDC at 5.0W, reverse polarity and transient supression protected
Display
2 line backlit LCD
Engineering Units
Rate: Gal, liters, million gal, ft3, m3, acre-ft, oil barrels (42 gal); liquor barrels (31.5 gal), ft, m, lb, kg
(User Configured)
Energy Version: BTU, MBTU, MMBTU, Ton

Time: Sec, min, hr, days

Totalizer: Gal, liters, million gal, ft3, m3, acre-ft, oil barrels (42 gal), liquor barrels (31.5 gal), lb, kg
Ambient Conditions
-40 to 85C (-40 to 185F), 0-95% RH (noncondensing)
Response Time (Flow)
0.3 to 30 sec, user configured, for 10% to 90% step change in flow
Security
Keypad lockout, user selected 4-digit password code
Transducers:
Environment
IP 67
Pipe Surface Temperature
FST4, FST5: -40 to 121C (-40 to 250F); FST1, FST2, FST3: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F)
Ambient Conditions
-40 to 85C (-40 to 185F), 0-95% RH noncondensing
Software Compatibility
Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001789.B 01131
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
FST1, FST2, FST3 Transducers
FSR Monitor
4.1
(105 mm)
6.4
(163 mm)
6.0
(153 mm)
D
B
4.3
(110 mm)
U-Bolt Connection
(2 Pipe Only)
2x 0 0.5
(13 mm)
1/2
1.4
(35 mm)
FST4, FST5 Transducer
3/4
0.75
(19 mm)
2.7
(67 mm)
1
1.6
(40 mm)
2.9
(74 mm)
1 1/4
2.2
(56 mm)
Clamp-On RTD Temperature Sensor

Cable Diameter
0.3 (7 mm)
0.5
(13 mm)
1 1/2
0.2
(5 mm)
MET US
Electrical and Hazardous

Location Safety
E112904
Monitors:
Output
K
A = AC, 95-264 V
D = DC
Transducers:
Pipe Type
FST
Cable Length
020
1 = ANSI pipe, 1/2 to 2

2 = Copper pipe, 1/2 to 2
3 = Rigid tube, 1/2 to 2 *
Pipe Type
FST
4 = most materials 2 to 24
5 = most materials >24
HQ0001789.B 01131
A = 1/2
B = 3/4
C = 1
D = 1 1/4
E = 1 1/2
F = 2
= 20 ft. (6.1 m) ***
Pipe Size
Cable Length
020
= greater than 2
2.36 (60 mm)
2.66 (68 mm)
0.840 (22 mm)
2.36 (60 mm)
3.33 (85 mm)
0.625 (16 mm)
Tubing
2.46 (63 mm)
2.28 (58 mm)
3.33 (85 mm)
0.500 (13 mm)
ANSI
2.46 (63 mm)
2.57 (66 mm)
2.66 (68 mm)
1.050 (27 mm)
Copper
2.46 (63 mm)
2.50 (64 mm)
3.56 (91 mm)
0.875 (23 mm)
Tubing
2.46 (63 mm)
2.50 (64 mm)
3.56 (91 mm)
0.750 (19 mm)
ANSI
2.46 (63 mm)
2.92 (75 mm)
2.86 (73 mm)
1.315 (34 mm)
Copper
2.46 (63 mm)
2.87 (73 mm)
3.80 (97 mm)
1.125 (29 mm)
Tubing
2.46 (63 mm)
2.75 (70 mm)
3.80 (97 mm)
1.000 (26 mm)
ANSI
2.79 (71 mm)
3.18 (81 mm)
3.14 (80 mm)
1.660 (43 mm)
Copper
2.46 (63 mm)
3.00 (77 mm)
4.04 (103 mm)
1.375 (35 mm)
Tubing
2.46 (63 mm)
3.00 (77 mm)
4.04 (103 mm)
1.250 (32 mm)
ANSI
3.02 (77 mm)
3.42 (87 mm)
3.33 (85 mm)
1.900 (49 mm)
Copper
2.71 (69 mm)
2.86 (73 mm)
4.28 (109 mm)
1.625 (42 mm)
Tubing
2.71 (69 mm)
3.31 (85 mm)
4.28 (109 mm)
1.500 (39 mm)
ANSI
3.71 (95 mm)
3.42 (87 mm)
5.50 (140 mm)
2.375 (61 mm) *
3.71 (95 mm)
3.38 (86 mm)
5.50 (140 mm)
2.125 (54 mm) *
3.21 (82 mm)
3.85 (98 mm)
4.75 (121 mm)
2.000 (51 mm) *
2
(U-bolt Copper
only)
Tubing
* Varies due to U-bolt feature
02 = 20 ft. (6.1 m)
05 = 50 ft. (15.2 m) **
10 = 100 ft. (30.4 m) **
A = Clamp-on RTD
B = Insertion RTD
* If Flow version is selected, this option includes

frequency; if Energy version is selected, this option
includes temperature (not frequency).
** Call for availability.
Works with most pipe materials. See website for details.
Call for other length options.
= 20 ft. (6.1 m)
2.46 (63 mm)
Temp. Sensor Type
Example:
2.46 (63 mm)
Pipe Size
Copper
Temp. Sensor Cable Length
1 = Analog 4-20mA,
Modbus, frequency
or temperature *
2 = 10/100 Base-T,
ethernet, BACnet,
Modbus, TCP-IP
ANSI
Energy/BTU Included Temp. Sensor

Power
FSR
1 = Flow Meter
2 = Energy/BTU
Meter
Pipe
Material
Example Monitor: FSR1AK1X or FSR2DKX02A

Example Transducer: FST2C020
ACCESSORIES
PART #
DESCRIPTION
FSA001
Kit, software CD, Veris Ultrasonic, USB
FSA002
Acc, Flow, US, transducer coupling grease, 5.3 oz.
FSA003
Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature clamp, 1k RTD,

20 ft. lead
FSA004

50 ft. lead
FSA005

100 ft. lead
FSA006
Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature insert, 3 x 1/4,

1k RTD 20
FSA007
Acc, Flow, US,Extra heat sink grease, 4 g
FSA008
Acc, Flow, US, temperature clamp tape, 6 ft.
FSA009
Acc, Flow, US, connector, RTD replacement
FSA010
Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature insert, 3 x 1/4,

1k RTD 50
PS24 - 7.5W
Power Supply, 24VDC, 7.5W
flow
Pipe
Size
2.1
(53 mm)
0 0.75
(19 mm)
Type
VER-U001-0022
Impellor Water Flow Meter
SDI SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Insert Meter, Small

Diameter Impeller (SDI)
SDI0H1N20-0200
Ideal For Pipe Sizes 1-1/2 To

Over 36
SDI1D1N20-0200
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The Veris direct insert style liquid flow sensor with stainless steel/PPS plastic or PEEK
plastic tip combines flow sensing with a built-in transmitter for an all-in-one flow
measuring system. This device fits all 1-1/2 to over 36 (38 to 915 mm) pipes, and it
is intended for direct installation into the pipe through a 1 NPT hole.
This sensor is available with or without hot tap capability. In the hot tap installation,
the sensor is mounted in the pipe under pressure by attaching a service saddle or
weld-on fitting to the pipe. Then the sensor assembly is attached to an isolation
valve and extended into the pipeline to measure flow. Hot tap installations are often
required in retrofit projects, but even in new construction, a hot tap sensor can be
desirable for service considerations.
NEMA 4 electronics housing...rugged and weather-proof

Scaled pulse and 4-20mA output available
Viton O-ring seal...no leaks
Stainless steel impeller, tungsten carbide shaft and polyamide-imide bearing...
highly durable
Software and programming cable are required to operate these meters. If the meter
will be used for hot tap installation, the A1027 tool is also needed (see Ordering
Information).
APPLICATIONS
flow
Flow measuring projects

True hot tap installations
BTU applications (requires temperature sensors and transmitter/monitor)
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended Design Flow Range
Pressure Rating
Maximum Temperature Rating
Pressure Drop
Accuracy
Repeatability
1Year
Warranty
0.3 to 20 ft./sec
1000 psi @ 21C (70F)
135C (300F)
Electronics: 20 to 65C (14 to 150F)
0.5 psi or less @ 10 ft/sec for all pipe sizes 1.5 dia and up
1% of rate over optimum flow range*
0.5%
* 10 upstream and 5 downstream straight pipe diameters, uninterrupted flow.
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001777.C 01131
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
SDI1D1N20-0200
D1 = 15.75 (400 mm)
D2 = 19.25 (489 mm)
D3 = 25.5 (648 mm)
4.25
(108 mm)
0.7
(18 mm)
Handtight Engagement + Wrench Makeup

Per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1993, R1992
SDI0H1N20-0200
isolation valve, top
view
H1 = 19.0 (483 mm)

H2 = 21.5 (546 mm)
H3 = 27.5 (699 mm)
7.9
(201 mm)
7.75
(197 mm)
4.4
(112 mm)
2.9
(74 mm)
flow
1 NPT
isolation valve, side view
MODEL
MANUF. PART #
DESCRIPTION
U001-0020
A301-20*
Flow, Programming Cable with CD for Badger/DI prod
U001-0021
SDI0D1N10-0200
Flow, SDI, SS, 1.5 to 10, 4-20mA, No Display
U001-0022
SDI0H1N10-0200
Flow, SDI, Hot Tap, SS, 1.5 to 10, 4-20mA, No Display
U001-0050
A1027**
Flow, Tool, Hot Tap Adapter, 1 machine to 1 NPT
U001-0063
SD10D1N00-0200
Flow, SDI, SS, 1.5 to 10, Frequency, No Display
U001-0064
SD10H1N00-0200
Flow, SDI, SS, 1.5 to 10, Hot Tap, Frequency, No Display
U001-0149
40134-0002*
Flow, Programming Data Converter with Cable and CD
Example:
* Software and programming cable are required for analog, Modbus, LonWorks, BACnet transmitter and meter products.
** A1027 required to adapt SDI hot tap sensor 1 machine thread to 1 NPT for hot tap drilling tools.
SDI
D3
Other models available:

Material
Type
Electronic
Housing
SDI
Output
Display
O-Ring
N
0 = Stainless Steel/
PPS plastic Tip
1 = Brass/PPS
plastic Tip
(no Hot Tap)
2 = Stainless Steel/
PEEK plastic Tip
HQ0001777.C 01131
D1 = Direct Insert for Pipe 1 - 10

D2 = Direct Insert for Pipe 12 - 36
D3 = Direct Insert 36 and up
H1 = Hot Tap for Pipe 1 - 10
H2 = Hot Tap for Pipe 12 - 36
H3 = Hot Tap 36 and up
= NEMA 4X
0 = Frequency (standard) 0 = No Display

1 = LCD Option
1 = Analog 4-20mA
(requires
2 = Scaled Pulse
output
5 = Bidirectional, analog,
option 1 or 2)
4-20mA (hot tap
SS only)
6 = Bidirectional, scaled
pulse (hot tap SS only)
0 = Viton
(standard)
1 = EDPM
2 = AFLAS
Shaft
Impeller
Bearing
0 = Zirconia Ceramic = Stainless Steel = Torion

(optional)
1 = Hastelloy C-276
(optional)
2 = Tungsten Carbide
(standard)
TOYR00
Outside Air Temperature Sensor
TO SERIES
VERIS INDUSTRIES
Outdoor Temperature
Sensors
Sleek Design, Prevents
Solar Heating
TO
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The TO Series outdoor temperature sensors feature a sleek, weather resistant design,
and provide easy installation. The durable probe is encased in a radiation shield
to prevent solar heating. Choose from a variety of RTD, thermistor, or transmitter
outputs to suit any application.
Sleek design prevents solar heating...reliable and accurate

Available with transmitter, linitemp, RTDs, or thermistors
TEMPERATURE
SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring
22 AWG; 2-wire: RTD/Thermistor, 4-20mA; 3-wire: Voltage output models
Junction Box Weatherproof
Transmitter:
Input Power
4-20mA version - Loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max; 0-5/0-10V versions - 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max
Temp Output
2-wire, loop powered 4-20mA; 3-wire, 0-5V/0-10VDC
Sensor Type
Solid-state, integrated circuit (Transmitter)
Accuracy
0.5C (1F) typical
Ranges 0 to 50C (32 to 122F), -40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)
Linitemp:
Input Power
Output
5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)
Resistive:
RTD/Thermistor
See table, facing page
Accuracy:
Calibration Error

800.354.8556
1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)

+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
HQ0001875.B 01131
800.354.8556
+1 503.598.4564
www.veris.com
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
4.7"
(119 mm)
0.7"
(18 mm)
Transmitter Models: 9.5" (242 mm)

All Other Sensor Types: 4.0 (102 mm)
2.7"
(69 mm)

Type
Accuracy
Temp. Response*
THERMISTOR
100 Ohm
1000 Ohm
2.2k
3k
20k
20k D
100k
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
0.3C
0.3C
0.2C
0.2C
1.0C
0.2C
0.2C
1.1C
0.2C
Consult
Consult
Consult
0.1C 20/70C
0.1C
0.0385
curve
0.0385
curve
0/70C
0/70C
-50/150C
0/70C
-20/70C
0/70C
0/70C
Factory
Factory
Factory
0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
NTC
10k Type 2 10k Type 3
10k Dale
10k 3A221 10k G US
High Accuracy
*PTC: Positive Temperature Coefficient

*NTC: Negative Temperature Coefficient

C
100 Ohm
1000 Ohm
20k D
100k
10k Type 2
10k Type 3
-50
-58
80.306
803.06
154,464 205,800
692,700
454,910
672,300
441,200
1,267,600
692,700
454,910
-40
-40
84.271
842.71
77,081
102,690
344,700
245,089
337,200
333,562
239,700
643,800
803,200
3,366,000
344,700
245,089
-30
-22
88.222
882.22
40,330
53,730
180,100
137,307
177,200
176,081
135,300
342,000
412,800
1,770,000
180,100
137,307
-20
-4
92.160
921.60
22,032
29,346
98,320
79,729
97,130
96,807
78,910
189,080
220,600
971,200
98,320
79,729
-10
14
96.086
960.86
12,519
16,674
55,790
47,843
55,340
55,252
47,540
108,380
122,400
553,400
55,790
47,843
32
100.000
1000.00
7,373
9,822
32,770
29,588
32,660
32,639
29,490
64,160
70,200
326,600
32,770
29,588
10
32
103.903
1039.03
4,487
5,976
19,930
18,813
19,900
19,901
18,780
39,440
41,600
199,000
19,930
18,813
20
68
107.794
1077.94
2,814
3,750
12,500
12,272
12,490
12,493
12,260
24,920
25,340
124,900
12,500
12,272
25
77
109.735
1097.35
2,252
3,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
20,000
20,000
100,000
10,000
10,000
30
86
111.673
1116.73
1,814
2,417
8,055
8,195
8,056
8,055
8,194
16,144
15,884
80,580
8,055
8,195
40
104
115.541
1155.41
1,199
1,598
5,323
5,593
5,326
5,324
5,592
10,696
10,210
53,260
5,323
5,593
50
122
119.397
1193.97
811.5
1,081
3,599
3,894
3,602
3,600
3,893
7,234
6,718
36,020
3,599
3,894
60
140
123.242
1232.42
561.0
747
2,486
2,763
2,489
2,486
2,760
4,992
4,518
24,880
2,486
2,763
70
158
127.075
1270.75
395.5
527
1,753
1,994
1,753
1,751
1,990
3,512
3,100
17,510
1,753
1,994
80
176
130.897
1308.97
284.0
378
1,258
1,462
1,258
1,255
1,458
2,516
2,168
12,560
1,258
1,462
90
194
134.707
1347.07
207.4
919
1,088
917
915
1,084
1,833
1,542
9,164
919
1,088
100
212
138.506
1385.06
153.8
682
821
679
678
816.8
1,356
1,134
6,792
682
821
110
230
142.293
1422.93
115.8
513
628
511
509
623.6
1,016
816
5,108
513
628
120
248
146.068
1460.68
88.3
392
486
389
388
481.8
770
606
3,894
392
486
130
266
149.832
1498.32
68.3
303
380
301
299
376.4
591
456
3,006
303
380
Sensor Codes
2.2k
3k
10k Type 2 10k Type 3
10k Dale
10k 3A221 10k G US 20k NTC

TEMPERATURE
Pt RTD
Class
Temperature Transmitter Models
RTD/Thermistor Models
Sensor Type
TO
Output
Output
Cal Certificate
Range
TOA
0 = None
= Resistive Output
M = 4-20mA
1 = -40to 50C
V = 0-5/0-10VDC (-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)
F = 3k, Thermistor
Example:
Example:
TOA M
1
0
TO C R 2
Z202030-0RP = 10mV/C,
page Linitemp
1
02121
NOTE: For 4-20mA transmitter output, order
any TO with the 100 platinum RTD and
accessory AA10xx.
HQ0001875.B 01131
Cal Certificate
0 = None
WPS-G-PS3
LIQUID PRESSURE SWTCHES

WPS Series
Precision pressure
control / sensing
FEATURES:
High rated SPDT contacts

Adjustable setpoint
Adjustable dierential
Direct switching of 240 Vac loads
Full mechancial switching
Peace of mind
through reliable
pressure monitoring
GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM
WPS-G-PS3

DESCRIPTION:
The WPS-G-PS3 pressure switch is a cost eective pressure monitoring solutions for liquids and non aggressive
gases.
The compact design and rugged construction makes the WPS-G suitable for monitoring pumps, chillers, valves,
etc. The unit has an adjustable setpoint with adjustable dierential and comes complete with a dial to show the
liquid pressure.
SPECIFICATIONS :
Range.............................................
Max. Operating Pressure.........
Max. Leak Test Pressure ..........
Pressure Connection................
Electrical Connection...............
-0.5 to 7 Bar (-7.25 to 101.5 Psi )

22 Bar (319 PSI)
25 Bar (363 PSI)
1/4 BSP Male
Screw terminals suitable for 1.5 mm
conductors max.
Contact Rating............................ 24 Amp@ 230 Vac resistive
10 Amp Inductive
Protection .................................... IP44 (NEMA 2)
Ambient Temperature ............. -50 to 70C (-58 to 158F)
Fluid Temperature ..................... -50 to 170C (-58 to 338F)
Dimensions .................................. 42 x 85 x 75 mm
Weight ........................................... 346 gms (12.2 oz)
Approvals...................................... ULC #E85974
86 mm
(3.40)
75 mm
(2.95)
44 mm
(1.75)
WPS-D-FD113
Liquid Differential Pressure Switch
DESCRIPTION:
1/4 BSP Male
The WPS-D-FD113 dierential pressure switch is a low cost eective pressure monitoring solutions for liquids and
non aggressive gases.
The unit is designed for both flow proving and flow failure detection to cover the range of 0.3 to 4.5 Bar (4.35 to
65.25 PSI). Approxiamate setpoint can be viewed on the dial at the front of the unit.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Range.............................................
Dierential ..................................
Factory Setting ..........................
Max. Operating Pressure.........
Max. Leak Test Pressure ..........
Pressure Connection................
Electrical Connection...............
SYSTEMS
INC
Greystone Energy Systems Inc.

150 English Drive, Moncton, N.B.
Canada E1E 4G7
(506) 853-3057 Fax: (506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
e-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
www.greystoneenergy.com
V.02/13
68 mm
(2.70)
48 mm
(1.90)
1/4 BSP Female
Greystone Energy Systems Inc. is one of North Americas

largest ISO registered manufacturers of HVAC sensors and
transducers for Building Automation Management Systems.
We have conscientiously established a worldwide
reputation as an industry leader by maintaining leadingedge design technology, prompt technical support, and
a commitment to on-time deliveries. We take pride in our
Quality Management System which is ISO 9001 certified,
assuring our customers of consistent product reliability.
GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM
Copyright Greystone Energy Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved
ENERGY
128 mm
(5.05)
PRINTED IN CANADA
0.2 to 4.5 Bar (2.9 to 65.25 PSI)

0.2 Bar (2.9 PSI)
0.7 Bar (10.15 PSI)
12 Bar (174 PSI)
23 Bar (334 PSI)
1/4 BSP Female
Screw terminals suitable for 1.5 mm
conductors max.
Contact Rating............................ 3 Amp @ 230 Vac Inductive
0.1 Amp @ 230 Vdc
Ambient Temperature ............. -20 to 70C (-4 to 158F)
Fluid Temperature .................... Max. 70C (158F)
Materials ...................................... Fittings - Brass
Wetted Parts - Phosphor bronze
Switch Back plate - Zinc plated mild steel
Housing cover - Flame resistant polycarbonate
Protection .................................... IP30 (NEMA 2)
Dimensions .................................. 48 x 128 x 175 mm
Weight ........................................... 790 gms (1.75 lbs)
Approvals...................................... ULC #E85974
CMD050VC
CO Sensor
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Gas Detectors

with (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA Output
CMD
CMB
CMS
Jan.13
Features
Electrochemical sensor element
(0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA output,
jumper selectable
Measuring ranges
0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-250 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm
CMD
Standard IP65
plastic enclosure
Wide supply voltage range (18-28 Vac/dc)

Overload protected
Reverse polarity protected
Continuous monitoring
Low zero point drift
Positoning stable
IP65 plastic enclosure
with LCD display
to show actual
ppm-range

with LED indicators
Power supply = Green
Low-Alarm = Yellow
High-Alarm = Red
Long life sensor

Modular plug-in technology
Applications
CMS
IP55 stainless steel
enclosure
TL1 SSE
To avoid unauthorized
opening,
the stainless steel
enclosure can only
be opened by the
opening tool TL1 SSE
CMB
with duct mounting set
Options
Relay Pack
(2 alarm relays)
*LCD display
*LED indicator
Buzzer (Siren)
Heater
RS-485 Modbus
vehicle exhaust in parking structures

(e.g. underground garages)
engine repair shops
engine test benches
go-kart race cources
loading bays
tunnels
shelters
equipment rooms
ventilation systems etc.
Description
CO detectors CMD, CMB and CMS-series including digital
measurement value processing and temperature
compensation for the continuous monitoring of the ambient
air to detect carbon monoxide concentrations (CO).
Comfortable calibration routine with selective access
release is integrated in the transmitter.
The CO detector CMD, CMB and CMS-series possesses
a standard analog output (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA.
As option RS-485 interface and 2 relays with adjustable
switching thresholds are available.
*Not for CMS

Due to the standard analog signal the CO detector is
compatible to DDC and PLC.
Ventilation Control Products
Sweden
Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766
E-mail:
Web:
info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

CMD
CMB
CMS
Jan.13
Ordering
__________________________________________________
Type no.
ppm range
Enclosure
__________________________________________________
CMD 050VC
CMD 100VC
CMD 150VC
CMD 200VC
CMD 300VC
CMD 400VC
CMD 500VC
CMD 1000VC
CMD 2000VC
0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-400 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
CMB 050VC
CMB 100VC
CMB 150VC
CMB 200VC
CMB 300VC
CMB 400VC
CMB 500VC
CMB 1000VC
CMB 2000VC
0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-400 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
CMS 050VC
CMS 100VC
CMS 150VC
CMS 200VC
CMS 300VC
CMS 400VC
CMS 500VC
CMS 1000VC
CMS 2000VC
0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-400 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
CMD
CMB
CMS
TL1 SSE
Tool for opening
stainless steel
enclosure
Options:
________________________________________________________________
Type no.
Descriptions
________________________________________________________________
RP2
Relay pack (2 alarm relays)
BZI
Buzzer
LCD
LCD display
LED
LED indicator
HEA
Heater
MOD
RS-485 protocol Modbus
CUS
RS-485 protocol customer-specification
Order example:
SER TL2
Service tool
CMD 300VC RP2 LCD

CO detector, (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA, 0-300 ppm
CMD 300VC RP2 LCD

(with Relay Pack and
LCD display)
CMD 300VC RP2 LED

(with Relay Pack and
LED indicator)
Relay pack (2 alarm relays)
Notes:
Options LCD and LED not possible with stainless steel (s/s IP55) enclosure.
Alarm relay 1: (advise threshold)

Alarm relay 2: (advise threshold)
LCD display
For warning buzzer BZI, additional relay pack RP2 is needed.

For LED indicator, additional relay pack RP2 is needed.
Advise the thresholds for Low-and-High alarm when ordering relay pack RP2.
Important notes before ordering:
LCD Display (LCD) in comination with Relay pack (RP2) and Buzzer (BZI) not available.
LCD Display (LCD) in comination with Relay pack (RP2) available.
The recommended storage life is up to 6 months

unpowered, Carbon Monoxide (CO) detectors are
manufactured on request.
As the storage life for Carbon Monoxide (CO)
detectors is up to 6 months unpowered we want
pre-payment before process the order to production
department, this to avoid any cancellation of order.
LCD Display (LCD) in comination with Buzzer (BZI) available.
Delivery time is normally 4 weeks after receipt

Sweden
Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766
E-mail:
Web:
info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

CMD
CMB
CMS
Jan.13
Technical data
Sensor element
Electrochemical, diffusion
Output
(0)2-10 Vdc, load < 50 Kohm,

(0)4-20 mA, load < 500 ohm,
overload and short circuit proof
Power supply
18-28 Vac/dc,
(reverse polarity protected)
Power consumption
22 mA, max. (0.6 VA)
Accuracy
+/- 3 ppm
Repeatability
+/- 3% of reading
Long term output drift
< 5% signal loss/year
Response time
t90 < 50 seconds
Sensor life expectancy
5 years,
normal operation enviroment
Humidity range
Continuous:
Short time:
15 to 90% non-condensing
0 to 95% non-condensing
Temperature range
Continuous:
Short time:
-10 to +50C
-20 to +50C
Storage temperature
+5 to +50C
Pressure range
Atmospheric 10%
Cable entry
M20
Enlcosure/Protection
CMD
CMB
CMS
Dimensions
CMD
CMB
CMS
Weight
CMD
CMB
CMS
Guidlines
Plastic IP65
Plastic IP65 for duct
Stainless steel IP55
CMD and CMS wall types:

Sensor coverage
400 m2 to 500 m2 (recommended)
Mounting height
1.5 to 1.8 m above floor
CMD
CMS
CMB duct type

Gas inlet
Via a sampling pipe/

connection tube
Flow speed
Min. 5000 m/h,

Max. 20,000 m/h
Duct diameter (ca.)
Min. 0.1 m, max. 1.0 m
Length of
sampling pipe
250 mm,
adaptable to the duct diameter
by cutting to lengths:
192, 133 or 77 mm
Tube length
2 x 1000 mm
Mounting
Arrow at the sampling set

in flow direction.
Always mount in the middle
of the duct.
Keep a minimum distance of
H130 x W94 x D57 mm

H130 x W94 x D57 mm
H113 x W135 x D45 mm
excluding cable entry
1000 mm to duct bends etc.
300 g
350 g
500 g
CMB
EMC_ Directive 2004/108/EC

EN 61010-1:2010
ANSI/UL 61010-1
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1
CE

Sweden
Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766
E-mail:
Web:
info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

CMD
CMB
CMS
Jan.13
Built-in options
Relay output
Alarm relay 1
30 Vac/dc 0.5 A,
potential-free, SPDT
Alarm relay 2
30 Vac/dc 0.5 A,
potential-free, SPNO/SPNC
Power consumption
30 mA, max. 0.8 VA
Warning buzzer
Acoustic pressure
85 dB (distance 300 mm)
Frequency
3.5 kHz
Power consumption
30 mA, max. 0.8 VA.
LCD Display
LCD
Two lines, 16 characters each
Power consumption
10 mA, max. 0.3 VA
LED indicator
Green-Yellow-Red
Supply, low alarm, high alarm
Power consumption
10 mA, max. 0.3 VA
Heater
Temperature controlled +3C +/-2C
Ambient temperature
-40C
Power consumption
0.3A; 7.5 VA
Side Warning Devices / External Devices

See separate datasheet Side Warning Devices / External Devices
External flash light

External buzzer

Sweden
External flash light

and buzzer
Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766
E-mail:
Web:
info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

Terminal Block
CMD
CMB
CMS
Jan.13
Wiring
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bus_B
Bus_A
4-20 mA input
0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA output
24 Vdc out
Ground
24 Vac/dc
Output 0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA is jumper selectable on pcb.
PCB
Power supply can be 24 Vac or 24 Vdc

for both 0-10 Vdc output and 4-20 mA output.
4-20 mA output is 2-wire (loop) connection on terminals 1 and 4.
0-10 Vdc is 3-wire connection on terminals 1, 2 and 4.
Relay outputs are options.
Wire connection on screw terminal min 0.25 mm2 and max 2.5 mm2
Wire distance:
500m for 4-20 mA output and 200 m for 0-10 Vdc output.
Cross sensitivity*
Concentration Reaction
(ppm)
(ppm)
Acetone, C3H26O
Acetylene, C2H2
Ammonia, NH3
Carbon Dioxide, CO2
Chlorine, Cl2
Ethanol, C2 H5OH
Hydrogen, H2
Hydrogen
Sulphide, H2 S
Iso Propanol, C3H8O
Nitric Oxide, NO
Nitrogen Dioxide, NO2
Sulphur Dioxide, SO2
1000
40
100
5000
2
2000
100
0
80
0
0
0
5
20
25
200
50
50
50
0
0
8
-1,0
< 0,5
* The table doesnt claim to be complete.

Other gases, too, can have an influence on
the sensitivity.
The mentioned cross sensitivity data are
only reference values valid for new sensors.
We reserve the right to make changes in our products without any notice which may effect the accuracy of the information contained in this leaflet.

Sweden
Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766
E-mail:
Web:
info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se
HC2 IP25
Combined Temperature and Humidity

Sensor
H U M I D I T Y A N D T E M P E R AT U R E S E N S O R S
Flush mount probes
MINIMUM SIZE,
MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE.
WITH INTEGRATED AI RCHIP3000 T ECHNOLOGY.
COMPACT, DISCRETE HUMIDITY MEASUREMENT.

Measures relative humidity and temperature
Calculates dew/frost point
Perfectly suited for discrete wall mounting
in clean rooms, museums and libraries (up to 9 mm wall thickness)
High precision and repeatability
Unmatched long-term stability <1 %RH / year
Digital interface for measurement processing
and for HW4 calibration
Flush mount probes
T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N
The filters differ in material, response time and pore

size, and are selected on the basis of the environmental conditions.
Steel-sinter filter (25 m) *
Used for low humidity; not suitable for high-humidity
applications; quick response, good protection from
abrasive particles.
Teflon filter (5 m) *
Good protection from fine dust particles and salt
(maritime environment); slight delay in measurement.
Polyethylene filter (25 m) *
Good response time and good protection from fine dust
particles; no absorption of water.
Typical accessories
AC3001 PC connection cable
E2-02A
Extension cable, 2 m, black
HW4-E-Vx HW4 software
Physical dimensions
32
27
(3/4")
46
15
11
31
63
60
17
15
HC2-IS25 / HC2-IT25 / HC2-IP25

Humidity sensor
ROTRONIC HYGROMER WA-1
Temperature sensor
Pt100 1/3 Class B
Accuracy at 23 C 5 K
1.5 %RH / 0.2 K,

adjusted at 23 C and 10, 35, 80 %RH
Measurement resolution AirChip3000 <0.02 %RH / 0.01 K

Long-term stability, humidity sensor
<1 %RH / year
Response time t63
HC2-IS25: <20 s
HC2-IT25: <25 s
HC2-IP25: <20 s
Initialization time
<3 s (typical)
Measurement range
-4085 C / 099 %RH
Range of application, electronics
-4085 C / 099 %RH
Analog output signal
01 V = 0100 %RH (factory setting)

01 V = -4060 C (factory setting)
Power supply
3.25 VDC
Current consumption
<4 mA @ 3.3 VDC (typical)

<7.5 mA @ 5 VDC (typical)
Firmware update
Via HW4 software
Filter element
HC2-IS25: Steel-sinter, 25 m *
HC2-IT25: Teflon, 5 m *
HC2-IP25: Polyethylene, 25 m *
Permitted wind-speed
40 m/s (with filter)
Adjustment via software
1 point, multipoint, dew point

(%RH / C), with service cable
Psychrometric calculations
Dew point / Frost point
Interface
UART
Data processing via HW4
Graphics, statistics, analysis, etc.
Housing material / weight
Polycarbonate, stainless steel

DIN 1.4301/ 50 g
Dimensions
32 x 63 mm (without protective cap)
Maximum wall thickness
9 mm
Thread
M25 x 1.5
CE / EMC compatibility
CE conformant 2007/108/EC
FDA- / GAMP conformity
21 CFR Part 11 / GAMP 5
Subject to technical change without notice. Printing and other errors reserved.
Versions
The flush-mount probe is available with three different
filters.
- HC2-IS25:
Steel-sinter filter
- HC2-IT25:
Teflon filter
- HC2-IP25:
Polyethylene filter
* Size of pores
Electrical connections
1: V+: 3.25 VDC
2: GND (power supply, UART)
3: RXD (UART)
4: TXD (UART)
5: Output signal, humidity
6: Output signal, temperature
7: AGND (GND for measurement signal)
Change over now to the HygroClip2 probes with integrated AirChip3000 technology for your
temperature and humidity measurements. You can find detailed information about our probes
at www.rotronic-humidity.com. We would also be happy to advise you in person or on the phone.
ROTRONIC AG, Grindelstrasse 6, CH-8303 Bassersdorf, Tel. +41 44 838 11 11, Fax +41 44 836 44 24, www.rotronic.ch
ROTRONIC Instruments (UK) Ltd, Crompton Fields, Crompton Way, Crawley, West Sussex, RH10 9EE, UK, Phone +44 (0)1293 571000, Fax +44 (0)1293 571008, www.rotronic.co.uk
ROTRONIC Instrument Corp,135 Engineers Road, Hauppauge, NY 11788, USA , Phone, +1 631 427-3898, Fax, +1 631 427-3902, www.rotronic-usa.com
59028E/2012-02
Would you like more information? You will find a complete, up-to-date overview on our Internet page at www.rotronic.com
T R A N S M I T T E R S F O R H U M I D I T Y A N D T E M P E R AT U R E
THE INTELLIGENT
TRANSMITTER.
INTRODUCING AIRCHIP DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY.
INNOVATION IN HUMIDITY
AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
Relative
Dew
humidity and temperature measurement
Point and other psychrometric calculations
Outstanding
accuracy and repeatability
Interchangeable
Wide
probe for easy maintenance
choice of probes to satisfy every application
Auto-diagnostics
Highest
Low
and automatic correction
possible measuring accuracy
voltage and mains versions
Freely
scalable analogue signals
Various
digital outputs available
SPECIFY THE BEST:

HYGROFLEX5 ADVANTAGES AT A GLANCE.
The HygroFlex5-series is the latest development in transmitters for humidity, temperature and dew point.
One outstanding feature of this innovative product is the possibility to output any psychrometric calculation as
an analogue signal.
The HF5-series is compatible with HygroClip2 probes with integrated AirChip3000 technology thanks to which
the probes achieve an unparalleled degree of accuracy not seen before.
In combination with advances in sensor technology and integration, the HygroFlex HF52, HF53, HF54, HF55 and
HF56 transmitters provide superb precision and state-of-the-art functionality, taking humidity and temperature
measurement to a whole new level of accuracy <0.8 %rh and <0.1 K at 23C.
Easy to read display

Display of the measured values on a clear,
backlit graphic display with trend indicators
Configuration by keypad possible
Tried-and-tested housing
Robust industrial housing
Wall or duct mount versions
Power supply
15...40 VDC/12...28 VAC
9...36 VDC/7...24 VAC (galvanically separated)
85...240 VAC (galvanically separated)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Output signals
Two freely selectable and scalable analogue outputs
Available as 2-wire (HF52), 3/4-wire (HF53)
3/4-wire (HF54, HF56 with galvanic isolation)
and digital (HF55) transmitter
Optional digital outputs allow integration on a network
via RS485, or Ethernet - wired or wireless
Combined digital and analogue output signals,
allow control and monitoring of a device with one transmitter
Wide selection of probes

Compatible with all HygroClip2 probes
Use of probe simulators allows easy system validation
AirChip3000
Compensates humidity and temperature over 30,000 reference points
2,000 data point memory
Dew/frost point calculation
Sensor auto-diagnostics and automatic correction
Active alarming and information
ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), micro-controller and EEPROM on one chip
APPLICATIONS.
The HygroFlex5-series is ideal for all applications where exact measurement of humidity and temperature is of decisive importance,
for example the food and pharmaceutical industries, printing and paper industries, meteorology, agricultural sector, archaeology
and climatology. There is hardly a field today in which these parameters may be ignored. It is ultimately the measuring task at hand
that defines the combination of transmitter and probe that best covers your needs.
HF52/53/54/55 series
HF56 series
HF5 wall version
HF5 duct version
PROBES FOR
HYGROFLEX TRANSMITTERS.
Whether you need a simple plug-in probe to measure ambient conditions, or a more sophisticated cable probe for high temperature
and other special applications, we can provide you with the ideal HygroClip2 probe to suit your requirements.
All HygroClip2 probes can be individually calibrated and adjusted to increase measurement precision where you need it the most.
This capability is exactly what makes every probe in the product range a high-end solution for your application.
Standard Probe
Industrial Probes
Probe for transmitters in wall or duct versions

Operating range -50...100C
Probes for process applications. Operating range 0100%rh,

-100200C (-148392F) and 0400 bar (05,800 PSI)
Interested in further information about the right choice of probe (special applications, order codes)?
A complete and up-to-date overview of all probe options is available on our web site www.rotronic-humidity.com.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION.
Factory Adjustment.
Three different adjustment profiles are available from the factory
for HygroClip2 probes; this means that measuring accuracy can be
matched to the application need. The custom adjustment profile
consists of 20 humidity values at 3 temperatures to ensure optimum
performance over a required working range. The data is stored on
the AirChip and can be retrieved later for audit purposes.
Data Logging and Alarm Generation.
Up to 2,000 measurement values can be stored in the HygroClip2
probe; the user is able to configure the measurement interval, scale
the output signal and download data using optional ROTRONIC HW4
software. The HygroFlex5 transmitter can be programmed with set
limits to generate an alarm which is available when the transmitter
is communicating with a PC or compatible ROTRONIC device. In the
event of a major sensor failure the analogue outputs can be set to
a fixed value to indicate the alarm condition. Thus, the HygroFlex5
can be integrated in any application.
HF 52/53/54/55 Series
Wall version (W)
HF 56 Series
Duct version (D
HF52
2-wire
HF53/54/56
3/4-wire
Probe type
HygroClip2 probe, all models
Probe cable extension
Passive: max. 5 m, active 100 m
HF55
Digital
Accuracy at 23 5 C
0.8 %rh / 0.1 K
Response time t63
3-12 s, depending on probe type
Start-up
HF53/54/55/56: typically 3 s, HF52: 10 s
Measurement range
-100200 C / 0100 %rh, probe dependent
Electronics operating range
-4060 C / 0100 %rh (-1060 C with LCD)
Display (option)
(HF52: no backlight)
Graphic display, backlit

Parameters configurable
Trend indicators
Yes
Alarm functions (programmable) Open or shorted sensor

Output signals (analogue)

Scalable by user
0...1 V, 0...5 V, 0...10 V, 0(4)...20 mA
Digital outputs (optional)
Ethernet (LAN, WLAN), USB, RS485
Change of signal output U/I
Only with HF53/54/56, without adjustment
Power supply
HF52: 10...28 VDC: 10 V+(0.02x load)

HF53/55: 1540 VDC /1228 VAC

HF54 with galvanic isolation: 9...36 VDC

7...24 VAC

HF56 with galvanic isolation: 85...240 VAC
Power consumption
HF52: max 40 mA
HF53 <100mA, HF55 <300mA
Circuit type

HF52: 2 x 2 wires, HF53/54/56: 3/4 wires

HF55: digital
Min. / Max. load
V-signal: 1 k/V / mA-signal: 500
Load compensation
Yes
Firmware update
Via service connector, requires HW4 software
Sensor diagnostics (drift, state)
Programmable. Default: off
Sensor protection
Based on probe type
Maximum air velocity
20 m/s at probe
Humidity adjustment
With keypad/software: multi point (HF53/54/55/56)
Temperature adjustment

With keypad: 1 point

Software: 2 points (HF53/54/55/56)
Data logging function
External, 2000 data point memory
Psychrometric calculations
All selectable
PC interface
With ROTRONIC interface cable HW4 compatible
Data processing by HW4
Graphs, statistical data and analysis, qualification etc.
Housing material / weight
ABS / Approx. 220g
Cable connections
1 x M16x1.5, on terminals
Standards
CE- compliant, 2007/108/EG
Audit trail, Electronic Records
FDA 21 CFR Part 11 and GAMP compliant
IP protection rating & fire
IP65 / Corresponds to UL94-HB protection class
Interested in further information (special applications, order codes)? A complete and up-to-date overview of our HygroFlex5-series is available
on our web site www.rotronic-humidity.com.
ROTRONIC AG, Grindelstrasse 6, CH-8303 Bassersdorf, Tel. +41 44 838 11 11, Fax +41 44 836 44 24, www.rotronic.ch
ROTRONIC Instruments (UK) Ltd, Crompton Fields, Crompton Way, Crawley, West Sussex, RH10 9EE, UK, Phone +44 (0)1293 571000, Fax +44 (0)1293 571008, www.rotronic.co.uk
ROTRONIC Instrument Corp,135 Engineers Road, Hauppauge, NY 11788, USA , Phone, +1 631 427-3898, Fax, +1 631 427-3902, www.rotronic-usa.com
59025E/2011-06
Change over now to the HygroFlex5 transmitter and HygroClip2 probes with the integrated AirChip3000
for your humidity and temperature measurement needs. You can find detailed information about our
probes at www.rotronic-humidity.com. We would also be happy to advise you in person or on the phone.
Grindelstrasse 6
8303 Bassersdorf
Switzerland
Phone +41-44-838 12 10
Fax
+41-44-837 00 73
Email: Philipp.Kleinbruckner@rotronic.ch
Technical statement regarding the accuaracy of temperature the Rotronic HC2-IP25

relative humidity & temperature probe
To whom it may concern
We hereby want to confirm that the HC2-IP25 flush mount probes come with a temperature
accuracy of +/- 0.1C. The probe comes with a pt100 class B 1/3 sensor with a standard
accuracy of +/- 0.1C according to DIN standards. All products leave our production
calibrated by our SCS ISO17025 certified laboratory.
This specification reflects the latest configuration. The data shown in our catalogue in our
recent main catalogue are not correct we choose to imprive the performance of our HC2IP25 instead.
Besides we would like to state the EPX Digital Cairo is our official distributor in Egypt who is
also capable to perform calibrations using the Rotronic Hygrogen 2 S with a ISO17025
calibrated reference probe.
Date: 03.10.2013
Philipp Kleinbruckner
Export Manager
Measurement Solutions
www.rotronic.com
Page 1
Certified ISO 9001
Loxone
Ourdoor Light level sensor
0-10V BRIGHTNESS SENSOR

Art. Nr.: 200032
FEATURES
Standard 0-10V DC Signal with DC/AC Power Supply
Wide range from 0 - 100000 Lux
Three-point calibrated
High long term durability
Light sensor and transmitter in compact housing
High quality IP65 Housing
APPLICATIONS
Home Automation - light dependent switching
Sunlight sensor
Brightness sensor for rain-protected weather stations
Brightness sensor for situations with strong sunlight
TECHNICAL DATA
Light Metering
OPERATION
In home automation, light sensors are needed which are not only
highly durable, but also protected against electrical surges and
transient electric currents.
Other desirable features are a choice of AC or DC power supply, and
a 0-10V standard signal output.
There are a variety of situations in which light sensors are needed for
control of devices in home automation.
This sensor measures light intensity with an accurate and durable
photo diode which is industry standard.
The output signal is prepared using modern sensor technology. The
high sensitivity under very strong light makes this sensor suitable for
use in even the brightest conditions.
Range
0 - 100000 Lux
Sensor Element
BAW21 Photodiode
Maximum spectral sensitivity
600 nm
Output Scaling
0 - 100000 FS
General
CE Conformity
89/336/EWG
EMV electromagnetic
interference
EN 61000-6-3:2001
EMV electromagnetic
interference
EN 61000-6-2:2001
Dimensions
Width: 59 mm, height: 65 mm,

Depth (without the dome for the
Three point calibration over a wide range ensures this sensor delivers
a high level of accuracy for typical control tasks.
Light sensor): 38 mm
Housing for the electronics
Plastic
-30 to +70 C
Connection
0.75mm screw terminal
Operating Voltage
12 -24V AC/DC
Output Voltage
0 - 10V DC
Surge Protection
Varistor and RC filter
We reserve the right to make changes to these data!
0-10V BRIGHTNESS SENSOR

Art. Nr.: 200032
for use in production and should not be connected to anything.
POWER-SUPPLY
The brightness sensor can be powered with AC, DC or with
unfiltered rectified voltage. With AC power, the base of the
transformer must be connected to ground. With unfiltered rectified
voltage, the minus must be connected to the ground potential, and
the plus to DC/AC 24V. Incorrect connection leads to malfunction or
damage to the electronics.
CONNECTION
Shielded cables should be used for connection if possible; this is
particularly important in a noisy EM environment. The shielding
should be grounded. Before connecting, check that the supply
voltage matches the operating voltage specified on this data sheet.
Pin
Function
Description
24V DC/AC
Operating Voltage
0V Ground
Reference Potential
0 - 10V Output
Light signal (0-10V)
CALIBRATION
The sensor is calibrated at three different brightness levels using a
high-performance daylight equivalent light source. The measurement
curve is linearized with a second order polynomial. The light level is
then given by a 0-10V standard signal.
ADJUSTMENT
Due to the high-quality photodiode used, this brightness sensor is
long lasting and maintenance free. The calibration input is designed
BRIGHTNESS SENSOR ASSEMBLY

The light sensor can, with the transmitter, be mounted straight on a
surface. Use the drawing below for information on where to drill
holes for the mounting screws. Take care of the rain-protected
attachment.
LL15
Liquid Level Float Switch
FLOAT SWITCH - LL15 (5M VERSION) from Heat and Combustion
HOME
PRODUCTS
Page 1 of 1
PRODUCT SELECTOR
NEWS
ABOUT US
FLOAT SWITCH - LL15 (5M VERSION)

Sealed level float switch 5m cable media temp -25C to +60C IP67 protection.
Part Number
LL15
Heat & Combustion Supplies Ltd

Unit E5, Southpoint Industrial Estate
Foreshore Road, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff CF10 4SP
Home
Tel: +44 (0) 29 20 463345
Fax: +44 (0) 29 20 463346
sales@heatcombustion.co.uk
www.heatcombustion.co.uk
Products
Product Selector
Disclaimer:
Please refer to manufacturers documentation for
full safety specification and correct fitting.
Search for a product
http://www.heatcombustion.co.uk/product.asp?i=413
06-23-13
Sealed Level Float Switch
AFS-262-HT
High Temperature Air Differential

Pressure Switch
PRESSURE SWITCH - AFS-262-HT from Heat and Combustion
Page 1 of 1
029 2046 3345

5
HOME
PRODUCTS
PRODUCT SELECTOR
NEWS
ABOUT US
Subscribe4
CONTACT US
PRESSURE SWITCH - AFS-262-HT

PRESSURE SWITCH - AFS-262-HT
Air D.P. Switch high temperature range 0.13 - 30 MBAR media temp 300C.
Part Number
AFS-262-HT
Heat & Combustion Supplies Ltd

Unit E5, Southpoint Industrial Estate
Foreshore Road, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff CF10 4SP
Home
Tel: +44 (0) 29 20 463345
Fax: +44 (0) 29 20 463346
www.heatcombustion.co.uk
Products
Product Selector
News
About Us
Contact Us
Disclaimer:
Please refer to manufacturers documentation for
full safety specification and correct fitting.
Search for a product
http://www.heatcombustion.co.uk/product.asp?i=462
06-19-13
Cleveland Controls
Division of UniControl Inc.
Model
AFS262
Air Pressure Sensing Switch with Adjustable Set Point Range

Application
The Model AFS-262 is a general purpose proving switch designed for
HVAC and Energy Management applications. It may be used to sense
positive, negative, or differential air
pressure.
General Description &

Operation
The plated housing contains a diaphragm, a calibration spring and a
snap-acting SPDT switch.The sample
connections located on each side of
the diaphragm accept " OD metallic tubing via the integral compression ferrule and nut.
An enclosure cover guards
against accidental contact with the
live switch terminal screws and the
set point adjusting screw. The enclosure cover will accept a " conduit
connection.
Mounting (see Figure 1)

Select a mounting location which is
free from vibration. The AFS-262
(Figure 1)
Dimensions in Inches
(Millimeters)
must be mounted with the diaphragm

in any vertical plane in order to obtain the lowest specified operating set
point. Avoid mounting with the
sample line connections in the "up"
position. Surface mount via the two
3/16 " diameter holes in the integral
mounting bracket. The mounting
holes are 3-7/8 " apart.
Air Sampling Connection

(see Figure 2)
The AFS-262 is designed to accept
firm-wall sample lines of " OD tubing by means of ferrule and nut compression connections. For sample
lines of up to 10 feet, " OD tubing
is acceptable. For lines up to 20 feet,
use " ID tubing. For lines up to 60
feet, use " ID tubing. A " OD
adapter, suitable for slip-on flexible
tubing is available: order part number 18311.Locate the sampling probe
Distributed by:
a minimum of 1.5 duct diameters

downstream from the air source. Install the sampling probe as close to
the center of the airstream as possible.
Refer to Figure 2 to identify the high
pressure inlet (H) and the low pressure inlet (L). Select one of the five
application options listed below (on
page 2), and connect the sample lines
as recommended.
(Figure 2)
Cleveland Controls
Division of UniControl Inc.
1111 Brookpark Road Cleveland OH 44109

Tel: (216) 398-0330 Fax: (216) 398-8558
Bulletin AFS262.05
(Figure 3)
TWO POSITIVE SAMPLES: Connect the higher positive sample to inlet H. Connect the lower positive
sample to inlet L.
ONE POSITIVE AND ONE NEGATIVE SAMPLE: Connect the positive sample to inlet H. Connect the
negative sample to inlet L.
Electrical Connections(see
Figure 3)
(Figure 4)
Before pressure is applied to the diaphragm, the switch contacts will be

in the normally closed (NC) position.The snap switch has screw top
terminals with cup washers. Wire
alarm and control applications as
shown in Figure 4.
Field Adjustment
POSITIVE PRESSURE ONLY:

Connect the sample line to inlet H;
inlet L remains open to the atmosphere.
NEGATIVE PRESSURE ONLY:
Connect the sample line to inlet L;
inlet H remains open to the atmosphere.
TWO NEGATIVE SAMPLES:
Connect the higher negative sample
to inlet L. Connect the lower negative sample to inlet H.
The adjustment range of an AFS-262

Air Switch is 0.05 .02" w.c. to 2.0"
w.c.. To adjust the set point, t urn the
adjusting screw counterclockwise until motion has stopped. Next, turn the
adjusting screw 4 complete turns in
a clockwise direction to engage the
spring. From this point, the next ten
turns will be used for the actual calibration. Each full turn represents
approximately 0.2" w.c.
Please note: To properly calibrate an air switch, a digital manometer or other measuring device should
be used to confirm the actual set
point.
Location of Sample Lines for Typical Applications
Specifications
Model AFS-262 Air Flow Switch
Mounting Position: Mount with the
diaphragm in any vertical plane.
Set Point Range: 0.05 0.02" w.c. to
2.0"w.c.
Field Adjustable Operate Range:
0.07"w.c. to 2.0" w.c.
Field Adjustable Release Range:
0.04"w.c. to 1.9" w.c.
Approximate Switching Differential:
Progressive, increasing from 0.02 0.01
"w.c. at minimum set point to approximately 0.1 " w.c. at maximum set point.
Measured Media: Air, or combustion
by-products that will not degrade
silicone.
Maximum Pressure:
psi (0.03 bar)
Operating Temperature Range:
-40F to 180F (-40 to 82C)
Life: 100,000 cycles minimum at 1/2 psi
maximum pressure each cycle and at
maximum rated electrical load.
Electrical Rating:
300 VA pilot duty at 115 to 277 VAC,
15 amps noninductive to 277 VAC,
60 Hz.
Contact Arrangement: SPDT
Electrical Connections: Screw-type
terminals with cup washers.
Conduit Opening: 7/8" diameter
opening accepts " conduit.
Sample Line Connectors: Male,
externally threaded 7/16" 24 UNS 2A
thread, complete with nuts and selfaligning ferrules.
Sample Line Connections: Connectors will accept " OD rigid or semi-rigid
tubing.
Approval: UL, FM, CSA, CE
Shipping Weight: 1.2 lbs.
Accessories
P/N 18311 Slip-on " OD Tubing Adapter,

suitable for slipping on flexible plastic
tubing. Sample line probes. Orifice plugs
(pulsation dampers).
Pressure Conversion Table
1" H2O = 0.0361 lbs./sq. in. or 0.0735 in. mercury

1" Hg. = 0.491 lbs./sq. in. or 13.6 in. water
1 psi = 27.7 in. water or 2.036 in. mercury
AFS-262 Sensing Switches are manufactured

by Cleveland Controls Div. of UniControl Inc.
Bulletin AFS262.05
24 July, 2013
To
Mr. Essam Ismail
Sr. Electrical Engineer
BF Gulf LLC
Qatar National Museum Project
Doha, Qatar
T: +974 30014499
Subject: Qatar National Museum, PVL deviation for High Temperature Air Differential Pressure Switch
Dear Sir,
The data sheet for the offered High Temperature Air Differential Pressure Switch from Heat and
Combustion (Part No: AFS-262-HT) is attached for review. The Part number on the data sheet is AFS-262
and specifies the max operating temperature as 82 C.
The supplier has confirmed that the 300 C rated High temperature version (AFS-262-HT) will be the
same Air Differential Pressure Switch (AFS-262) with two (2) numbers of additional 2 meter long 10mm
Copper tubes with brass duct adaptors for the installation. This 2 meter long copper tube will act as a
Cooling Loop and cool down the hot air to a temperature below 82 C which is the rated operating
temperature of the differential pressure switch.
Do not hesitate to contact us in case of any clarification.
Yours Sincerely,
Lloyed Anthony
Solution Architect
Schneider Electric Building Business
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
GTC116-PB
Airflow Measuring Station
Model
Thermal Dispersion Airflow Measurement
GTC116-P
PB
Technical Data Sheet

Combination Dual Analog Output and RS-485 Output B Density
Gold Series Thermal Dispersion Airflow/Temperature Measurement Device (ATMD)

APPLICATIONS
LISTED
European Union
Shipments
BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE. ASHRAE does not endorse, approve or test products for compliance with ASHRAE standards. Compliance
of listed products to the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 135 is the responsibility of BACnet International (BI). BTL is a registered trademark of BI.
SYSTEM FEATURES
GTC116-PB OVERVIEW
The GTC116-PB is EBTRONs top-of-the-line and most accurate Gold Series thermal
dispersion airflow and temperature measurement device (ATMD) equipped with B
density probes, an intermediate sensor density between our economy A density and
standard C density. When distances between disturbances can be met using B density minimum placement guidelines, performance can approach and often equal that
of C density probes. Individual sensor node accuracy is 2% of reading from zero to
5,000 feet per minute for airflow and 0.15F from -20F to 160F for temperature. A programmable Alarm feature permits setting Hi/Low limit or Setpoint with hysteresis for airflow or transmitter/probe fault alarms. The ATMD includes the GTC116
industrial grade integrated transmitter with two analog outputs and RS-485 network
output and field selectable BACnet MS/TP Master, Modbus RTU or JCI N2-Bus
interface for communication with virtually all modern building automation systems
(BAS).
OA measurement for dilution control and

compliance with ASHRAE 62.1, 189.1 and
International Mechanical Code Chapter 4.
Contributes towards attainment of LEED
Energy and Atmosphere and Indoor
Environmental Quality Credits.
Programmable local/remote alarm for
Hi/Lo/Setpoint with hysteresis
Building, floor or room pressurization.
GOLD
SERIES
DATA SHEET
EBTRON Advanced Thermal Dispersion (TD)

technology ensures accurate, repeatable airflow measurement from zero flow (still air).
Each sensor is factory calibrated at 16 points
to NIST-ttraceable standards.
Altitude compensation feature for flow correction at elevations up to 18,000 ft (5,486 m)
EBTRON proprietary sensor design permits
placement in locations typically not possible
with other sensing technologies.
Versatile duct/plenum mount options.
True average, multi-point, independent sensors.
Simple push-button user interface.
GTC116-PB SPECIFICATIONS
System
Calibrated Range: . . . . . . . .0 to 5,000 fpm [25.4 m/s]

Operating Temperature: . . . .Probe: -20 to 160F
[-28.9C to 71.1C]
Transmitter: -20 to 120F
[-28.9C to 48.9C]
Operating Humidity Range: .0 to 99% non-condensing;
Transmitter must be protected from
exposure to precipitation
Power Requirements: . . . . . .24 VAC (22.8-26.4 VAC) at 12-20 VA
(based on sensor quantity)
TS_GTC116PB_R1H
Transmitter and Enclosure

Transmitter Construction: . .Heavy duty industrial grade ICs, rugged
aluminum chassis and sliding cover
Transmitter Dimensions: . . .9.251 x 6.688 x 2.5 in (HxWxD)
[234.98 x 169.87 x 63.5 mm]
Transmitter Mounting: . . . . .Mounting holes located 0.75 in from
top/bottom, and 0.375 from left/right
edges on integral mounting plate
Sensor Probes
Factory Calibrated Sensor

Accuracy: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Airflow: 2% of reading
Temperature: 0.15F [ 0.08C]
Probe Construction: . . . . . . .Type 6063 gold anodized aluminum or
Type 316 stainless steel (SS) optional
Mounting Brackets: . . . . . . .Type 304 SS
Probe Dimensions: . . . . . . . .Alum: 1.1 in [27.94 mm] diameter
SS: 1.125 in [28.575 mm] diameter
Standard Size Ranges:

Insertion/Standoff: . . . . .8 to 120 in (203.2 to 3048 mm)
Internal Mount: . . . . . . . .12 to 120 in (304.8 to 3048 mm)
Maximum Quantity
Probes / Sensing Nodes: . . . .4 probes per transmitter; 8 sensing
nodes per probe; 16 nodes total max.
Probe/Transmitter Cable: . .10 ft. [3.05 m] plenum rated FEP
cable, positive locking connector with
gold plated pins (Optional cable length
of up to 50 feet [15.24m])
Output Interfaces
Analog Output: . . . . . . . . . . .Isolated analog 0-5/0-10 VDC or 4-20

mA, linear airflow/temperature
Analog Output Resolution: . .0-10V/2-10V: 0.010% of full scale
0-5V/1-5V: 0.020% of full scale
RS-485 Output: . . . . . . . . . .Field selectable BACnet MS/TP
Master, Modbus RTU or JCI N2-Bus
RS-485 Baud Rate: . . . . . . .9.6k, 19.2k, 38.4k, and 76.8k baud
Repeatability: . . . . . . . . . . . .0.25% of reading
Field Calibration Wizard: . . .Automated 1 or 2 point adjustment to
factory calibration
Airflow Output Signal Filter: .Field Adjustable 0 to 99% (via pushbutton interface)
Airflow Low Limit Cutoff: . . .Forces output to zero below a userspecified value
Programmable Alarm: . . . . .Alarm (dry relay contacts or LED drive)
for user defined Hi or Low Limit,
Setpoint with hysteresis for airflow or
transmitter/probe fault conditions
EBTRON, Inc. 1663 Hwy. 701 S., Loris SC 29569 Toll Free: 800.2EBTRON (232.8766) Fax: 843.756.1838 Internet: EBTRON.com
GOLD SERIES MODEL GTC116-PB

GOLD SERIES TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

The GTx116 transmitter can process up to 16 individual sensing
nodes and requires 24 VAC to provide airflow and temperature
measurement outputs. Models are available for concurrent dual
analog and RS-485 (GTC116), concurrent dual analog and ethernet (GTM116) and LonWorks (GTL116) output for virtually any
modern BAS network. The transmitter is independent of the sensor probes thus eliminating field matching. The transmitter
includes a 16 character LCD display that indicates airflow, temperature and system status, and is also useful during configuration and diagnostic modes. Field configuration and diagnostics
are accomplished through a simple push-button interface on the
main circuit board for selection of units of measure, display
units, output scaling, dampening filter, diagnostics and instrument status. Individual sensor airflow and temperature measurements can be displayed and are beneficial as an HVAC system diagnostic tool.
A built in Field Calibration Wizard permits 1 or 2 point adjustment to factory calibration if required in less than optimum
placement applications. The airflow output signal can be filtered

and a process low limit can be set to force the transmitter output
to zero when airflow falls below a user defined value. Both features are important for outside air intake applications that can
be affected by transient wind gusts at low airflow rates. In addition, an airflow offset and a gain adjustment feature can be
engaged for installations where field calibration or adjustment is
necessary.
A versatile programmable Alarm feature permits setting an airflow alarm output for Low Limit, High Limit, Setpoint with hysteresis, or can be set to activate in the event of a transmitter or sensor probe fault. EBTRONs GP1 sensor probes with proprietary
flow loss compensation design are available in gold anodized
aluminum (standard) or stainless steel (optional) finishes.
Internal and Insertion duct mounting options are available, as
well as an adjustable standoff mount for a wide range of damper
applications.
PROBE MOUNTING STYLES AND BRACKET DIMENSIONS

INTERNAL MOUNT BRACKET DETAIL
INSERTION MOUNT BRACKET DETAIL

Overall Duct Size
(including internal insulation)
1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)
1.50 in.
38.10 mm
Overall Duct Size

(Including Internal Insulation)
1.1 in (27.94 mm) dia. tube
(Standard length 12 to 120 in (304.8 to 3048)
Gasket
Gasket
3.75 in. (95.25 mm)
1.1 in. (27.94 mm) dia. tube
4.00 in.
(101.60 mm)
5.25 in. (133.35 mm)
Terminal end bracket
[8.00 in. (203.20 mm) to 192.00 in. ( 4876.80 mm) long]
0.750
in((19.05
mm) dia.
dia. sensor
sensor opening
opening
0.75 in.
19.05 mm)
to 48sensors/probe
11 to
sensors per probe
2.500 in
(63.50 mm)
0.750 in (19.05 mm) dia. sensor opening
1 to 8 sensors per probe
2.160 in
(54.86 mm)
Insertion side bracket

Washer
0.75 in.
(19.05 mm)
INTERNAL PROBE MOUNT DETAIL
Lock nut
0.375 in. (9.52 mm) x 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) Stud
1.125 in
(28.58 mm)
0.563 in
(14.29 mm)
4 in (101.60 mm)
Cable
0.188 in. (4.78 mm)

Mtg. Holes (4)
1/2 in (12.70 mm)
Airflow
0.375 in. (9.53 mm)
5.25 in. (133.35 mm)
Terminal End Bracket
0.188 in. (4.78 mm)

Mtg. Holes (4)
2.500 in
(63.50 mm)
0.375 in.
(9.53 mm)
0.188 in Dia.
(4.76 mm)
Mtg. Hole (2)
0.50 in. (12.70 mm)

4.00 in (101.60 mm)
0.75 in. (19.05 mm)

5.25 in. (133.35 mm)
INSERTION SIDE DETAIL
0.250 in
(6.35 mm)
Airflow
INTERNAL BRACKET SIDE DETAIL
TERMINAL END BRACKET AND PROBE END STUD ARE

PROVIDED ON PROBES >18 IN
1.000 in.
[25.40 mm]
1.000 in.
[25.40 mm]
Opening size
(See Note 1)
1.1 in. [27.94 mm] dia. tube
Standard (see Note 1): 12 to 120 in. [304.8 to 3048 mm]
3.000 in.
[76.20 mm]
5.000 in
(127.00 mm)
Cable out
0.750 in. [19.05 mm] dia. sensor opening
1 to 8 sensors / probe
0.438 in.
[11.11 mm]
0.125 in. [3.18 mm]

(See Note 2)
0.875 in
(22.23 mm)
0.125 in.
[3.18 mm]
(See Note 2)
4.000 in
(101.60 mm)
0.188 in (4.76 mm) dia.

Mtg. Hole (2)
0.875 in
(22.23 mm)
0.875 in (22.23 mm)
STANDOFF MOUNT SHOWING BRACKET AND PROBE DETAIL
STANDOFF MOUNT BRACKET DETAIL
NOTES:
1. Standoff probes are ordered by specifying the opening size. The probes supplied include an additional 2 in. [50.8 mm] of tube length (which is 2 in. longer than the specified opening size) to allow for bracket
installation and damper blade clearance.
2. 0.125 in. [3.175 mm] clearance (dashed line adjacent to each bracket) provided to ensure damper blade/linkage clearance.
TS_GTC116PB_R1H
STANDOFF MOUNT DETAIL

EBTRON B sensor density is an intermediate density between our economy A density and standard C density. Where the distance
between disturbances can be met using B density minimum placement guidelines, B performance can approach and often be equal
to that of C density sensor probes. To maximize installed performance and accuracy, always follow minimum placement guidelines.
The following tables indicate the quantity of probes and number of sensing nodes per probe provided for common rectangular and
round/round-oval applications with probes from 12 to 120 inches.
GP1 B Sensor Density Tables

Rectangular Probe Sensor Density (# Probes / # Sensors per Probe)
GTx116-PB
12
12
1/2
18
1/2
24
1/4
30
1/4
PROBE LENGTH - RECTANGULAR DUCTS

36
42
48
54
60
66
72
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
18
2/1
2/2
2/2
2/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
24
3/1
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/3
2/3
2/3
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/8
1/8
1/8
30
3/1
3/1
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/4
2/4
1/8
1/8
36
3/1
3/1
2/2
2/2
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
42
4/1
3/1
3/1
3/2
3/2
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/6
48
4/1
3/1
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/6
2/6
2/6
54
4/1
3/1
4/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
2/4
2/4
3/4
2/6
2/6
60
4/1
4/1
4/2
3/2
3/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/4
3/4
3/4
2/6
66
4/1
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
72
4/1
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
4/3
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
84
4/1
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
3/4
3/4
3/4
4/4
96
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/4
4/4
4/4
108
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/4
4/4
4/4
120
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
144
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
168
4/2
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
192
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
ADJACENT SIDE LENGTH
84
1/4
96
1/6
108
1/6
120
1/6
GOLD
SERIES
DATA SHEET
B SENSOR DENSITY TABLES
Round-Oval Probe Sensor Density (# Probes / # Sensors per Probe)

GTx116-PB
12
ADJACENT SIDE LENGTH
TS_GTC116PB_R1H
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
84
96
108
120
12
1a/2
18
1a/2
24
1a/2
30
1a/4
PROBE LENGTH - ROUND-OVAL DUCTS

36
42
48
54
60
66
72
1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4
1a/2
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/4
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/8
1a/8
2b/2
2b/2
2b/2
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/2
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
1a/6
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/6
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/6
2b/6
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/6
2b/6
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/4
2b/4
2b/4
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/4
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/6
84
1a/4
96
1a/4
108
1a/6
120
1a/6
2b/6
2b/6
2b/8 C
2b/6
2b/8 C
2b/8

B SENSOR DENSITY PLACEMENT GUIDELINES

Duct and Plenum Probe Minimum Placement Guidelines (B Density Probes)
A
F
M
S
Airflow
A
F
M
S
Airflow
4D
3D
Airflow
0.75D
2D
1.5D
Unvaned Elbows
A
F
M
S
Airflow
Airflow
Airflow
4D
3D
Airflow
1.5D
0.75D
Radius Elbows
2D
1D
3D
1.5D
1.5D
0.5D
3D
1.5D
1.5D
0.5D
1.5D
3D
A
F
M
S
A
F
M
S
AFMS
0.5D
1D
0.5D
1D
A
F
M
S
2.5D
1.5D
1.5D
0.75D
Vaned Elbows
AFMS
Airflow
A
F
M
S
A
F
M
S
A
F
M
S
Airflow
Airflow
A
F
M
S
A
F
M
S
Return T Fitting
0.5D
A
F
M
S
Airflow
A
F
M
S
Reducing Transition
Airflow
A
F
M
S
Expanding Transition
Supply T Fitting
Airflow
A
F
M
S
Airflow
A
F
M
S
3D
1.5D
3D
1.5D
Supply Fan Plenums
Ducted Centrifugal & Vane

Axial Fan Discharges
A
F
M
S
A
F
M
S
Airflow
Airflow
2D
1D
2D
1D
Ducted Centrifugal & Vane

Axial Fan Inlets
Return Fan
Plenums
D = Simple Equivalent Diameter = (width + height)/2
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Outside Air Intake Damper/Plenum Applications

Z
RS-485
CONTROL
'DPSHU %ODGH :LGWK
Airflow
NET NET
+
COM
ANALOG BAS CONTROL

INTERFACE
OUT 1
AIRFLOW
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
OUT 2
TEMP OR
ALARM
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Probe(s)
TRANSFORMER
NOTES: X, Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MINIMUM

Z = 12 in (304.8 mm) MINIMUM
24 VAC / 50-60 HZ
Y
X
Airflow
(SEE NOTE 4)
Z
X
OUT 2 can be set for analog

Temperature or analog
Alarm Output. Alarm output
can be set as active high or
active low.
Probe(s)
'DPSHU %ODGH :LGWK

OW
NOTES: X, Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MINIMUM

Airflow
24
VAC
SHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
(STP) WIRING
(SUPPLIED BY
OTHERS)
(SEE NOTES
2, 3)
1
Probe(s)
LINE
IN
COM
ANALOG
OUTPUT
L2
L1
POWER
24VAC IN
NOTES: X = 12 in (304.8 mm) MINIMUM

Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MINIMUM
Z
12 Min
NOTES:
X, Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MIN
Z = 18 in (457.2 mm) MIN
X
Y
KEY:
X = Distance to upstream disturbance
Y = Distance to downstream disturbance
Z = Distance between disturbances
= Damper blade width
RS-485
OUTPUT
COM
NET NET +
'DPSHU %ODGH :LGWK
Airflow
Probe(s)
Important: Actual plenum depth should be

determined based on louver data and maximum airflow rates to minimize water carryover into the intake system.
GTC116
TRANSMITTER
Consult your EBTRON Sales Rep for

assistance with probe placement in critical Outside Air and Damper applications.
SENSOR PROBE
CONNECTORS
NOTES:
1. OUTPUT 2 CAN BE SET AS TEMPERATURE OR AS AN ALARM.
ALARM CAN BE SET AS ACTIVE HIGH OR ACTIVE LOW.
2. CONNECT OUTPUT SIGNAL CABLE DRAINS TO EARTH GROUND AT
ONE END OF EACH CABLE ONLY.
3. RS-485 COM CONNECTION MAY USE A SINGLE CONDUCTOR.
4. ON MULTIPLE TRANSMITTER INSTALLATIONS WITH A COMMON
24VAC SOURCE, WIRE 24 VAC POWER IN-PHASE TO THE SAME
TERMINALS ON ALL TRANSMITTERS (e.g.: L1 to L1, L2 to L2).
TS_GTC116PB_R1H
DN6200 + SY3- Butterfly Valve + Actuator

24-3-T
Technical data sheet
D6..
Buttery valves PN6, PN10, PN16 for

shut-off function
for open and closed cold and warm
water systems
connection and disconnection of
several heat or cold generators
for open heat exchangers
Type overview
Actuator type / closing pressure ps
Denition of ps
Closing pressure at which the actuator can still
seal the valve tightly allowing for the appropriate
leakage rate.
AF..
SR..-5 GR..-5 GR..-7 DGR..-7 SY1
Type
kvs
DN
[m3/h] [mm]
ps
[kPa]
ps
[kPa]
ps
[kPa]
D650
D665
D680
D6100
D6125
D6150
D6200
D6250
D6300
D6350
100
170
290
560
870
1340
2690
5540
7540
10300
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
1200
1200
600
1200
1200
1200
200
1200
1200
1200
1200
ps
[kPa]
ps
[kPa]
SY2
SY3
SY4
SY5
ps ps ps ps ps
[kPa] [kPa] [kPa] [kPa] [kPa]
1200
1200
1200
1200
600
1200
600
1200
1200
300 1200
1200
600 1200
600
Technical data
Functional data
Flow media
Rated pressure ps
Flow rate kvs
Leakage rate
Pipe connector
Closing pressure ps
Angle of rotation
Installation position
Maintenance
Cold and hot water,

water with max. 50% volume of glycol
+2C ... +90C for water (without glycol)
20C ... +70C for water with glycol
(lower or higher temperatures on request)
1600 kPa (PN6, PN10, PN16)
See Type overview
Tight (BN1, DIN 3230 T3)
Flange PN6, PN10, PN16
See Type overview
90
Upright to horizontal (in relation to the stem)
Maintenance-free
Fitting
Valve cone
Stem
Seat
Stem seal
Stem bearing
GGG 40
GGG 40, nylon-coated
Stainless steel
EPDM
EPDM O-ring
RPTFE
Temperature of medium
Materials
Dimensions / Weights
Motorizing
www.belimo.com
see Dimensions and weights, page 3

see the complete overview of water solutions
T5-D6.. en v1.3 02.2008 Subject to changes
1/3
..
..
..
.
D6..
Buttery valves PN6, PN10, PN16
Safety notes
The butterfly valve has been designed for use in stationary heating, ventilation and air
conditioning systems and is not allowed to be used outside the specified field of application,
especially in aircraft or in any other airborne means of transport.
It may only be installed by suitably trained personnel.
All applicable legal or institutional installation regulations must be complied with.
The butterfly valve does not contain any parts that can be replaced or repaired by the user.
The butterfly valve is not allowed to be disposed of as household refuse. All locally valid
regulations and requirements must be observed.
The recognized rules should be applied when determining the flow characteristic of final
controlling elements.
Product features
Mode of operation
Manual operation
The buttery valve is closed or fully opened by a rotary actuator (AF.., SR.., GR.., DGR.., SY..).
The rotary actuators are controlled either by a standard controller or by a 1 or 2-wire control unit.
The nylon-coated valve cone is pressed into the soft-sealing EPDM seat by the rotary action and
guarantees zero leakage losses. The open position is characterized by low ow losses and a
high kvs value.
The buttery valve can be moved into any position, depending on the rotary actuator type.
(Lever mounted directly on the buttery valve on request.)
Installation notes
Recommended mounting positions
Water quality requirements

Maintenance
The buttery valve may be mounted either vertically or

horizontally.
It is not permissible, mounting the buttery valve with the
stem pointing downwards.
90
90
The water quality requirements specied in VDI 2035 must be adhered to.
The butterfly valves and rotary actuators are maintenance-free.
Before any kind of service work is carried out on actuator sets of this type, it is essential to
isolate the rotary actuator from the power supply (by unplugging the power lead). Any pumps
in the part of the piping system concerned must also be switched off and the appropriate
isolating fittings closed (allow everything to cool down first if necessary and reduce the
pressure in the system to atmospheric).
The system must not be returned to service until the butterfly valve and the rotary actuator
have been properly reassembled in accordance with the instructions and the pipework has
been refilled in the proper manner.
Accessories
Description
Mechanical accessories
2/3
Lever, Type ZD6-H..
www.belimo.com
D6..
Buttery valves PN6, PN10, PN16
Dimensions [mm]
Dimensional diagrams
D1
45
D2
90
H1
Xmin
2)
Ymin
90
R min
F
B
Mounting ange
3)
PN6
DN
[mm]
D2
[mm]
F 3)
[mm]
Rmin
[mm]
S
[mm]
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
65
65
65
65
90
90
125
125
125
125
F05
F05
F05
F05
F07
F07
F07
F10
F10
F10
200
200
200
200
240
240
240
290
290
290
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
22
22
22
Acc. to ISO 5211

Free stem end
(mounting flange up to end face of stem head)
Further documentations
www.belimo.com
PN10
PN16
DN
B
H
H1
D
D1
d
D1
d
D1
d
X 1) Y 1)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
1)
2)
43
46
46
52
56
56
60
68
78
79
70
76
89
104
118
132
167
197
239
265
134
147
158
173
195
213
247
287
316
345
33
48
66
91
115
142
194
245
294
328
110 4x14 125 4x19

130 4x14 145 4x19
150 4x19 160 8x19
170 4x19 180 8x19
200 8x19 210 8x19
225 8x19 240 8x23
280 8x19 295 8x23
335 12x19 350 12x23
395 12x23 400 12x23
445 12x23 460 16x23
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
355
410
470
4x19
4x19
8x19
8x19
8x19
8x23
12x23
12x28
12x28
16x28
340
350
360
380
530
550
590
660
690
720
120
130
140
160
170
180
220
250
290
320
Weight
[kg]
2.3
2.8
3.5
5.5
7.4
9
15
21.5
32.5
43.5
Minimum distance with respect to the valve centre

The actuator dimensions can be found on the respective actuator data sheet
Complete overview of water solutions

Data sheets for actuators
Installation instructions for butterfly valves and/or actuators
Notes for project planning (hydraulic characteristic curves and circuits, installation regulations,
commissioning, maintenance etc.)
3/3
Technical data sheet
Rotary actuator SY3-24-3-T
Rotary actuators for buttery valves

Torque 150 Nm
Nominal voltage AC 24 V
Control: Open-close or 3-point
Auxiliary switch
Technical data
Electrical data
Functional data
Safety
Mechanical data
Dimensions / Weight
Nominal voltage
Power supply range
Power consumption
Current consumption
Auxiliary switch
Connection
Parallel connection
AC 24 V, 50/60 Hz
AC 19.2 ... 28.8 V
70 W at nominal torque
3.0 A
2 x SPDT, 3 A, AC 250 V II
Switching points: 90 adjustable
Terminals, 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
No
Torque (nominal torque)

Manual override
Angle of rotation
Running time
Position indication
Min. 150 Nm at nominal voltage

Temporary with handwheel
90 (internal electrical stops)
22 s
Mechanical
Protection class
Degree of protection
EMC
Mode of operation
Nominal current voltage
Control pollution degree
Ambient temperature range
Media temperature
Non-operating temperature
Ambient humidity range
Maintenance
III Extra low voltage

IP67
CE according to 89/336/EEC
Typ 1 (to EN 60730-1)
0,8 kV (to EN 60730-1)
4 (to EN 60730-1)
20 ... +65C (Duty cycle 22/7 s)
20 ... +100C (in the buttery valve)
30 ... +80C
95% r.H., non-condensating (to EN 60730-1)
Maintenance-free
Connection ange / stem

Housing material
ISO 5211 / F07

Cast aluminium
Dimensions
Weight
See Dimensions on page 2

Approx. 11 kg (without buttery valvee)
Safety notes
www.belimo.com
The actuator has been designed for use in stationary heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and is not allowed to be used outside the specified field of application, especially in aircraft or in any other airborne means of transport.
It may only be installed by suitably trained personnel.
All applicable legal or institutional installation regulations must be complied with.
The device may only be opened at the manufacturer's site. It does not contain any parts that
can be replaced or repaired by the user.
Make sure that the maximum length of insulation removed does not exceed 50 mm.
The device contains electrical and electronic components and is not allowed to be disposed
of as household refuse. All locally valid regulations and requirements must be observed.
SY3-24-3-T
Rotary actuator AC 24 V, 150 Nm
Product features
Simple direct mounting on the buttery valve. The mounting position in relation to the buttery
valve can be selected in 90 steps.
Manual override
The buttery valve can be closed (turn clockwise) and opened (turn anticlockwise) with the
handwheel. The handwheel does not move while the motor is running. The buttery valve
remains in its position as long as no voltage is applied.
Internal heating
An internal heater prevents condensation buildup.
Combination buttery valve actuators
Mechanical stops limit the actuator to 2 and 94 . The internal limit switches interrupt the
voltage supply to the motor. In addition, a motor thermostat provides overload protection
because at 135C it interrupts the voltage supply.
Refer to the buttery valve documentation for suitable buttery valves, their permitted media
temperatures and closing pressures.
Electrical installation
Connect via safety isolation transformer.
Note
Wiring diagram
LS3
1
LS4
Y2
100%
0%
Y2 = 0%
1
LS3
A
H Internal heating
LS4
B
D
C
E
F
LS3 Auxiliary switch 100% (buttery valve open)

LS4 Auxiliary switch 0% (buttery valve closed)
Dimensions [mm]
326
Dimensional diagrams
203
30
289
123
180
F0
(
22
SW
70
4 x M8
www.belimo.com
SY3-24-3-T
Settings
Setting cam
Important !
Settings are only allowed to be made by authorised
specialist personnel.
The setting cams for limit and auxiliary switches can be accessed by removing the housing
cover.
Optionally, auxiliary switches LS4/LS3 can be connected for signalling.
Limit switches LS2/LS1 interrupt the voltage to the motor and are controlled by setting cams
TC.. .
The setting cams turn with the spindle. The buttery valve closes when the stem is turning
clockwise (cw) and opens when the stem is turning counterclockwise (ccw).
Spindle
TC4
LS4
TC3
LS3
LS2
TC2
LS1
TC1
Settings of setting cams TC..
TC4 for auxiliary switch position closed (factory setting 3 ).

TC3 for auxiliary switch position open (factory setting 87 ).
TC2 for limit switch closed (factory setting 0 ).
TC1 for limit switch open (factory setting 90 ).
Adjusting setting cams
1
2
3
4
Use a 2.5 mm Allen key to unscrew the corresponding setting cams TC..
Turn the setting cam using the Allen key
Set as shown in the illustration below
Use the Allen key to tighten the setting cams
TC3/TC1 (c
w)
TC4/TC2
TC4/TC2 (c
w)
(ccw)
TC3/TC1 (c
cw)
1 OPEN
2 CLOSE
Current position
Desired position
www.belimo.com
SY3-24-3-T
Settings
(Continued)
Mechanical angle of rotation limitation
The mechanical angle of rotation is set at the factory to 92 and cannot be changed.
The handwheel turns the planetary gear unit via a worm gear. The gear unit is mechanically
stopped by the two setscrews 1 and 2 (1 turns of the setscrews correspond to 2 ).
Both limit switches LS2/LS1 are set to 90 and must always switch off the motor before the
mechanical angle of rotation limitation.
1
2
1 Angle of rotation limiting OPEN

2 Angle of rotation limiting CLOSED
3 Connection of handwheel for angle
of rotation limiting
Relationship between mechanical angle of rotation limiting, limit and auxiliary switches
87 90 92
1
2
3
Further documentations
1 Auxiliary switch
2 Limit switch
3 Mechanical angle of rotation limitation
Complete overview of actuators for water solutions

Data sheets for butterfly valves
Installation instructions for actuators and/or butterfly valves
Notes for project planning (hydraulic characteristic curves and circuits, installation regulations,
commissioning, maintenance etc.)
www.belimo.com
Data sheet T5-SY3-24-3-T en v1.2 04.2006 Subject to changes
2 0 3
70372-00001.D
SY..-..-3-T
100%
1
SY2 ... 6
3
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
6
CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED
13
3
2
SY2 ... 3: 13 mm
SY4 ... 6: 17 mm
SY7 ... 8: 24 mm
SY9 ... 12: 30 mm
SY2 ... 3: 4 x M8 / 23 Nm
SY4 ... 6: 4 x M10 / 46 Nm
SY7 ... 8: 4 x M16 / 195 Nm
SY9 ... 12: 4 x M20 / 390 Nm
www.belimo.com
M5-SY..-..-3-T v1.4 08.2009
/2
SY..-..-3-T
SY2 ... 8: 5 mm
SY9 ... 12: 6 mm
B
7
F
T
1
AC 24 V
Y1
Y2
LS3
B
LS4
E
100%
0%
SY2-24-3-T / SY3-24-3-T
SY4-24-3-T / SY5-24-3-T
AC 230 V
1
Y1
Y1
L1
A AB Y2
= 100%
Y1
Y2
LS3
B
100%
LS4
E
Y2
A AB = 0%
LS3
100%
B
C
LS4
0%
E
F
0%
SY2-230-3-T / SY3-230-3-T
SY4-230-3-T / SY5-230-3-T
SY6-230-3-T / SY7-230-3-T / SY8-230-3-T / SY9-230-3-T
SY10-230-3-T / SY11-230-3-T / SY12-230-3-T
/2
M5-SY..-..-3-T v1.4 08.2009
www.belimo.com
AX-MPR
Thyristor
AX-MPR-3-xx
12kW to 18kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Product Overview
The AX-MPR3 DIN Rail Series of Power Regulators are
designed to provide continuously adjustable control of
electric heating loads from a BMS Controller or similar.
Applications include electric heating coils, heating cables
and electric furnaces. The AX-MPR3 Series use solid-state
switching with zero crossing technology for minimum
RFI and provide accurate switching control. All Power
Controllers in this series feature Over Temperature Protection with automatic reset and Alarm Output, LED Indication of Output ON and are designed to mount on TS35
section DIN Rail. No additional heatsinks are needed.
Photo Here
Features
0-10Vdc Control Input
24Vac/dc Powered
12kW and 18kW Models
Alarm Output
PWM Control
LED Indication
Auto Reset Over Temperature Protection
DIN Rail (TS35) Mounting
Product Specifications
0-10Vdc
24Vac/dc +/-10%
24Vac/dc as power supply - 0V when over temperature alarm is active
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
380 - 440Vac / 50-60Hz
ON when output is on.
See Overleaf
Input:
Power Supply:
Alarm Output:
Max Heater Duty:
Rated Load:
Rated Supply:
LED Indication:
Dissipated Heat:
Terminals:
Control:
Power:
Ambient Temp. Range:
Rising Clamp for 0.5-2.5mm2 Cable

Rising Clamp for 4mm2 Stranded or 6mm2 Solid Core Cable
0 to 55 C .
Note: the units are rated at 40C. If using at higher ambient temperature,
de-rate the unit by 10% for every 5C above 40C .
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
United Kingdom
Dimensions:
Weight:
Country of Origin:
Order Codes
AX-MPR-3-12
AX-MPR-3-18
12kW Three Phase Power Controller

AX-MPR3-xx - Issue 1.6 - Date 21/05/2009
Page 1 of 3
Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved
AX-MPR-3-xx
Specification Contd.
AX-MPR3
Series Code
Nominal
Maximum Rated
Heater Duty Load per
Supply
kW
Phase
Amps
@40 deg C
Dissipated Dimensions
Heat
WxHxD
Watts
mm
Weight
kg
AX-MPR3-12
12
17.4A
380-440V/ 50-60Hz
43
195 X 95 X 80
0.52
AX-MPR3-18
18
26A
380-440V/ 50-60Hz
60
285 X 95 X 85
0.72
Dimensions and weights are approximate
Installation and Configuration

The AX-MPR3 Series Power Controllers are designed for mounting on a TS35 Section DIN Rail and must be installed
with their heatsink cooling fins in a vertical plane. Allow a minimum of 100mm between units mounted in a vertical plane.
Electrical Installation:
Installation must be carried out by a suitably trained electrician, and in accordance with the relevant statuatory
regulations.
Load Supply and Back-up Protection:
It is recommended that a load disconnect switch and a contactor are installed in the load supply. The supply to the
contactor coil should be interupted by sensors for over temperature in the heater and also upon air flow loss. Fuses or
MCBs (minature circuit breakers) are required to provide back-up protection. High Speed Fuses will protect the solidstate switching devices against short circuit currents.
Control Supply:
The control circuitry is fully isolated from the load supply and needs its own 24V (ac or dc) supply. The control supply
common is linked to the 0-10V Input Signal common. All low voltage signal and supply cables should be kept separate
from high voltage or mains cables, separate trays or conduit should be used. Screened cable should be used for
connections to BMS Controllers, where possible the cable screen should be connected to a functional earth (not mains
safety earth); normally the screen should be earthed at one end only to avoid earth loops.
Cycle Time & Signal Rescaling
The Cycle Time is preset. An 0-10Vdc Input Signal of 5V equates to the load being at 50% ON and likewise with an input
of 2.5V the load will be 25% ON. A 10V input will equal 100% i.e.full ON. Adjustment of the Cycle Time and signal
rescaling is possible using JP1, JP2, VR1 and VR2 but is not normally required. Caution: Adjustment of these controls
can cause an overload condition and subsequent destruction of the AX-MPR3 unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ADJUST
THESE CONTROLS WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FACTORY.
Manual Override:
The AX-MPR3 Series are supplied preset to the Auto position, it is possible to manually override the Input Signal by
placing the M/A Jumper in the M position. With the jumper in the M position the load will be 100% ON. The output load
can be adjusted downwards using the signal rescaling facility. (See Caution above).
Maximum Heating Load
The power rating of the units are given as a guide. The maximum current (which is dependant on the actual supply
voltage and actual heater load ) as shown in the above table must not be exceeded.
Page 2 of 3

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
AX-MPR-3-xx
Operation
The AX-MPR3 Series are designed to control electric heating loads in linear proportion to the incoming 0-10Vdc control
signal. Control is by solid-state semiconductor devices which controls the load using pulse width modulation (PWM)
techniques. These devices feature zero crossing point switching of the AC load which minimises RFI.
CAUTION!
In normal operation the heatsink surface can exceed 90C. Dangerous voltages exist on the PCB and particular care
should be taken. The AX-MPR3 Series Power Controllers must be installed in accordance with the relevant statutory
regulations and installation must be carried out by an experienced and fully qualified engineer.
Ventilation:
The AX-MPR3 Series are designed for a maximum ambient temperature of 55C which should not be exceeded. If necessary, enclosures or control panels should be ventilated with a cooling fan. See note in product specification for de-rating
to be applied if ambient temp is over 40C
Over Temperature Monitoring:
An electronic thermal cutout is fitted to the heatsink to protect against over temperature. The AX-MPR3 Series will
switch off the load if the heatsink temperature exceeds 95C and will reconnect the load once the heatsink temperature
has dropped below 85C. The alarm output will also change from the control supply to 0V. Under normal operating
conditions the heatsink temperature will not reach 95C but this might occur, for example, if the ambient temperature
exceeds 40C.
Connection
PULSE LED
123
123
123
123
123
123
24V
0V
IN
Alarm
VR1
VR2
JP1
JP2
DANGER
LIVE
WIRES
L1 T1
NB: Terminals L2 & T2 are internally

linked. L2 Supply may be connected
directly to the heater element if local
regulations permit.
L1
L2
L3
L 2 T2
DANGER
ELECTRIC
SHOCK
RISK
L3 T3
DANGER
ELECTRIC
SHOCK
RISK
Heater
Alternative
Heater
Configuration
For 415V only

Neutral must not be
connected to the star point
NOTE: It is imperative that the power connections
are fully tightened, without excessive force, and ensure the
maximum area of cable is in contact with the terminals.
Every effort has been taken in the production of this data sheet to ensure its accuracy. Axio can not, however, accept responsibility for any damage, expense, injury, loss or consequential loss
resulting from any errors or omissions. Axio has a policy of continuous improvement and reserves the right to change this specification without notice.
Page 3 of 3

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
AX-PPR-3-27,-36 & -54

27kW, 36kW and 54kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Product Overview
Photo Here
AX-PPR-3-54
The AX-PPR3-xx range of Power Regulators are designed

to provide continuously adjustable control of electric
heating loads from a BMS Controller or similar. Applications include electric heating coils, heating cables and
electric furnaces. The AX-PPR3 Series use solid-state
switching with zero crossing technology for minimum
RFI and to provide accurate switching control. All Power
Controllers in this series feature Over Temperature Protection with automatic reset and Alarm Output, LED Indication of Output ON and are designed for panel mounting.
The AX-PPR3-54 features integral cooling fans which turn
on automatically when required. No additional heatsinks or
fans are needed.
Features
24Vac/dc Powered
27kW, 36kW and 54kW Models
Alarm Output
PWM Control
LED Indication
Small Footprint
0-10Vdc
24Vac/dc +/-10%
VFC - Closed when over temperature alarm is active
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
380-440Vac / 50-60Hz
See Overleaf
Input:
Power Supply:
Alarm Output:
Max Heater Duty:
Rated Load:
Rated Supply:
LED Indication:
Dissipated Heat:
Terminals:
Control:
Power:

Rising Clamp for 16mm2 Cable
0 to 55C Note; The units are rated at 40C. If using at higher ambient temperature
derate the unit by 10% for every 5C above 40C.
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
United Kingdom
Dimensions:
Weight:
Country of Origin:
Order Codes
AX-PPR-3-27
AX-PPR-3-36
AX-PPR-3-54

AX-PPR3-27-36-54 - Issue 3.2 - Date 22/4/2009

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
Page 1 of 3
AX-PPR-3-27,-36 & -54

AX-PPR3
Nominal
Maximum Rated
Series Code Heater Duty Load per
Supply
kW
Phase
Amps
@40 deg C
Dissipated Dimensions
Heat
WxHxD
Watts
mm
Weight
kg
AX-PPR3-27
27
37.5A
380-440V/ 50-60Hz
85
188x 130 x 128
2.05
AX-PPR3-36
36
52.2A
380-440V/ 50-60Hz
167
188x 130 x 128
2.05
AX-PPR3-54
54
78.2A
380-440V/ 50-60Hz
250
188x 160 x 128
2.45
Fixing hole dimensions: 4 holes 5mm diam. 85 x 175mm centres

Dimensions and weights are approximate

TheAX- PPR3 Series Power Controllers are designed for mounting on a vertical panel. It is important that free air
movement around the heatsink is not restricted. Allow sufficient air space between adjacent units to allow optimum
performance of the heatsink. Installation must be carried out by a suitably trained electrician, and in accordance with the
relevant statuatory regulations.
The AX-PPR3 Module must be protected by external fuses. The fuses should be rated at or below the maximum rating of
the module and must be of the quick acting semiconductor type. These are available from Axio, together with suitable
DIN rail fuse holders. Load cables must be sized such that they are rated in excess of the fuse ratings. If in doubt,
contact Axio for advice.
Control Supply:
Cycle Time:
of 2.5V the load will be 25% ON. A 10V input will equal 100% i.e.full ON. Adjustment of the Cycle Time is possible using
Test Point J2, and R1 but is not normally required. Caution: Incorrect adjustment of these controls can cause an overload
condition and subsequent destruction of the AX-PPR3 unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ADJUST THESE CONTROLS
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FACTORY.
Maximum load:
voltage and actual load ) as shown in the above table must not be exceeded.
Earthing:
The protective conductor terminal must always be bonded to a good Earth. This earth bond lead should be rated higher
than the maximum load. Refer to BS7671.
AX-PPR3-27-36-54 - Issue 3.2 - Date 22/4/2009

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
Page 2 of 3
AX-PPR-3-27,-36 & -54

Operation
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to control electric heating loads in linear proportion to the incoming 0-10Vdc control
signal. Control is by solid-state semiconductor devices which control the load using pulse width modulation (PWM)
techniques. These devices feature zero crossing point switching of the AC load which minimises RFI.
CAUTION!
In normal operation the heatsink surface can exceed 90C. Dangerous voltages exist inside the unit and particular care
should be taken. No attempt should be made to open the unit. The AX-PPR3 Series Power Controllers must be installed
in accordance with the relevant statutory regulations and installation must be carried out by an experienced and fully
qualified engineer.
Ventilation:
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to operate in a maximum ambient temperature of 55C, which should not be exceeded.
Where ambient temperatures exceed 40C enclosures or control panels should be ventilated with a cooling fan. Refer to
Product Specification for derating to be applied above 40C.
An electronic thermal cutout is fitted to the heatsink to protect against over temperature. The AX-PPR3 Series will switch
off the load if the heatsink temperature exceeds 95C and will reconnect the load once the heatsink temperature has
dropped below 85C. Under normal operating conditions the heatsink temperature will not reach 95C but this might
occur, for example, if the ambient temperature exceeds 40C. The AX-PP3-54 is fitted with a fan deck, the fans will turn on
and off as required to control the heatsink temperature.
Connection
85mm
Safety
Earth
(Must be
connected)
175mm
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
Jumper 2
123
123
123
24mm
LED
R1 Potentiometer
L1
L2
L3
Heater
Note: L2 and T2 are connected internally

NOTE: It is imperative that the
power connections are fully tightened,
without excessive force, and ensure the
maximum area of cable is in contact with
the terminals.
0V
0-10V
Com
24V
Alarm
Alarm Common
Star point must not be connected to Neutral
AX-PPR3-27-36-54 - Issue 3.2 - Date 22/4/2009

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
Page 3 of 3
AX-PPR-3-72 & -105

72kW and 105kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Product Overview
Photo Here
AX-PPR-3-72
The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 Power Regulators are

designed to provide continuously adjustable control of
electric heating loads from a BMS Controller or similar.
Applications include electric heating coils, heating cables
and electric furnaces. The AX-PPR3 Series use solid-state
switching with zero crossing technology to minimise
RFI and provide accurate switching control. All Power
Controllers in this series feature Over Temperature Protection with automatic reset and Alarm Output, LED Indication of Output ON and are designed for panel mounting.
The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 feature an integral
cooling fan which turns on automatically when required.
No additional heatsinks or fans are needed.
Features
24Vac/dc Powered
72kW and 105kW Models
Alarm Output
PWM Control
LED Indication
Small Footprint
0-10Vdc
24Vac/dc +/-10%
VFC - Closed when over temperature alarm is active
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
380-440Vac / 50-60Hz
See Overleaf
Input:
Power Supply:
Alarm Output:
Max Heater Duty:
Rated Load:
Rated Supply:
LED Indication:
Dissipated Heat:
Terminals:
Control:
Power - 72kW:
Power - 105kW:

Rising Clamp for 35mm2 Cable (Torque 3Nm)
Rising Clamp for 70mm2 Cable (Torque 7Nm)
0 to 55C Note, the units are rated at 40C. If using at higher ambient temperature
derate the unit by 10% for every 5C above 40C.
See Overleaf
United Kingdom
Dimensions:
Country of Origin:
Order Codes
AX-PPR-3-72
AX-PPR-3-105

AX-PPR3-72 & -105 - Issue 2.0 - Date 2/02/2006

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
Page 1 of 3
AX-PPR-3-72 & -105

A X - PPR3
S e r ie s Co d e
A X - PPR3 - 7 2
A X - PPR3 - 1 0 5
No min a l
He a te r Du ty
( kW )
Ma x imu m
Load per
Ph a s e
( A mp s )
72
1 0 4 .4 A
105
1 5 2 .2 A
Ra te d S u p p ly
380-440V
5 0 - 6 0 Hz
380-440V
5 0 - 6 0 Hz
Dis s ip a te d
He a t ( W a tts )
approx
Dime n s io n s
( W x H x D)
mm
335
250 x 270 x 215
487
250 x 270 x 215
Te r min a l
tig h te n in g to r q u e
a n d d e ta il
3 Nm
s lo tte d s c r e w
7 Nm
5 mm h e x w r e n c h
Fix in g Ho le Dime n s io n s : 4 Ho le s 7 .5 mm d ia . 2 0 0 x 2 3 0 mm c e n tr e s
Dime n s io n s a r e a p p r o x ima te

The AX-PPR3 Series Power Controllers are designed for mounting on a vertical panel. It is important that free air
movement around the heatsink is not restricted. Allow sufficient air space between adjacent units to allow optimum
performance of the heatsink. Installation must be carried out by a suitably trained electrician, and in accordance with the
relevant statutory regulations. The Load Terminals must be tightened to the torque specified in the Specification Table.
Earthing:
The protective conductor terminal (M6 stud provided) must always be bonded to a good Earth. This earth bond lead
should be rated higher than the maximum load. Refer to BS7671.
The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 Power Controllers feature internal quick acting semiconductor fuses to protect the
switching devices. The Load Cables must be protected by external appropriate fuses or MCBs in the usual manner. Load
cables must be sized such that they are rated in excess of the fuse ratings. If in doubt, contact Axio for advice.
Internal Fuse Ratings:
AX-PPR3-72
120A BS88:4 Semiconductor Type
AX-PPR3-105
180A BS88:4 Semiconductor Type
Semiconductor Fuse Replacement:
Disconnect from the main supply before attempting to remove the cover. Remove the main cover earth strap and then the
four cover retaining screws. The main cover earth strap must be fitted before reapplying the power.
Control Supply:
Cycle Time
of 2.5V the load will be 25% ON. A 10V input will equal 100% i.e.full ON. Adjustment of the Cycle Time is possible using
Test Point TP2, and R1 but is not normally required. Caution: Incorrect adjustment of these controls can cause an
overload condition and subsequent destruction of the AX-PPR3 unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ADJUST THESE
CONTROLS WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FACTORY.
Maximum load:
voltage and actual load ) as shown in the above table must not be exceeded.
AX-PPR3-72 & -105 - Issue 2.0 - Date 2/02/2006
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
Page 2 of 3
AX-PPR-3-72 & -105

Operation
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to control electric heating loads in linear proportion to the incoming 0-10Vdc control
signal. Control is by solid-state semiconductor devices which control the load using pulse width modulation (PWM)
techniques. These devices feature zero crossing point switching of the AC load which virtually minimises RFI.
CAUTION!
In normal operation the heatsink surface can exceed 90C. Dangerous voltages exist inside the unit and particular care
should be taken. The AX-PPR3 Series Power Controllers must be installed in accordance with the relevant statutory
regulations and installation must be carried out by an experienced and fully qualified engineer.
Ventilation:
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to operate in a maximum ambient temperature of 55C, which should not be exceeded.
Where ambient temperatures exceed 40C enclosures or control panels should be ventilated with a cooling fan. Refer to
Product Specification for derating to be applied above 40C.
An electronic thermal cutout is fitted to the heatsink to protect against over temperature. The AX-PPR3 Series will switch
off the load if the heatsink temperature exceeds 95C and will reconnect the load once the heatsink temperature has
dropped below 85C. Under normal operating conditions the heatsink temperature will not reach 95C but this might
occur, for example, if the ambient temperature exceeds 40C. The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 are fitted with a fan, the
fan will turn on and off as required to control the heatsink temperature.
Connection
200mm
10mm
230mm
L1 L2 L3 T3 T2 T1
LED1 TP2 R1
123
123
123
Alarm
24V
COM
0-10V
0V
L1
L2
L3
Warning:
Do not connect
Neutral to the star
point of Heater
NOTE: It is imperative that the power connections

are fully tightened, without excessive force, and ensure the
maximum area of cable is in contact with the terminals.
Heater
M6 Stud
Safety
Earth
(Must be
connected)
AX-PPR3-72 & -105 - Issue 2.0 - Date 2/02/2006

Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
www.axio.co.uk
Page 3 of 3
MNB-300
FCU and Unitary Controller
TAC I/A Series
MNB-300 BACnet Unitary Controller

I/A Series Micronet MNB-300
The TAC I/A Series MicroNet MNB300
BACnet Unitary Controller is an interoperable
controller with native BACnet MS/TP communications
support. The controller features Sensor Link (S-Link)
support, LED status and output indication, screw
terminal blocks, as well as a panel mount sub-base
with removable electronics module.
When programmed using WorkPlace Tech Tool, the
Unitary controller provides a wide range of control
strategies for packaged rooftop, heat pump, fan coil,
unit ventilator, and similar applications.
Stand Alone or Connected
SPECIFICATIONS
The TAC I/A Series BACnet Unitary Controller can

function either in a standalone mode or as part of a
BACnet building automation system (BAS) network.
Hardware
Dimensions
7.0 in. W x 3.94 in. H x 2.19 in. D
(178 mm x 100 mm x 56 mm)
AGENCY listings
Enclosure
Optional wall-mount enclosure conforms to NEMA-1
requirements.
Cover meets UL94V-0 flammability ratings.
US
FCC Part15, ClassA
UL916, File #E71385 Category PAZX
UL864, Category UUKL, File #S5381 Smoke-Control
Equipment
Mounting
Panel mount.
Wiring Terminals
I/O Points
Fixed screw terminals; up to two AWG #14
(2.08mm2) or smaller wire.
Power and MS/TP
Removable screw terminals; single AWG #14
(2.08mm2) wire or up to two AWG #18 (0.823mm2)
or smaller wires.
Electrical
Power Supply Input
20.4 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Maximum Power Consumption
16 VA at 24 Vac.
Environment
-40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C)
Shipping and Storage Temperature
-40 to 160 F (-40 to 71 C)
Humidity
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing
Canadian
UL Listed to Canadian Safety Standards
(CAN/CSA22.2)
CUL Listed to Standards ULC/ORD-C100-92 (Smoke
Control System Equipment) and CAN-ULC-S527
(Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems)
Australian
Meets requirements to bear the C-Tick Mark
European Community
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, EN61326
Inputs and outputs
Universal Inputs (6)
Universal Input characteristics are softwareconfigured to respond to one of the following input
types:
10kohm Thermistor w/ 11kohm Shunt Resistor
Sensor operating range -40 to 250F (-40 to 121C)
range. TSMN-57011-850, TS-5700-850 Series or
equivalent.
Specifications continued on next page.
TAC I/A Series
Specifications continued from first page.
Communications
1kohm Balco Input

-40 to 250F (-40 to 121C) range. TSMN-81011,
TS-8000 Series or equivalent.
1kohm Platinum Input
-40 to 240 F (-40 to 116 C) range. TSMN-58011,
TS-5800 Series or equivalent.
1kohm Resistive
0 to 1.5kohms.
10kohm Resistive
0 to 10.5kohms.
Analog Voltage
0 to 5Vdc.
Analog Current
Range 0 to 20 mA, requires an external 250ohm
shunt resistor (AD-8969-202).
Digital Input
Dry switched contact. Detection of closed switch
requires less than 300ohms. Detection of open
switch requires more than 2.5kohms.
Standard Pulse Input (UI1-UI6)
Minimum Rate
1 pulse per 4minutes.
Maximum Rate
1 pulse per second.
Fast Pulse Input (UI1)
Minimum Rate
1 pulse per 4minutes.
Maximum Rate
10 pulses per second.
BACnet Networks
The TAC I/ASeries MicroNet BACnet Unitary
Controller incorporates an isolated EIA-485
(formerly RS485) transceiver for BACnet MS/TP
communications at 9.6 up to 76.8kbaud using
standard MS/TP wiring methods. Up to 128 TAC
I/A Series MicroNet BACnet controllers can be
connected to an MS/TP sub-net without repeaters.
Digital Outputs - Triac (6)

12VA at 24 Vac, 50/60Hz, each output individually
isolated.
Universal Outputs (3)
Current
0 to 20mA (output load from 80 to 550ohms).
Voltage
0 to 10V (with external 500ohms, 1/2W, 1%
resistor).
Capability to Drive Functional Devices
RIBUI1C Relay (UO configured for 0 to 20mAdc, no
external resistor).
S-Link
The Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring
provides power and a communication interface for
one MN-Sx MicroNet sensor. The various MNSx
sensors can provide room temperature, room
humidity, setpoint adjustment, and occupancy
override. This connection uses two-wire, unshielded
cable and is not polarity sensitive. Maximum S-Link
bus length is 200ft (61m).
BACnet compliance
BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC).
FEATURES
The TAC I/ASeries MicroNet BACnet Unitary
Controllers sequence of operation and BACnet
image are fully programmable, using WorkPlace
Tech Tool. The controllers can be applied to all
common unitary HVAC applications.
Capability to function in standalone mode or
as part of a TAC I/ASeries building automation
network.
Integral MS/TP jack for direct connection of PC
with WorkPlace Tech Tool.
Removable electronics module mates with panelmounted subbase.
Removable terminals for power and
communications to facilitate commissioning.
Optional rugged, NEMA1 plenum-rated sheet
metal enclosure.
MS/TP DIP switch addressable.
Service pin button for BACnet I am message
broadcast.
Isolated EIA-485 (formerly RS485) transceiver for

MS/TP communications.
MS/TP baud rate selection from 9.6 up to
76.8kbaud.
BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE.

ASHRAE does not endorse, approve, or test
products for compliance with ASHRAE standards.
Compliance of listed products to the requirements of
ASHRAE Standard 135 is the responsibility of BACnet
International (BI). BTL is a regstered trademark of BI.
Schneider Electric
F-27339-4
LED indication of MS/TP communication activity,

controller status, and UO and DO state.
Firmware upgradeable over the network.
Support for SLink Sensor.
1-888-444-1311
November 2009
pm
TAC I/A Series
INPUTS FROM MN-SX I/A SERIES MICRONET SENSORS

Inputs
Description
MN-Sx Sensor
Space Temperature
32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
MN-S1, MN-S1HT, MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MNS4,

MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5 and MN-S5HT
Space Humidity
5 to 95% RH, Non-condensing
MN-S1HT, MN-S2HT, MN-S3HT, MN-S4HT, MN-S4HT-FCS, and

MN-S5HT
Adjustable Setpoint
Adjustable within limits set by application

programming tool
MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS,

MNS4HTFCS, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
Override Pushbutton
For standalone occupancy control or

occupancy override
MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MNS5,

and MN-S5HT
Fan Operation and Speed
Fan mode selection: On/Off, Speed (Low/

Medium/High), or Auto
MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and

MN-S5HT
System Mode
System mode selection: Heat, Cool, Off, or

Auto
MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
Emergency Heat
Emergency heat mode selection: Enable or

Disable
MN-S5 and MN-S5HT
MODELS
Part Number
Description
Inputs/Outputs
UI
UO
DO (Triac)
MNB-300
TAC I/A Series MicroNet

BACnet Unitary Controller
ACCESSORIES
Physical
Address
SLD
MS/TP Jack
MS-
MS+
S-LK
IAM
COM
UO3
EOL
STATUS
RCV
XMT
UI6
COM
UI5
UI4
COM
UI3
UI2
COM
UI1
Schneider Electric
F-27339-4
C6
TO6 (DO6)
C5
TO5 (DO5)
UO2
Internal
Triac
Switches
(Isolated)
GND
MNB-300
Unitary Controller
24H
24G (COM)
C4
Room temperature sensors
COM
TSMN Series
TO4 (DO4)
Controller cover assembly only
UO1
MNB-CNTLR-300
C3
Controller base assembly only
TO3 (DO3)
MNB-BASE-300
C2
Description
Temperature and humidity wall
sensors with digital communication
TO2 (DO2)
Part Number
S-Link Sensors
C1
Description
Wall-mount enclosure
TO1 (DO1)
Part Number
MNB-300-ENC
1-888-444-1311
November 2009
pm
TAC I/A Series
Architecture
PC Workstation
with WorkPlace
Tech Tool
Software Suite
Ethernet TCP/IP and BACnet/IP

BACnet MNB-300
Unitary Controller
Remote I/O
Module
S-Link
Sensor
One to Eight
BACnet MNB-1000-15
Remote I/O Modules
Remote I/O
Module
S-Link
Sensor
Remote I/O
Module

BACnet MNB-70
Zone Controller

BACnet MNB-70
Zone Controller
S-Link
Sensor

BACnet MNB-V1
Cooling Controller
S-Link
Sensor
S-Link
Sensor
BACnet MNB-300
Unitary Controller
S-Link
Sensor

BACnet MNB-V2
Deluxe Controller
PC Workstation
with WorkPlace
Tech Tool
Software Suite
S-Link
Sensor
Distributed, manufactured, and sold by Schneider Electric. I/A

Series trademarks are owned by Invensys Systems, Inc. and are
used on this product under master license from Invensys. Invensys
does not manufacture this product or provide any product warranty
or support. For service, support, and warranty information, contact
Schneider Electric.
On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric, however there
remain references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate corporate brand changes.
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
Schneider Electric
F-27339-4
1-888-444-1311
November 2009
pm

BACnet MNB-300
Unitary Controller
S-Link
Sensor
Remote I/O Trunk

BACnet MNB-V1 or V2
VAV Controller

BACnet MNB-1000
Plant Controller

BACnet MNB-1000
Plant Controller
S-Link
Sensor
Network
Controller
SXWAUTSVR10001
Network Controller
Compatible
Automation Server
Enables StruxureWare Building

Operation v1.3
A StruxureWareTM Building Operation server is the core of
the system and performs key functionality, such as control
logic, trend logging, and alarm supervision. The Automation
Server software is pre-loaded on Schneider Electric supplied
hardware that supports communication and connectivity to
the I/O and field buses. The distributed intelligence of the
Automation Server ensures fault tolerance in the system and
provides a fully featured user interface through WorkStation
and WebStation.
Automation Server
Make the most of your energy
SM
Automation Server
Features
The Automation Server is a powerful device that can act as a

standalone StruxureWare Building Operation server and also
control I/O modules and monitor and manage field bus devices.
In a small installation, the embedded Automation Server acts as
a stand-alone StruxureWare Building Operation server, mounted
with its I/O modules in a small footprint. In medium and large
installations, functionality is distributed over multiple Automation
Servers that communicate over TCP/IP.
Product AT A GLANCE
Communications hub
Variety of connectivity options
WorkStation/WebStation interface
Native support for open protocols BACnet,
LonWorks and Modbus
Web Services support
EcoStruxure Web Services support
Scalable custom configurations
Two programming options
4 GB of memory for data and backup
IT friendly and secure
Hot-connect / Hot-swap
Patented two-piece design
Auto-addressing
Simple DIN-rail installation
Communications hub
Capable of coordinating traffic from above and below its location, the
Automation Server can deliver data directly to you or to other servers
throughout the site. The Automation Server can run multiple control programs,
manage local I/O, alarms, and users, handle scheduling and logging, and
communicate using a variety of protocols. Because of this, most parts of
the system function autonomously and will continue to run as a whole even if
communication fails or individual servers or devices go offline.
Variety of connectivity options

The Automation Server has numerous ports that enable it to communicate
with a wide range of protocols, devices, and servers. The Automation Server
has one 10/100 Ethernet port, two RS-485 ports, and one built-in I/O bus
port. Additionally, there are two USB host ports and one USB device port. The
device port allows you to upgrade and interact with the Automation Server
using the Device Administrator.
Through any client, the user experience is similar regardless of which
StruxureWare Building Operation server the user is logged on to. The user can
log directly on to an Automation Server to engineer, commission, supervise,
and monitor the Automation Server as well as its attached I/O modules and
field bus devices. See the WorkStation and WebStation data sheets for
additional information.
Native support for open protocols

One of the cornerstones of StruxureWare Building Operation is support for
open standards.
Native BTL-listed BACnet support

The Automation Server communicates directly to BACnet/IP and BACnet MS/
TP networks. Compliant with ASHRAE 135-2004, the Automation Server
is BTL-listed as a BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)*, the most advanced
BACnet Device Profile and as a BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)*.
This capability provides access to the full range of BACnet devices from
Schneider Electric and other vendors. The Automation Server can also serve
as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) to facilitate BACnet
systems that span multiple IP networks.
*See the BTL Product Catalog for up-to-date details on BTL listed firmware
revisions: http://www.bacnetinternational.net/btl/index.php?m=20
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA

SDS-AUTOMATIONSERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Automation Server
Automation Server
Features (continued)
Native LonWorks support
Two programming options
The Automation Server has a built in FTT-10 port

for integrated LonWorks functionality to enable
access to any Schneider Electric LonWorks
field controller or third-party LonWorks devices.
Lonworks networks can be commissioned, bound,
and configured from the Automation Server using
the built-in LonWorks Network Management
Tool. No third-party tools are needed. A protocol
analyzer with powerful debugging and network
quality monitoring features is also included.
Unique to the industry, the Automation Server

has both Script and Function Block programming
options. This flexibility ensures that the best
programming method can be selected for
the application.
The Automation Server natively integrates Modbus

RS-485 master and slave configurations, as well
as TCP client and server. This allows full access to
third-party products and the range of Schneider
Electric products that communicate on the Modbus
protocol, such as power meters, UPS, circuit
breakers, and lighting controllers.
Web Services support

The Automation Server supports the use of
Generic Web Services based on open standards
such as SOAP and REST to consume data into
StruxureWare Building Operation. Use incoming
third-party data (e.g. temperature forecast, energy
cost) over the Web to determine site modes,
scheduling and programming.
EcoStruxure Web Services support

EcoStruxure Web Services, Schneider Electrics
Web Services standard, is natively supported in
the Automation Server. EcoStruxure Web Services
offers extra features between compliant systems
whether within Schneider Electric or authorized
third-party systems, including system directory
browsing, read/write of current values, alarm
receipt and acknowledgement, and historical trend
log data. EcoStruxure Web Services is secure.
User name and password are required to log on to
the system.
Scalable custom configurations

The Automation Server and its family of I/O
modules were designed to meet the unique
needs of each installation. Depending on the
configuration, each Automation Server can
control up to 464 I/O points. Because power and
communications are delivered along a common
bus, multiple modules can be plugged together
without tools in a simple one-step process using
the built-in connectors.
TCP communications
DHCP / DNS for rapid
deployment and lookup
of addresses
4 GB of memory for data and backup
HTTP/HTTPS - Internet
access through firewalls,
enabling for remote
monitoring and control
The Automation Server has an available capacity

of 4 GB of memory. This represents 2 GB for
application and historical data and 2 GB dedicated
for backup storage. This ensures that all data
is safe from damage, loss, or unintended edits.
Users can also manually back up or restore the
Automation Server to a storage location on a PC
or network. Through the Enterprise Server, users
have the ability to perform scheduled backups of
associated Automation Servers to network storage
for even greater levels of protection.
NTP (Network Time

Protocol) for time
synchronization
throughout the system
SMTP enables sending
email messages

The Automation Server communicates using
networking standards, such as DHCP, HTTP,
and HTTPS (see sidebar for more). This makes
installation easy, management simple, and
transactions secure.
Because critical applications require 24-hour
operation, Schneider Electric designed the entire
family of I/O modules for hot-connection of terminal
bases and hot-swapping of modules to and from
their bases. This design ensures continuous power
and communication during many service operations.
2.
1.
3.
Each module can be separated from its terminal

base to allow the site to be wired prior to the
installation of the electronics. The patented locking
mechanism serves as handles for removing the
module from its base. All critical components have
a protective cover that permits natural convection
cooling to occur.
2.
1.
3.
Auto-addressing
The auto-addressing feature eliminates the need
for setting DIP switches or pressing commission
buttons. With the Automation Server family, each
I/O module automatically knows its order in the
chain and assigns itself accordingly.

Fasteners easily snap into a locked position for
panel installation. The fastener has a quick-release
feature for easy DIN rail removal.

IP addressing
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Native Modbus support
Supported Protocols
Automation Server
Specifications
v1.3 Specifications
Electrical
USB 1 device and 2 host ports
Add-on options
DC input
BACnet
SW-EWS-1, EcoStruxure Web Services
Nominal voltage
BACnet/IP and MS/TP
(run-time) option Consume only for
24 VDC
BTL B-BC (BACnet Building Controller)*
one Automation Server, no mainte-
Power consumption
BTL B-OWS (BACnet Operator
nance
Max. 7 W
Workstation)*
P/N: SXWSWEWSX00001
HTTP
Server, no maintenance
Non-binary, port configurable, default 80
P/N: SXWSWGWSX00001
HTTPS
Encrypted supporting SSL 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
default 443
Ambient temperature, operating
SMTP
0 C to 50 C (32 F to 122 F)
Email sending, port configurable,
Ambient temperature, storage
default 25
condensing)
Agency compliances
Operator Panel
Frequency 160 MHz

Flash memory 4 GB
Part numbers
FCC Part 15, Sub-part B, Class B
Automation Server
Immunity EN 61000-6-2
P/N: SXWAUTSVR10001
Safety UL 916 C-UL US Listed
TB-AS-W1, Terminal Base for
Communications
RS-485
LON
TP/FT
The connection cable

for this USB port must
not exceed 3 m (10 ft).
SDRAM 128 MB
C-Tick; EN 61000-6-3;
30 days
10 11 12
CPU
Host
10/100
Ethernet
Emission
Real-Time Clock backup
Com A
RS-485
Com B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
The connection cable

for these USB ports must
not exceed 3 m (10 ft).
Automation Server
(Required for each Automation
Server)
P/N: SXWTBASW110001
Ethernet LAN interface

10/100 Mbit/s; twisted pair cable
with RJ-45 connector
All brand names, trademarks, and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change
without notice.
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
November 2012
gg
Humidity Max. 95 % RH (non-
Shield
20 C to +70 C (4 F to +158 F)
LON-2
and TSL 1.0, port configurable
Operation environment
Connectors
AS-L
3.3 V
Installation DIN-rail or panel installation
Consume) option for one Automation
Shield
0.194 kg (0.43 lb)
SW-GWS-1, Web Services (Generic
default 4444
LON-1
Weight (excluding terminal base)
P/N: SXWSWEWSX00003
Binary, port configurable,
TX/RX
0.294 kg (0.65 lb)
Automation Server, no maintenance
TX/RX
Weight (including terminal base)
I/O Modules RS-485

TCP
TX/RX
(3.6 W x 4.5 H x 2.5 D in.)
plus Historical trend log data for one
TX/RX
90 W x 114 H x 64 D mm
(run-time) option Serve & Consume,
COM B 2-wire RS-485 and 3.3 VDC
Shield
base)
COM A 2-wire RS-485
TX/RX
Dimensions (including terminal
P/N: SXWSWEWSX00002
LonWorks TP/FT-10
TX/RX
UL94-5VB rated plastic
php?m=20
TX/RX
Plastic rating
one Automation Server, no maintenance
TX/RX
IP 20
(run-time) option Serve & Consume for
www.bacnetinternational.net/btl/index.
RET
Enclosure rating
required for BTL Listing status see: http://
10 V
Eco Friendly ABS/PC
*Specific firmwares versions may be
RET
Enclosure
WSPCert
Factory
Mechanical
SXWPS24XR
10001
Power Supply
Compatible
Automation Server
PS-24V Power Supply
Operation v1.3
Automation Server power supply modules are designed
to accommodate the specific power requirements of the
Automation Server and its connected I/O modules.
SM
Automation Server PS-24V Power Supply Module

Features
The PS-24V is a power supply module
that accommodates 24 VAC or 24 VDC
input power.
Reliable consistent output power
Each power supply module delivers reliable and
consistent output power of 24 VDC to the backplane.
Modular and scalable system

This power supply supports the Automation Server
and its family of I/O modules. This modular system
delivers power and communications on a common
bus. Connecting modules is a one-step process:
just slide the modules together using the built-in
connectors.
Product AT A GLANCE
Reliable consistent output power
Modular and scalable system
Polarity independent
Overload protection
A 30 W power supply can deliver power to the

Automation Server and a number of I/O modules
calculated from the Power Budget Table (located on
page 3). If more I/O modules are needed, another
power supply can be added to the bus. The power
supplies are isolated from each other while also
providing communication pass-through.
Polarity independent
The power supply input (from main power) and

output (to modules) are galvanically isolated. This
removes the risk of damage due to earth currents
and permits the input power to be wired without
concern for polarity matching.
Accommodates multiple row panel

installations
Overload protection
Auto-addressing
30 W rating
Status indicators
When a power supply modules load (total load of

Automation Server, I/O modules, communication
modules) exceeds its rating, the power supply will
protect itself from being damaged.
Each module can be

2.
separated from its
terminal base to allow
the site to be wired
prior to the installation
of the electronics.
1.
2.
The patented locking
3.
1.
mechanism serves as
handles for removing
3.
the module from its
base. All critical components have a protective
cover that permits natural convection cooling
to occur.

SDS-AS-POWERSUPPLY-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Automation Server PS-24 Power Supply Module

Power Budget Table
Automation Server
7W
Input Only I/O
DI-16
1.6 W
UI-16
1.8 W
Output Only I/O
DO-FA-12
1.8 W
DO-FA-12-H
1.8 W
DO-FC-8
2.2 W
DO-FC-8-H
2.2 W
AO-8
4.9 W
AO-8-H
4.9 W
AO-V-8
0.7 W
AO-V-8-H
0.7 W
Mixed I/O
UI-8/DO-FC-4
1.9 W
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H
1.9 W
UI-8/AO-4
3.2 W
UI-8/AO-4-H
3.2 W
UI-8/AO-V-4
1.0 W
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
1.0 W

operation, Schneider Electric designed the entire
family of modules for hot-connection of terminal
bases and hot-swapping of modules to and from
their bases. This design ensures continuous power
and communication during service operations.
Auto-addressing
module automatically knows its order in the chain
and assigns itself accordingly.


installations
The Automation Server module family uses built-in
connectors for single row connectivity. If a panel
size requires multiple rows, an interconnection
cable is available.
30 W rating
This power supply module can supply power for
loads up to 30 W. The consumption of downstream
modules can vary. A PS-24V can typically power an
Automation Server and a number of I/O modules
calculated from the Power Budget Table.
Status indicators
The front panel of the PS-24V module includes
status LEDs for input and output power. The LED
for input power indicates the status of the main
power. The output power indicator shows if the
power supply output is within the proper range.

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
24 VDC
Power
Power
Requirements
Automation Server PS-24 Power Supply Module

Specifications
Specifications
Electrical
Mechanical
Agency compliances
I/O bus power
Enclosure
Emission
24 VDC, max. 30 W per I/O bus power
Eco Friendly ABS/PC
C-Tick; EN 61000-6-3; FCC Part 15,
supply, Class 2
Enclosure rating
Sub-part B, Class B
Maximum addresses per I/O bus
IP 20
Immunity
32
Plastic rating
EN 61000-6-2
Safety
Dimensions (including terminal base)
UL 916 C-UL US Listed
AC input
Nominal voltage
90 W x 114 H x 64 D mm
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Part numbers
(3.6 W x 4.5 H x 2.5 D in.)
Operating range
PS-24V, Power Supply 24 VAC/VDC
Weight (including terminal base)
24 VAC, 20 %, 50/60 Hz
P/N: SXWPS24VX10001
0.285 kg (0.63 lb)
Input current
TB-PS-W1, Terminal Base for Power Sup-
Weight (excluding terminal base)
Max. 2.5 A rms
ply (Required for each power supply)
0.186 kg (0.41 lb)
Recommended transformer rating
P/N: SXWTBPSW110001
Installation
60 VA
Connectors
DIN-rail or panel installation
DC input
Nominal voltage
24 VAC , 60 VA 50/60 Hz
24-30 VDC , 40 W
21 to 33 VDC
20 C to +70 C (4 F to +158 F)
Power consumption
Humidity
Max. 40 W
DC output
PS-24V
Max. 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Dimensional drawing
Output voltage
90 (3.6)
Output power
0 C to 50 C (32 F to 122 F)
Operating range
24 V 1 V
24 to 30 VDC
Main
Power
90 (3.6)
Status
64 (2.5)
64 (2.5)
SXW PS-24V
Operator Panel
10
11
12
RS-485
LON
TP/FT
Reset
AS
TX
TX
RS-485
RX
TX
Ethernet
LON
RX
Link/Act
Speed
Mode
Status
StruxureWare AS
18
19
A+
0V ISO
0V ISO
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
A+
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
3.3V
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change
13 14 15
16 17
without notice.
Shield
Com B
TX/RX
TX/RX
RS-485
Shield
Host
TX/RX
10/100
Ethernet
TX/RX
Com A
Device
November 2012
BAS
LON-2
LON-1
Shield
TX/RX
TX/RX
TX/RX
TX/RX
114
(4.5)
RET
114
(4.5)
10 V
mm
(in.)
RET
mm
(in.)
Factory
Max. 30 W
SXW-series
Struxureware IO Module
Compatible
Automation Server
I/O Module Family

Operation v1.3
The Automation Server includes support for a broad spectrum
of I/O modules that can be combined to meet the unique
requirements of each installation. An Automation Server can
have a maximum of 32 modules, including one Automation
Server and a mixture of Power Supply modules and I/O modules.
SM
StruxureWare Building Operation

Automation Server I/O Module Family
Features
Each high density I/O module is designed

to accommodate a fixed number of
inputs and outputs. Some I/O modules
only support a single electrical type, such
as digital inputs. Other modules support
a combination of electrical types, such
as universal inputs mixed with digital
outputs. The variety of modules available
ensures the right combination of points
for any project.
Modular and scalable
The Automation Server is part of a modular system
that delivers power and communications on a
common bus. Connecting modules is a one-step
process: just slide the modules together using the
built-in connectors.
Modular and scalable

Hot-connect/ Hot-swap
Auto-addressing
Efficient terminal management
Accommodates multiple row panel installations
Hand/Off/Auto switches
LED status indicators
Protection

Each module can be
2.
separated from its
terminal base to enable
the site to be wired
prior to the installation
1.
of the electronics.
2.
The patented locking 3.
1.
mechanism also
serves as handles for
3.
removing the module
from its base. All critical components have a
protective cover that permits natural convection
cooling to occur.
operation, Schneider Electric designed the
Automation Server and its family of I/O modules
for hot-connection of terminal bases and hotswapping of servers and modules to their bases.
This design ensures continuous power and
communication during service operations.

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Product AT A GLANCE

Auto-addressing
LED status indicators

module automatically knows its order in the
chain and assigns itself accordingly - significantly
reducing engineering and maintenance time.
Every module has a status indicator that denotes

the health and status of that module. Some
modules also have LEDs that can be configured to
indicate the state of a digital input or output.

Protection
Unipolar voltage suppressors on all inputs protect
against high voltage or current during both
transient events as well as improper wiring.
Dimensional drawing
The I/O module terminals are clearly labelled and

protected by a transparent cover. The input and
output terminals are at the top and bottom of
each module and are accessible for maintenance
without removing the module. The StruxureWare
Building Operation WorkStation software can
generate custom as-built labels for each module.
Pre-perforated letter and A4 size labelmm
sheets are
(in.)
available as an accessory.
90 (3.6)
mm
(in.)
90 (3.6)
114
(4.5)
64 (2.5)
64 (2.5
Efficient terminal management
114
(4.5)

installations
The Automation Server module family uses built-in
connectors for single row connectivity. If a panel
size requires multiple rows, interconnection cables
are available.
Hand/Off/Auto switches
Some modules are available with Hand/Off/Auto
(HOA) switches to provide override control of the
outputs. Analog outputs with HOA switches also
have a potentiometer to modulate the output
signal when the switch is in the hand position. The
position of the HOA switch is readable through
user interfaces, such as the StruxureWare Building
Operation WorkStation software, enabling more
precise monitoring and control.

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698

Specifications
The following technical specifications apply

to all I/O modules, unless otherwise noted.
I/O Module Inputs and Outputs

Device name
Inputs
Outputs
Digital
I/O bus power
HOA
Digital Analog
Analog
0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F)
DI-16
16 x
UI-16
16 x
Humidity
Current
Voltage
Form-C
Form-A
Quantity
Output Only
Max. 95 % RH (non-condensing)
DO-FA-12
12 x
Mechanical
DO-FA-12-H
12 x
Dimensions including terminal base
DO-FC-8
90 W x 114 H x 64 D mm
DO-FC-8-H
AO-8
Eco Friendly ABS/PC
AO-8-H
Enclosure rating
AO-V-8
IP 20
AO-V-8-H
(3.6 W x 4.5 H x 2.5 D in.)

Enclosure
Plastic rating
x
x
Mixed IO
Mounting
UI-8/DO-FC-4
DIN-rail mounting or with screws on wall
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H 8
The following technical specifications

apply to all UI modules:
UI-8/AO-4
UI-8/AO-4-H
Non-linearized 1.8 kohm and 10 kohm
UI-8/AO-V-4
-50 to -30 C: +/- 1.5 C (-58 to -22 F: +/-2.7 F)

-30 to 0 C: +/-0.5 C (-22 to 32 F: +/-0.9 F)
0 to 50 C: +/-0.2 C (32 to 122 F: +/-0.4 F)
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
Thermistor Accuracy
x
x
x
Accesory part numbers
50 to 100 C: +/-0.5 C (122 to 212 F: +/-0.9 F)

100 to 150 C: +/-1.5 C (212 to 302 F: +/-2.7 F)
DIN-RAIL-CLIP, DIN-Rail End Clip
S-CABLE-I, S-Cable extension cord
Package of 25 pieces
for Automation Server I/O bus
Balco 1 kohm
P/N: SXWDINEND10001
Straight connectors, 1.5 m
-50 to 150 C: +/-1.5 C (-58 to 302 F: +/-2.7 F)
PRINTOUT-A4-W1, Printout
P/N: SXWSCABLE10001
Linearized 10 kohm
sheets for Terminal Labels, A4
S-CABLE-L, S-Cable extension
-50 to -30 C: +/-3.0 C (-58 to -22 F: +/-5.4 F)

-30 to 0 C: +/-1.0 C (-22 to 32 F: +/-1.8 F)
sheet size, 100 Sheets, 18 labels
cord for Automation Server I/O bus
per Sheet
L shaped connectors, 1.5 m
0 to 50 C: +/-0.3 C (32 to 122 F: +/-0.5 F)

50 to 100 C: +/-0.5 C (122 to 212 F: +/-0.9 F)
P/N: SXWTERLBL10011
P/N: SXWSCABLE10002
100 to 150 C: +/-2.0 C (212 to 302 F: +/-3.6 F)
sheets for Terminal Labels
PRINTOUT-LTR-W1, Printout
Letter sheet size, 100 Sheets, 16
labels per Sheet
N1831
P/N: SXWTERLBL10012

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F)
Thermistor
Input Only
Resistance
Current
Voltage
32
Supervised
Maximum addresses per I/O bus
Counter
Quantity
supply, Class 2
Contact
24 VDC, max. 30 W per I/O bus power
16 Channel Universal Input

(UI-16)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The UI-16 is a universal input, 16-channel

I/O module. Each channel is capable of
supporting digital (contact, counter, and
supervised) or analog (voltage, current,
thermistor, and resistance) point types.
Analog and digital applications
This module is ideal for any mix of temperature,
pressure, flow, status points, and similar inputs in
a building control system. The UI-16 supports a 12
bit A/D conversion.
Counter applications
The maximum counter frequency is 25 Hz on all
sixteen inputs with a minimum pulse width of 20
milliseconds. This input type is commonly used in
energy metering applications.
I/O Module
UI-16
Security applications
Supervised points are used for security
applications where it is critical to know whether or
not a wire has been cut or shorted. These events
provide a separate indication of alarm and trouble
conditions to the system.
Each channel has a dedicated two color (red and

green) status LED that provides local monitoring of
digital input types. The LED can be configured to
display either red or green for each input state.
Protection
28 VDC unipolar transient voltage suppressors
on all inputs protect against high-voltage shortduration transient events.

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Status indicators
UI-16
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications
DC input power
Analog inputs
Thermistor
24 VDC, 1.8 W
Voltage
Range
Input channels
Range
16
0 to 10 VDC
Digital inputs
Resolution
Contact
Pulse width
20 ms minimum
Range
Open collector/open drain, 24 VDC,
2.4 mA, dry contact switch closure
Counter
Range
Open collector/open drain, 24 VDC,
2.4 mA, dry contact switch closure
Pulse width
20 ms minimum
LED polarity
Software selectable, if the LED is activated
when the input is high or low
-50 to 150 C (-58 to 302 F)

Resolution
12 bit
12 bit
Supported thermistors
Accuracy
+/- (0.7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)
temperature sensor
Reliability
Internal pull-up resistor
Ability to define the reliability level for upper
10 kohm thermistors
and lower electrical limits
10 kohm to 5 V
Impedance
1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohm thermistors
100 kohm
1.5 kohm to 1 V
Current
Mechanical
Range
Weight including terminal base
0 to 20 mA
0.269 kg (0.59 lb)
Resolution
Weight excluding terminal base
12 bit
0.146 kg (0.32 lb)
Accuracy
+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)
Terminal base
Impedance
Detected resistor values
47 ohm
Open circuit, short circuit, contact open,
tored switch combinations

9
10
11
12
UI7 RET UI8
1 to 10 kohm. For a 2-resistor configuration,
TB-IO-W1,Terminal Base for I/O Module

(Required for each I/O Module)
P/N: SXWTBIOW110001
10 to 60 kohm
+/- (0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)
Series only, parallel only, and series and parallel

8
P/N: SXWUI16XX10001
10 ohm to 10 kohm
+/- (7 + 4 x 10 -3 x R) (ohm)
5 VDC circuit, 1 or 2 resistors, moni-
16 universal inputs
Resistance
and contact closed
UI5 RET UI6
UI-16, I/O Module
and lower electrical limits
Supervised
Part numbers
Red or green, software selectable
UI4
TB-IO-W1
Reliability
LED color
1
3
5
2
4
Resistor
UI1 RET UI2range
UI3 RET
1.8 kohm, 10 kohm, and 1 kohm Balco
Reliability
Input Rating:
24 VDC
each resistor
is assumed
Universal
Inputs to have the same value.
, 2.4 mA
Ability
to define the reliability level for upper
and lower electrical limits.
UI
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
10
11
12
UI7 RET UI8

Input Rating:
24 VDC
UI
, 2.4 mA
Status
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
UI
Status
7
10
11
12
SXW UI-16
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
,3A
,3A
Universal One
Inputs
Schneider Electric
High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA
Digital Outputs
Input Rating:
-4
24 VDC
UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12 UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
, 2.4 mA
10
11
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
Analog Outputs
V-4-HUI-8/AO-V-4-H
UI-16
Input Rating:
UI
VO RET CO
SXW UI-16
Universal Inputs
VO RET CO
Universal Inputs
Hand
Auto
Off
10
11
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
Voltage Output:
Status
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
Analog Outputs
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
SXW UI-8/AO-V-4
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Hand
Universal Inputs
Auto
Off
Input Rating:
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
UI-16
Connectors
16 Channel Digital Input

(DI-16)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The DI-16 is a digital input, 16-channel

I/O module. Each channel is capable of
supporting digital (contact and counter)
point types.
Digital applications
This module can be used for cost-effective
sensing of multiple dry digital inputs in applications,
such as equipment status monitoring or alarm
point monitoring.
The maximum counter frequency is 25 Hz on all
sixteen inputs with a minimum pulse width of 20
milliseconds. This input type is commonly used in
energy metering applications.
I/O Module
DI-16
Protection
28 V unipolar transient voltage suppressors on all
inputs protect against high voltage short duration
transient events. The DI-16 is designed to accept
dry contact inputs but can withstand up to 24 VDC
continuous voltages on all sixteen channels.
Each channel has a dedicated two color (red and

green) status LED that provides local monitoring of
digital input types. The LED can be configured to
display either red or green for each input state.

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Status indicators
DI-16
Specifications
DC input power
Mechanical
24 VDC, 1.6 W

0.255 kg (0.56 lb)
Input channels
16 1
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Digital1 inputs
10
11
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Current Output:
0.131 kg (0.29 lb)
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
Voltage Output:
,
Terminal
base
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
Analog Outputs
UI-8/AO-4-H
UI-8/AO-4-H
Contact
TB-IO-W1
Pulse width
Part numbers
Hand
20 ms minimum
Auto
DI-16, I/O Module
Off
Range
Current Output:
dry contact switch closure
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
P/N: SXWDI16XX10001
TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module
Status
Voltage
Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
Counter
Analog Outputs
SXW UI-8/AO-4
Range
P/N: SXWTBIOW110001
Hand
Universal Inputs
Open collector/open
drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,
Auto
Off
UI1 RET
UI2 UI3
Pulse
width
13
14
15
16
RET UI4
17
18
Input Rating:
24 VDC
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
19
22
20
21
23
, 2.4 mA
24
20 ms minimum
LED polarity
Status
5
1
2
3
4
6 if the
7
8LED
9 is10activated
11
12
Software
selectable,
DI1 RET DI2
DI3 RET DI4
DI5 RET DI6
DI7 RET DI8

SXW UI-8/AO-4
Input Rating:
24 VDC
Universal Inputs
LED color
Digital Inputs

UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
13
14
15
16
Connectors
DI-16
16 digital inputs
Open
1
2collector/open
3
4
5
6 drain,
7
8 24
9 V,102.411mA,
12
DI1 RET DI2
17
18
DI3 RET DI4
Input Rating:
24 VDC
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
DI5 RET DI6
, 2.4 mA
, 2.4 mA
DI7 RET DI8

Input Rating:
Status
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
Digital Inputs
SXW DI-16
Digital Inputs
DI-16
Input Rating:
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
DI9 RET DI10 DI11 RET DI12 DI13 RET DI14 DI15 RET DI16
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Status
Digital Inputs
Input Rating:
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
DI9 RET DI10 DI11 RET DI12 DI13 RET DI14 DI15 RET DI16
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
SXW DI-16
8 Channel Analog output

(AO-8), (AO-8-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The AO-8 and AO-8-H are analog output,

8-channel I/O modules. Each channel is
capable of supporting analog (voltage
and current) point types.
Analog applications
The AO-8 and AO-8-H are designed for a
maximum control range of 0 to 10 V outputs and
therefore support a wide-range of devices, such as
valves and actuators.
Current applications
The AO-8 and AO-8-H can be used to drive
a maximum control range of 0 to 20 mA current
signals on any of its eight channels.
I/O Module
AO-8
Protection
These I/O Modules have protection against shortcircuit to ground.
Overrides
I/O Module
AO-8-H

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
The front panel of the AO-8-H includes Hand/

Off/Auto (HOA) override switches with adjustable
potentiometers.
10
AO-8
AO-8-H
Specifications
DC input power
Terminals
24 VDC, 4.9 W
Current (A), Return
Maximum load
Output channels
Output load should not exceed 650 ohm
Mechanical
Analog outputs
Voltage
0.282 kg (0.62 lb)
Range
0 to 10 VDC
0.159 kg (0.35 lb)
Resolution
50 mV
Part numbers
Terminals
AO-8, I/O Module
LD
Voltage (V), Return
Minimum load
Tx
HO
Source: 2 mA
Shield
10
11
12
Rx
AbilityRxto define
the reliability level for upper
and1 lower
electrical
limits.
2
3
4
5
6
7
VO RET CO
11
12
Current Output:
Output:
RS-4220Voltage
to 10 VDC
,
TX/RX
TX/RX
Bias
Shield
Bias
TX/RX
TX/RX
Bias
Shield
TX
TX
Port Bmin. 5 kohm
10
11
12
Connectors
10
SXW
VO RET
COUSBx-SERIAL
0 to 20 mA,
Bias
Host
max. 650 ohm
2
RS-485
Port A
Analog Outputs
VO RET CO
Status
10
11
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Status
Voltage
Output:
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
Analog Outputs
SXW AO-8
Analog Outputs
5
Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm
Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm
Voltage Output:
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
13
16
19
22
14
15
17
18
20
21
23
24
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
Status
SXW AO-8
Analog Outputs
5
Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm
Voltage Output:
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
13
16
19
22
14
15
17
18
20
21
23
24
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
VO RET CO
Accuracy
P/N: SXWTBIOW110001
TX
TX/RX
Bias
Port B
HO
TX/RX
Reliability
SXWAO8HXX10001
RS-422
Port A
Tx
Off/Auto override switches
SXW USBx-SERIAL
P/N:
LD
RS-485
Status
TX
0 to 20 mA
8 analog current/voltage outputs with Hand/
Shield
Range
0.1 mA
AO-8-H, I/O Module with HOA switches
TX/RX
Current
Tx
P/N: SXWAO8XXX10001
Bias
Resolution
Host
8 analog current/voltage outputs
RS-232 Ports
Rx
TX/RX
Sink:Rx-1 mA
Bias
Tx
+/- 0.21mA
AO-8
TB-IO-W1
+/- 100 mV
Bias
USBx-SERIAL USBx-SERIAL
Accuracy
AO-8
Terminal base
RS-232 Ports
11
8 Channel Analog Output

(AO-V-8), (AO-V-8-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The AO-V-8 and AO-V-8-H are analog

output, 8-channel I/O modules. Each
channel is capable of supporting analog
(voltage) point types.
Analog applications
The AO-V-8 and AO-V-8-H are designed
for a maximum control range of 0 to 10 V outputs
and therefore support a wide-range of devices, such
as valves and actuators.
Protection
These I/O Modules have protection against shortcircuit to ground.
Overrides
The front panel of the AO-V-8-H module includes
Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) override switches with
adjustable potentiometers.
I/O Module
AO-V-8-H

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
I/O Module
AO-V-8
12
AO-V-8
AO-V-8-H
Specifications
DC1 input
2
3 power
4
5
10
11
Mechanical
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
24 VDC, 0.7 W
Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm
Voltage Output:
0.279
kg (0.61 lb)
,
0 to10 VDC
min 5 kohm
OutputAnalog
channels
Outputs

0.156 kg (0.34 lb)
Hand
Analog outputs
Auto
Terminal base
Off
Voltage
2
TB-IO-W1
3
CO
VO RET CO
0 to 101 VDC
10
11
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm
Part numbers
8 analog
SXW AO-8
50 mV
AO-8-H
Hand
Auto
+/- 1005 mV
Terminals
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
16
19
22
15
Source:
23 mA
1
2
4
VO RET
VO RET
8Off
18
20
21
23
24
VO RET
10
11
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
10
11
12
Digital Outputs
250 VAC
30 VDC
VO RET
DO
override switches
SXW AO-8
(Required
for each I/O
Voltage Output:
1
Module)
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
19
22
VO RET
20
21
23
10
11
VO RET
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
24
DO
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
,3A
Status, 3 A
30 VDC
SXW DO-FC-8
Digital Outputs
12
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
Status
min. 5 kohm
DO-FC-8
VO RET
18
Current Output:
VO RET CO
17
Digital Outputs
P/N:, SXWTBIOW110001
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
13
14
15
16
Connectors
TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base

5 for
6 I/O
7 Module
8
4
7
13
14
Contact Rating:
DO
15
250 VAC
30 VDC
16
DO
18
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
Status
6
10
11
12 SXW DO-FC-8
SXW AO-V-8
1Digital Outputs
2
5Digital Outputs
6
3
7
250 VAC
30 VDC
4
8
14
15
VO RET
16
17
18
VO RET
19
Voltage Output:
8
20
21
VO RET
22
23
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
24
Status
1
VO RET
VO RET
VO RET
10
11
VO RET
12
SXW AO-V-8
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
Voltage Output:
Analog Outputs
Outputs
Analog
5
VO RET
VO RET
VO RET
VO RET
13
AO-V-8-H
14
VO RET
15
16
17
VO RET
18
19
VO RET
20
21
22
23
10
11
VO RET
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
24
12
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
Status
min. 5
kohm
13
DO-FC-8-H
13
DO-FC-8-H
AO-V-8
250 VAC
30 VDC
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
Hand
Off
Contact Rating:
Hand
Auto
Digital OutputsOff
SXW DO-FC-8
Digital OutputsHand
Auto
13
14
15
16
17
Off
18
250 VAC
Status,, 33 A
30 VDC
A
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
19
20
21
22
23
Status
Hand
Auto
Off
SXW DO-FC-8
Digital Outputs
Analog Outputs
6
VO RET
13
14
15
VO RET
16
17
18
VO RET
19
20
21
VO RET
22
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
Voltage Output:
8
23
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
,3A
,3A
24
Analog Outputs
,3A
,3A
Auto
SXW AO-V-8
AO-V-8-H
14
,3A
,3A
Contact Rating:
Analog Outputs
5
,3A
,3A
Contact Rating:
Analog Outputs
VO RET
,3A
,3A
8 analog voltage outputs with Hand/Off/Auto
Voltage Output:
AO-V-8
AO-V-8-H, I/O Module with HOA switches
12
P/N: SXWAOV8HX10001
1
2
Analog Outputs
Analog Outputs
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
Status
Current Output:
Minimum load
VO RET
Voltage Output:
17
Voltage (V), Return
Sink: -1 mA
Contact Rating:
voltage outputs
P/N: SXWAOV8XX10001
Accuracy
Analog Outputs
14
,
AO-V-8,
I/O Module
0 to10 VDC
min 5 kohm
Resolution
Analog Outputs
13
Status
Voltage
Output:
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
,3A
,3A
24
24
Status

SXW AO-V-8
Analog Outputs
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Range
VO RET
DO-FC-8
AO-8-H
13
12 Channel Digital Output, Form-A

(DO-FA-12), (DO-FA-12-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The DO-FA-12 and DO-FA-12-H are digital
output 12-channel I/O modules. Each
channel is capable of supporting digital
(Form-A) point types.
Direct load applications
The Form-A relays in the DO-FA-12 and
DO-FA-12-H are designed for direct load
applications for up to 2 A per output.
Status indicators and overrides

The front panel of the DO-FA-12 and DO-FA-12-H
module includes a digital output indicator using a
green LED. Additionally, the DO-FA-12-H module
has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) override switches.
I/O Module
DO-FA-12-H

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
I/O Module
DO-FA-12
14
DO-FA-12
DO-FA-12-H
Specifications
DC input power
Mechanical
24 VDC, 1.8 W

0.317 kg (0.70 lb)
Output channels
12
0.194 kg (0.43 lb)
Contact rating
Terminal base
250 VAC, 30 VDC, 2 A
TB-IO-W1
Digital outputs
Part numbers
Form A relay
DO-FA-12, I/O Module
Terminals
12 Form A digital outputs
Common (C), Normally Open (NO)
P/N: SXWDOA12X10001
Pulse width
DO-FA-12-H, I/O Module with HOA
100 ms minimum
switches
Isolation
12 Form A digital outputs with Hand/Off/
1500 VAC minimum, coil to contact

1
10
Auto override switches

11
P/N: SXWDOA12H10001
12
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
Digital Outputs
,2A
,2A
(Required
for each I/O Module)
P/N: SXWTBIOW110001
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
250 Status
VAC
,2A
30 VDC
,2A
Digital Outputs
10
11
12
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
SXW DO-FA-12
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
,2A
,2A
24
Status
1
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
1
7
250 VAC
30 VDC
10
11
12
Digital
Digital Outputs
Outputs
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Auto
23
,2A
,2A
24
Off
DO
Hand
,2A
,2A
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
DO
Hand
Auto
Digital Outputs
250 VAC
,2A
Status, 2 A
30 VDC
UI-8/AO-4-H UI-8/AO-4-H
SXW DO-FA-12
DO-FA-12-H
Digital Outputs
7
Hand
Auto
Off
Digital Outputs
8
14
15
16
17
Auto
10
18
Off
19
20
DO
11
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
21
22
23
,2A
,2A
Off9
Status
10
11
12
650 MAX
1
2
3
4
Voltage Output:
Digital Outputs
Analog
Outputs
8
9
10
11
12
VO RET CO
10
11
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
Status
Voltage
Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
Analog Outputs
SXW UI-8/AO-4
Hand
Universal Inputs
Auto
Input Rating:
Off
24 VDC
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
, 2.4 mA
Status
DI1 RET DI2
DI3 RET DI4
DI5 RET DI6
SXW UI-8/AO-4
DI7 RET DI8
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
Input Rating:
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
, 2.4 mA
24
SXW
DO-FA-12
0-20
mA,
24 VDC
12
Hand
VO RET CO
Input Rating:
Current
Schneider
Electric One High Street, North Andover,
MAOutput:
01845 USA
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO
2
Universal Inputs
Digital Inputs
Auto
Hand
9
DO
13
VO RET CO
SXW DO-FA-12
VO RET CO
Off
12
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
Contact Rating:
DI-16
DO-FA-12
Analog Outputs
DO-FA-12-H
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
DI1 RET DI2
DI3 RET DI4
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Digital Inputs
DI5 RET DI6
DI7 RET DI8
Rating:
Fax: +1 978 975 9698 Input
Status
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
SXW DI-16
DO-FA-12
Connectors
15
8 Channel Digital Output, Form-C

(DO-FC-8), (DO-FC-8-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The DO-FC-8 and DO-FC-8-H are digital
output 8-channel I/O modules. Each
channel is capable of supporting digital
(Form-C) point types.
The Form-C relays in the DO-FC-8 and DO-FC-8-H
are designed for direct load applications for up to
3 A per output.

The front panel of the DO-FC-8 and DO-FC-8-H
modules includes a digital output indicator using
a green LED. Additionally, the DO-FC-8-H module
has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) override switches.
I/O Module
DO-FC-8 -H

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
I/O Module
DO-FC-8
16
DO-FC-8
DO-FC-8-H
Specifications
DC input power
Mechanical
24 VDC, 2.2 W

0.332 kg (0.73 lb)
Output channels
0.209 kg (0.46 lb)
Contact rating
Terminal Base
250 VAC, 30 VDC, 3 A
TB-IO-W1
Digital outputs
Part numbers
Form C Relay
DO-FC-8, I/O Module
Terminals
8 Form C digital outputs
Common (C), Normally Open (NO), Normally
P/N: SXWDOC8XX10001
Closed (NC)
DO-FC-8-H, I/O Module with HOA
Pulse width
switches
100 ms minimum
8 Form C digital outputs with Hand/Off/Auto
Isolation
override switches

1
10
P/N: SXWDOC8HX10001
11
12

Contact Rating:
Digital Outputs
250 VAC
30 VDC
,3A
(Required
for each I/O Module)
,3A
P/N: SXWTBIOW110001
DO-FC-8
Connectors
DO
5
7
DO
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
Digital Outputs
250 VAC
Status ,, 33 A
30 VDC
A
SXW DO-FC-8
Digital Outputs
Contact Rating:
DO
13
14
15
250 VAC
30 VDC
16
DO
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
,3A
,3A
24
Status
6
10
11
12 SXW DO-FC-8
Contact Rating:
13
14
15
16
17
3
7
250 VAC
30 VDC
4
8
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
18
Hand
,3A
,3A
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
,3A
,3A
Auto
Off
Contact Rating:
Hand
Auto
Digital OutputsOff
250 VAC
Status , 3 A
30 VDC
,3A
SXW DO-FC-8
DO-FC-8-H
Digital Outputs Hand

Auto
13
14
15
16
17
Off
18
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
19
Hand
20
21
22
23
,3A
,3A
24
Status
Schneider Electric One High

Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA
Auto
Off
SXW DO-FC-8
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
1 Digital Outputs
2
5Digital Outputs
6
DO-FC-8-H
DO-FC-8
17
8 Channel Universal Inputs with

4 Analog Outputs (UI-8/AO-4,
UI-8/AO-4-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
Analog applications
The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/AO-4-H can

be used to drive a maximum control
range of 0 to 20 mA current signals
on any of its eight output channels.
This module is ideal for any mix

of temperature, pressure, flow,
status points, and similar inputs in
a building control system. The eight
input channels supports a 12 bit A/D
conversion.
The maximum counter frequency on
all eight inputs with a minimum pulse
width is 20 milliseconds. This input
type is commonly used in energy
metering applications.
Supervised points are used for
security applications where it is
critical to know whether or not a
wire has been cut or shorted. These
events provide a separate indication
of alarm and trouble conditions to
the system.
The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/AO-4-H

are designed for a maximum control
range of 0 to 10 V outputs and
therefore support a wide-range
of devices, including valves and
actuators on any of its eight output
channels.
Current applications
Protection
28 V unipolar transient voltage
suppressors on all inputs protect
against high voltage short duration
transient events.

The front panel of the UI-8/AO-4 and
UI-8/AO-4-H I/O modules includes a
digital output indicator using a green
LED. Additionally, the UI-8/AO-4-H
module has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA)
override switches with adjustable
potentiometers for each output.
I/O Module
UI-8/AO-4-H

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
I/O Module
UI-8/AO-4
The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/

AO-4-H are combination
I/O modules supporting 8
universal input channels and 4
analog output channels. These
compact modules are ideal
when an application requires a
mix of point types.
18
UI-8/AO-4
UI-8/AO-4-H
Specifications
1
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
Accuracy
+/- (7 mV + 0.2 %Digital

of reading)
Outputs
250 VAC
,2A
Analog
outputs
30 VDC
,2A
Voltage
Range
Impedance
100 kohm
Current
Accuracy
Digital inputs
Resolution
50 mV
+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)
Accuracy
Reliability
+/- 100
mV
Status
Terminals
20 ms minimum

Range
Resolution
Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,

12 bit
Counter
Range
Impedance
Contact
Pulse width
SXW
DO-FA-12
Voltage
(V),
Digital Outputs
7
10
+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)
11
30 VDC
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
Resistance
10 ohm to 10 kohm
1
2
3
+/- (7 + 4 x 10 -3 Digital
x R) (ohm)
Outputs
10 kohm to 60 kohm
+/- (0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)
20 ms minimum
LED polarity
DO-FA-12-H

Supervised
Analog Outputs
UI-8/AO-4
4
SXW AO-8
12 bit
5
Hand
SXW
DO-FA-12
0.276
kg (0.61
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
Connectors
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN
DO-FC-8
VO RET CO
13
VO RET
VO RET
VO RET
UI5 RET UI6
16
19
20
21
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
DO
24
11
12
Part numbers
13
16
19
22
20
21
DI3 RET DI4
Status
Input Rating:
24VDC
UI7 RET UI8
18
DI2
Current Output:
UI-8/AO-4,
I/O Module
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
8 universal
inputs, 4 analog voltage/current
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
,
outputs
5 K MIN
P/N: SXWUI8A4X10001
Digital Inputs
9 UI-8/AO-4-H,
10 11 12
I/O Module with HOA
Contact
Rating:
switches
250 VAC
,3A
30 VDC
A
DI9 RET DI10 DI11 RET DI12
8 universal
inputs,
4, 3 analog
voltage/current
4
13
14
15
16
17
18
outputs with Hand/Off/Auto override switches
P/N: SXWUI8A4H10001
Status
P/N:
SXWTBIOW110001
SXW
UI-8/AO-4
UI5 RET UI6
17
18
23
, 2.4mA
SXW DO-FC-8
24
Analog Outputs
Digital Outputs
Terminals 3, 6, 9, and 12 are not used
Contact Rating:
AO-V-8
250 VAC
30 VDC
13
14
15
16
17
18
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
19
20
21
22
23
10
11
,3A
,3A
24
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Status
DI5 RET DI6
,2A
,2A
RET CO
UI3 RET UI4
15
17
lb)
TB-IO-W1
UI1 RET UI2

14
15
Terminal base
23
DO
14
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
Digital Outputs
Universal Inputs
VO RET
UI3 RET UI4
13
0.152 kg (0.34 lb)
12
Voltage Output:
VO RET CO
UI1 RET UI2

Digital Inputs
Current Output:
Off
Output load should not exceed 650 ohm
Output channels
Resolution
Auto
Mechanical
1
2
Status
RET
Weight including terminal DI1
base
Hand
Thermistor
Maximum load
DO
Universal Inputs
Current (I), Return
Off
DO level for upper

Ability to define the reliability
Status
0 to 10 V
,2A
,2A
Accuracy
Auto
Terminals
Auto
Range
Off
-50 to 150 C (-58 to 302 F)
and contact closed
Resolution
Digital Outputs
5 V1 circuit,
14 or5 2 resistors,
monitored
12 bit
2
3
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
7
8
9
10
11
Current Output:
VO RET combinations
CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO 0 to 20 mA,
switch
max. 650 ohm
Series 1only, parallel2 only, and 3series and4parallelVoltage Output:
1.8 kohm. 10 kohm, and 1 kohm Balco
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
0 to10 VDC
,
Resistor
range
temperature
sensor
min 5 kohm
Analog
Outputs
each resistor is assumed to have the same value.
Hand
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10 kohm thermistors
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO
Auto
Off
Analog inputs
10 kohm to 5 V 1
2
3
1.0 (Balco) and Analog
1.8 kohm
thermistors
Outputs
Voltage
1.5 kohm to 1 V
Range
Resolution
Contact Rating:
Hand
VO RET CO
+/- 0.2 mA
Reliability
LED color
,2A
0 to 20 mA
VAC
0.1250
mA
30 VDC
Analog Outputs
Current
Range
VO RET CO
Return
Source 2 mA
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
,2A
Sink
-1 mA
12
47 ohm
Pulse width
VO RET CO
Minimum load
Accuracy

AO-8-H
0 to 10 VDC
DO-FA-12
12
DI13 RET DI14

19
20
Input channels
UI-8/AO-4-H
24 VDC, 3.2 W
DI-16
DC input power
21
19

4 Channel Voltage Outputs
(UI-8/AO-V-4, UI-8/AO-V-4-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The UI-8/AO-V-4 and UI-8/
AO-V-4-H are combination I/O
modules supporting
8 universal input channels and
4 voltage output channels.
These compact modules are
ideal when an application
requires a mix of point types.
I/O Module
UI-8/AO-V-4-H

conversion.
Analog applications
The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/AO-4-H
are designed for a maximum control
range of 0 to 10 V outputs and
therefore support a wide-range of
devices, such as valves and actuators
on any of its eight output channels.
Protection
suppressors on all inputs protect
transient events.


the system.

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
20
UI-8/AO-V-4
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
Specifications
Resolution
Output channels
24 VDC, 1.0 W
12 bit
Accuracy
+/- (7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)
Impedance
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
10
11
100 kohm
Voltage
Range
Current
Accuracy
0 to 10 VDC
12
UI7 RET UI8

Input Rating:
Contact
Universal
Pulse Inputs
width
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
Reliability
Accuracy
Range
Ability to define the reliability level for upper and

lower electrical limits.
+/- 100 mV
Terminals
Resolution
Voltage (V), Return
12 bit
Minimum load
Accuracy
UI
Impedance
47 ohm
24 VDC
LED polarity
, 2.4 mA
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
LED color
3
Supervised
Digital
Outputs
250 VAC
30 VDC
11
Input Rating:
24 VDC
UI3 RET UI4
Voltage
16
17
Range
15
18
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
19
22
23
24
10
711
12
20
21
55
68
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
13
16
17
18
19
20
21
14
15
2
Connectors
Digital Outputs

1
2
Status
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
Auto
Off
Mechanical
Statusincluding terminal base
Weight
5 K MIN
VAC 24, 3 A
22250 23
30 VDC
,3A
Hand
VO RET
Auto
Off
VO RET
VO RET
DO
Universal Inputs
10
11
VO RET
12
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm
0.275 kg (0.61 lb)
SXW UI-8/AO-V-4

0.152 kg (0.34 lb)
Voltage Output:
VOContact
RET Rating:
CO 0-10 VDC
10 kohm thermistor
10 kohm to 5 V
1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohm thermistor
1.5 kohm to 1 V
Hand
10 kohm thermistor
10 kohm to 5 V
SXW AO-8
1
2
Outputs
1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohmDigital
thermistor
Current Output:
1.5 kohm to 1 V
, 2.4 mA
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN pull-up resistor

Internal
Input Rating:
DO-FC-8
Analog inputs
Source 2 mA
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
Sink
-1 mA
12
650 MAX
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm
UI-8/AO-V-4
AO-8-H
10
VO RET CO
Analog Outputs
0 to 10Analog
VDC Outputs
Range
UI1 RET UI2 UI3 RET UI4 UI5 RET UI6 UI7 RET
1
3
4
Voltage Output:
13 (-58
14
15
16
17F)18
19
20
21
22
23
-50, to 150 C
to 302
5 V circuit,
1 or2 2 resistors,
monitored
0 to10 VDC
min 5 kohm
Outputs
Resolution
switchAnalog
combinations
12 bit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Hand
Status
Resistor range
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET
Auto
1.8 kohm. 10 kohm, and 1 kohm Balco temp.
Off
1
2
3
4
SXW UI-8/DO-FC-4
sensor
each resistor is assumed to have the same value.
UI1 RET UI2
RET CO
Universal Inputs
Thermistor
Current Output:
Universal Inputs
Ability to define the reliability level for upper and

lower electrical limits.
,3A
,3A
Open
circuit,
contact
1
2circuit,
3
4short
5
6
7
8
9
10 open,
11
12
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO
and contact closed
14
Analog Outputs
13
Reliability
Contact Rating:
10 ohm to 10 kohm
+/-(7 + 4 x 10 -3 x R) (ohm)
10 kohm to 60 kohm
+/-(0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)

16
Resistance
Input Rating:
15
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
Pulse Inputs
width
Universal
20 ms minimum
RET %
CO of
VO reading)
RET CO VO
+/- (0.03 mA VO
+ 0.4
Status

SXW UI-16
50 mV
20 ms minimum
Counter
Range
14
Resolution
+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

UI
13
Analog outputs
DO
24 VDC
TB-IO-W1
24
Part numbers
Current Output:
UI-8/AO-V-4,
I/O Module
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
8 universal
inputs, 4 analog voltage outputs
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
,
P/N:
SXWUI8V4X10001
5 K MIN
UI-8/AO-V-4-H, Module with HOA switches
universal
9 8 10
11 12 inputs, 4 analog voltage outputs
with Hand/Off/Auto
override switches
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
,3A
P/N: SXWUI8V4H10001
30 VDC
,3A
4
P/N: Status
SXWTBIOW110001
12
CO
SXW UI-8/AO-V-4
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
13
16
19
22
15
17
18
20
Status
Input Rating:
24 VDC
UI1 RET UI2

14
, 2.4 mA
Terminal base
UI8
21
23
, 2.4 mA
SXW DO-FC-8
24
Analog Outputs
Digital Outputs
AO-V-8
Hand
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC
Status
,3A
,3A
Auto
13
Off
SXW UI-8/DO-FC-4
14
15
16
17
18
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
19
20
21
22
23
24
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Universal Inputs
Input Rating:
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
Status
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
Input channels
Digital
inputs
3
5
6
4
7
UI-16
UI-8/DO-FC-4
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H
DC input power
21

4 Channel Digital Outputs, Form-C
(UI-8/DO-FC-4, UI-8/DO-FC-4-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The UI-8/DO-FC-4 and UI-8/
DO-FC-4-H are a combination
I/O modules supporting 8
universal input channels and 4
digital output channels. These
compact modules are ideal
when an application requires a
mix of point types.
I/O Module
UI-8/DO-FC-4

conversion.
Protection
suppressors on all inputs to protect
transient events.


The Form-C relays are designed for
direct load applications for up to 3 A
per output.


the system.
I/O Module
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
22
UI-8/DO-FC-4
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H
Specifications
DC input power
12 bit
Output channels
24 VDC, 1.9 W
Accuracy
Input channels
+/- (7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)
Digital outputs
Impedance
Form C relay
100 kohm
Digital inputs
Terminals
Current
Contact
Common (C), Normally Open (NO), Normally
Accuracy
Pulse width
20 ms minimum
Pulse Width
Reliability
Range
100 ms minimum

Resolution
Counter
12 bit
Range
Accuracy
10 kohm termistors
+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

1
3
5
6
2
4
7
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
Impedance
Pulse width
47 ohm
20 ms minimum
Resistance
LED polarity
10 ohm to 10 kohm
+/- (7 + 4 x 10 -3 x R) (ohm)
10 kohm to 5V
8
10
UI5 RET UI6
11
, 2.4 mA to 1 V
1.5 kohm
Mechanical
0.304 kg (0.67 lb)
UI

0.181 kg (0.40 lb)
Reliability
Terminal
base
Status
UI
Thermistor
andUI1contact
closed
RET UI2 UI3 RET UI4
Range
UI5 RET UI6
10
11
12
UI7 RET UI8
UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16

20
19
21
22
12 bit
Resistor range
1 to 10 kohm. For a 2-resistor

configuration, each
UI
1.8 kohm. 10 kohm,

and2 1 kohm Balco
1
3
, 2.4 mA
16
17
18
10
11
switches
12
19
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
Contact Rating:
Digital Outputs
250 VAC
30 VDC
,3A
,3A
250 VAC
,3A
P/N: SXWUI8D4H10001
4
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
10
11
12
VO RET CO
Current Output:
0-20for
mA, each I/O Module)
(Required
650 MAX
4
Voltage Output:
P/N:
SXWTBIOW110001
0-10 VDC
,
Analog Outputs
Universal Inputs

UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 R
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
10
5 K MIN
Status
Hand
Auto
Off
SXW UI-8/DO-FC-4
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
Analog Outputs
Input Rating:
24 VDC
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 RET UI8
13
14
15
16
19
22
23
24
10
11
12
17
18
20
21
, 2.4 mA
Status
SXW UI-8/AO-V-4
I-8/DO-FC-4
Universal Inputs
Status
-4-H
30 VDC Hand/Off/Auto
,3A
with
override switches
UI1 RET UI2
10
VO R
Off
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
13
16
19
14
15
17
18
Digital Outputs
Telephone:
+1 978 975 9600
20
21
Input Rating:
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA
Rating:
RET UI8
UI7 Contact
250 VAC
,3A
22
23
24
30 VDC
,3A
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
UI-8/AO-V-4
Analog Outputs
Universal Inputs
8Contact
universal
inputs, 4 digital Form C outputs
Rating:
VO RET CO
kohm to 5 V
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
24 VDC
15
1.5 kohm to 1 V
Input Rating:
P/N: SXWUI8D4X10001
24
Resolution
14
UI-8/DO-FC-4
SXW UI-16
10
0 to 10 Universal
VDC
Inputs
13

1
2
3
Range
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H, I/O Module with HOA
10 kohm thermistors
Connectors
23
Digital Outputs
temperature sensor
Status
Hand
, 2.4 mA inputs, 4 digital Form C outputs
8 universal
Auto
24 VDC
Resolution
Voltage
UI-8/DO-FC-4, I/O Module

Input Rating:
UI
VO RET CO
TB-IO-W1
Universal Inputs
VO RET CO
SXW UI-16
switchUniversal
combinations
Inputs
Analog inputs
VO RET CO
Part numbers
UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12

Rating:
5 V circuit, 1 or 2 resistors, monitoredInput
-50
C 14
(-5815 to16302
24 VDC
, 2.4
mA to 150 13
17 F)
18
resistor is assumed to have the same value.
Universal Inputs
Supervised
12
UI7 RET UI8
24 VDC
10 kohm to 60 kohm
+/- (0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)
LED color
Input Rating:
UI-16
Isolation
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
UI-16
Closed (NC)
+/-(0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)
VO R
Universal Inputs
1
Hand
VO
RET CO
Auto
Off
VO RET CO
VO RET CO
10
11
12
VO RET CO
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
UI1 RET UI2
UI3 RET UI4
UI5 RET UI6
UI7 R

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
This page intentionally left blank

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
November 2012
gg
without notice.
SXWSWESX Building Management Software

X00001
Release v1.1
StruxureWare
Building Operation
TM
Enterprise Server
A StruxureWareTM Building Operation server is the core of the system

and performs key functionality, such as control logic, trend logging,
and alarm supervision. The Enterprise Server is the Windows
application version of a StruxureWare Building Operation Server
that collects site-wide data for aggregation and archiving, yet is
flexible enough to run stand-alone applications. The Enterprise
Server also serves as a single point of administration through
WorkStation or WebStation for StruxureWare Building Operation,
Schneider Electrics intelligent Building Management System.
SM

Enterprise Server
Features
At the top of the StruxureWare Building
Operation architecture is the Enterprise
Server. It is the central point from which
users can configure, control, and monitor
the entire system.
Networking powerhouse
The Enterprise Server can run multiple control
programs using a variety of protocols. It can
manage alarms, users, schedules, and logs.
Data from the Enterprise Server can be delivered
directly to the user or to other devices and servers
throughout the site or enterprise.
Product AT A GLANCE
Networking powerhouse
Global view of the system
Text and graphics-based programming tools
Centralized alarms and data management
Advanced activity log
Native support for open protocols BACnet,
LonWorks, and Modbus
Global view of the system

The entire system, including all of the Automation
Servers, and their associated devices, can be
accessed and configured through the
Enterprise Server.
This overview of the site provides easier mass
change engineering and data analysis. The
Enterprise Server also aggregates the event and
alarm data from all its associated Automation
Servers. Trend logs can also be aggregated
through the use of extended trend logs.
Text and graphics-based programming tools

Unique to the industry, the Enterprise Server has
both Script and Function Block programming
options. This flexibility assures that the best
programming method can be selected for
the application.
Centralized alarms and data management
The Enterprise Server hosts the historical and

configuration databases. These databases store
current information, including trends, alarms, user
activity, and property information.

SDS-SXWBO-ENTERPRISESERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.8.2011.0.00.CC
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Alarms from multiple devices throughout the site,

including Automation Servers, are collected by the
Enterprise Server for centralized logging, display,
and management. Users can also view event logs
and trend logs from multiple servers.

Enterprise Server
Advanced activity log
It is important to log more than basic activity. In
StruxureWare Building Operation, every action is
logged with a timestamp, the user who performed
the action, and the values that were changed.
Open building protocol support

One of the cornerstones of StruxureWare Building
Operation is support for open standards. The
Enterprise Server can natively communicate with
three of the most popular standards for buildings:
BACnet, LonWorks, and Modbus.
Through any client, the user experience is identical
regardless of which StruxureWare Building
Operation server the user is logged on to. The
user can log directly on to an Enterprise Server
to engineer, commission, supervise, and monitor
the Automation Server as well as its attached I/O
modules and field bus devices. See the WebStation
datasheet for additional information.
Native BACnet support

The Enterprise Server communicates directly to
BACnet/IP networks. Compliant with ASHRAE
135-2004, the Enterprise Server meets the
BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) profile, the most
advanced BACnet Device Profile. This capability
provides access to the full range of BACnet
devices from Schneider Electric and other vendors.
The Enterprise Server can also serve as a BACnet
Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) to facilitate
BACnet systems that span multiple IP networks.
The Enterprise Server has native LonWorks

capability and works with a range of LonTalk
adapters to communicate to TP/FT-10 LonWorks
networks. Integrated LonWorks functionality
enables access to LonWorks devices from
Schneider Electric and other vendors. LonWorks
networks can be commissioned, bound, and
configured from the Enterprise Server using the
built-in LonWorks Network Management Tool. No
third-party tools are needed.
Native Modbus support

The Enterprise Server natively integrates Modbus
RS-485 master and slave configurations, as well
as TCP client and server. This allows full access
to the range of Schneider Electric products that
communicate on the Modbus protocol, such as
power meters, UPS, circuit breakers, and lighting
controllers.
Supported
Protocols
IP addressing
TCP communications
DHCP / DNS for rapid
deployment and lookup
of addresses
HTTP - Internet
access through
firewalls, enabling for
remote monitoring, and
control
NTP (Network Time
Protocol) for time
synchronization
throughout the system
SMTP enables sending
email messages
The Enterprise Server communicates using

networking standards, such as DHCP and HTTP
(see sidebar for more). This makes installation easy,
management simple, and transactions secure.

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
Native LonWorks support

Enterprise Server
Specifications
v1.1 Specifications
Hardware requirements
Software requirements
BACnet
Processor
Operating systems
BACnet/IP
Minimum: 1.0 GHz
Microsoft Windows XP SP3 (32-bit)
BTL B-BC BACnet Building Controller
Recommended: 2.0 GHz or higher
Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit)
Supports the following LonTalk adapters:
Memory
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 (32-bit)
NIC709-PCI
Minimum: 2 GB
Required additional software
NIC709-USB
Recommended: 4 GB or higher
Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1
NIC709-USB100
Hard Disk
Minimum: 20 GB
Drive
DVD Drive is required if your copy of StruxureWare Building Operation was delivered on
disk.
Other Devices
Microsoft mouse or compatible pointing
device is required.
NIC709-IP
Communication
NIC852
TCP
Other protocols may be used for particular
Binary, port configurable, default 4444
additional functionality. See Technical
HTTP
Documentation.
Non-binary, port configurable,

default 80
Part number
SMTP
SW-ES-BASE-0, StruxureWare Building
Email sending, port configurable, default 25
Operation Enterprise Server
NTP
Enterprise Server license for a PC server,
Time synchronization
includes Reports Server license

(No maintenance subscription included)
without notice.
Telephone: +1 978 975 9600
Fax: +1 978 975 9698
January 2012
bas
P/N: SXWSWESXX00001
HP DX2XXX
Series
Workstation PC
HP Compaq dx2390 Microtower PC specifications - HP Small & Medium Business pr... Page 1 of 2
Singapore-English
Search:
Contact HP
i Small & Medium Business n

j
k
l
m
n
j All of Singapore
k
l
m
Business Desktop PCs > Essential Desktop PCs
HP Compaq dx2390 Microtower PC Specifications

Small & Medium
Windows. Life without Walls.

HP recommends Windows 7.
Technical Support
Data sheets / Documents
Renewable Energy Source
Business
Business Desktop PCs
Promotions
Subscribe to eNewsletter
Buy from HP
Find a HP reseller or
Customer review:
0 of 1 (0%) customers
recommend this product.
retailer
>> Read 1 review

>> Write a review
Monitors
View other models
Enlarge image |
Image is an approximate guide only
Overview
Specifications
Accessories, supplies &

services
System features
Operating system installed
Genuine Windows Vista Business 32-bit

Genuine Windows Vista Home Basic 32-bit
Genuine Windows Vista Business with downgrade to Windows XP
Professional custom installed
FreeDOS
Processor type
Intel Celeron Processor 420 / 430 / 440 (1.60 to 2.00 GHz, 512 KB L2
cache, 800 MHz FSB) or Intel Celeron Dual Core Processor E1200 (1.60
GHz, 512 KB L2 cache, 800 MHz FSB) or Intel Pentium Dual Core
Processor E2160 / E2180 / E2200 (1.80 to 2.20 GHz, 1 MB L2 cache, 800 MHz
FSB) or Intel Core2 Duo Processor E4500 / E4600 / E4700 / E8200 /
E8300/ E8400 / E8500 (2.20 to 3.16 GHz, 2 to 6 MB L2 cache, 800 to 1333
MHz FSB)
Chipset
Intel G31 Express
Form factor
Microtower
Memory
Maximum memory
4 GB DDR2-Synch DRAM
Memory slots
2 DIMM
Storage
Internal drive bays
2 internal 3.5 inch
External drive bays
2 external 5.25 inch, 1 external 3.5 inch
Internal drives
SATA (7200 rpm)

From: 80 GB
Up to: 500 GB
Optical drives
SATA DVD-ROM Drive, SATA CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo Drive, SATA

SuperMulti LightScribe DVD Writer Drive
Graphics
Graphic card 01
Intel Graphics Media Accelerator 3100
Graphic subsystem video

card memory 01
Graphics memory is shared with system memory. Graphics memory usage can
vary from 8 to 256 MB depending on the amount of system memory installed
and system load
Graphic card 02
Optional NVIDIA GeForce 8400GS Graphics Card
Expansion features
http://h10010.www1.hp.com/wwpc/sg/en/sm/WF06a/12454-12454-64287-3328893-33... 4/25/2010
HP Compaq dx2390 Microtower PC specifications - HP Small & Medium Business pr... Page 2 of 2
Ports
Rear: 4 USB 2.0, 2 PS/2, 1 RJ-45, 1 VGA, audio in/out, Mic In, Front: 2 USB
2.0, audio ports
Slots
1 full-height PCI 2.3, 1 full-height PCI Express x16, 2 full-height PCI Express
x1
Media devices
Audio
Integrated High Definition audio with Realtek ALC662 codec, 3D audio

compliant and HD Audio compatible
Communication features
Network interface
Integrated Realtek 8101E 10/100 Ethernet
Network cards
Optional Intel Pro 1000 PT PCIe Gigabit NIC
Power and operating requirements
Power requirements
Input voltage 90 264 / 100 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 47 63 Hz, passive PFC
standard (External 80% High Efficiency)
Operating temperature
range
10 to 35 C
Operating humidity range
10 to 90% RH
Non-operating humidity
5 to 95% RH
Dimensions and Weight
Product weight
10.2 kg
Product dimensions (W x D 18.0 x 37.3 x 36.5 cm

x H)
Security management
Security management
Padlock loop, Kensington Lock Support
Physical security
HP Business PC security lock kit optional
What's included
Software included
Roxio Easy Media Creator 9.x**, Intervideo WinDVD Player 5.x**, McAfee
AntiVirus trial version, Sun Java Runtime Environment, AOL Toolbar
(**Supporting software available with certain optical drive configurations)
Warranty
Protected by HP Services, including a 1-1-0 or 1-1-1 standard warranty. Terms

and conditions vary by country and/or Business Model.
This system may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware and/or a DVD drive to install the Windows 7
software and take full advantage of Windows 7 functionality. See http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-7/ for
details.
Product Reviews
Review This Product

Network Fails
Overall:
Dilan
Gender: Male
Age: 25-39
Computer proficiency: Advanced
Review submitted from:
Date: March 16, 2010
"I noticed that this Product has Network issue. onboard NIC will
disbale and eneble in split seconds, but it can not detect from the
vendor and no replacement we get. by installaing additional NIC will
solve the problem permanently."
Was this review helpful to you? Yes No
(Report Inappropriate Review)
Share this review:
Note: Information published at this site may refer to products, programs or services that are not available in your country.
Consult your local HP business contact for information regarding the products, programs and services that may be available.
*Prices set out herein are HP's recommended retail prices and inclusive of GST and exclusive of delivery at the time of
publication. Prices, promotions, specifications and availability are applicable to Singapore only and may change without
prior notice. Prices are exclusive of options, accessories and consumables. Despite our best efforts, a small number of items
may contain pricing, typography, or photography errors. Acceptance of order is subject to validation of correct prices and
promotions by HP. Prices and offers given above may vary from reseller prices and offers.
Printable version
Privacy statement
Using this site means you accept its terms

2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
Feedback to webmaster
http://h10010.www1.hp.com/wwpc/sg/en/sm/WF06a/12454-12454-64287-3328893-33... 4/25/2010
Epson LQ-300
Dot Matrix Printer
HP Officejet6000
Report Printer
OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER

Fast network color printing for the lowest cost per page vs. in-class inkjets1
ENERGY STAR qualified printer
Maximum Print Speeds: 32 ppm black, 31 ppm color2; Laser
Comparable Speeds:
Up to 7 ppm black, Up to 7 ppm color3
Standard Connectivity: 1 USB 2.0, 1 Ethernet
Paper Handling: 250-sheet input tray, 50-sheet output tray
Borderless Printing: Up to 8.5 x 11 in
Lowest cost per color page vs. in-class inkjets1 Cut energy use by up to 40% compared to
lasers5
Save money by replacing only the individual ink
cartridge that runs out.
Archived documents retain black text and color
quality for decades without fading.4
Get professional-quality black text, vivid color
graphics and photos with HP Officejet ink.
Share fast performance with network-ready

printing
Maximum print speeds up to 32 ppm black, 31 ppm
color.2
Speeds equivalent to a laser printer with up to 7
ppm black, 7 ppm color.3
Easily share this inkjet printer and efficiently use
resources with wired networking.
This HP Officejet printer consumes up to 40% less

energy than laser printers.5
Save money and energy with this efficient ENERGY
STAR qualified inkjet printer.
New packaging uses less material to help reduce
environmental impact.
Enjoy easy recyclingcartridges returned via HP
Planet Partners are recycled responsibly.6
HP OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER
Reduce energy use up to 40% with this HP

Officejet printer.1
Print only the web content you need with HP Smart
Web Printing.2
Supports recycled paper.
ENERGY STAR Qualified
1
Majority of color laser printers < $300, June 2008, Officejet with highest-capacity cartridges.
Energy use based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR program's TEC test method criteria.
2
Requires Internet Explorer 6.0-8.0.
Please recycle your computing hardware and printing supplies.

Find out how at our website.
1
Compared to inkjet printers < $100 from major vendors as of Q309. For details, see http://www.hp.com/go/officejet. Excludes HP Officejet Pro printers. OJ CPP based on ISO yield of products offered
as of November 2009 with highest-capacity cartridges based on continuous printing. For details, see http://www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies. 2After first page. For details, see
http://www.hp.com/go/inkjetprinter. 3Based on ppm measured using FDIS ISO/IEC 24734. Standard applies to inkjet and laser products and excludes first set of test documents. 4Based on
paper-industry predictions for acid-free papers and Original HP inks; colorant stability data at room temperature based on similar systems tested per ISO 11798 and ISO 18909. 5Majority of color laser
printers < $300, June 2008, energy use based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR program's TEC test method criteria. For details http://www.hp.com/go/officejet. 6HP ink cartridge return and
recycling is available in 42 countries and territories around the world, covering 88% of the addressable market; see http://www.hp.com/recycle for details.
OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRINT TECHNOLOGY
HP Thermal Inkjet
PRINT TECHNOLOGY
RESOLUTION
HP Officejet Inks, HP advanced photo paper
PRINT RESOLUTION
Black (Best): Up to 600 rendered dpi black when printing from a

computer; Color (Best): Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color (when
printing from a computer on selected HP photo papers and 1200 input dpi)
PRINT SPEEDS1, 2
Maximum Print Speeds: Up to 32 ppm black, Up to 31 ppm color;

Laser Comparable Speeds: Up to 7 ppm black, Up to 7ppm color
PRINTING CAPABILITIES
Automatic Paper Sensor: Yes; Direct Print Supported: No;

Borderless Printing: Yes (up to 8.5 x 11 in, 210 x 297 mm)
INK TYPE
Dye-based (color), pigment-based (black)
STANDARD PRINTER
LANGUAGES
HP PCL 3 GUI
POWER3
Power Supply Type: External;

Power Requirements: Input voltage 100 to 240 VAC (+/- 10%), 50/60
Hz (+/- 3 Hz);
Power Consumption, Powersave: 3.1 watts;
Power Consumption, Standby: 3.1;
Power Consumption, Off: 0.4 watts;
Power Consumption, Active: 32 watts;
Power Consumption: 50 watts
ACOUSTICS
Acoustic Power Emissions: 6.8 B(A) (fast draft printing); 6.4 B(A) (normal
printing);
Acoustic Pressure Emissions: 55 dB(A) (fast draft printing); 51 dB(A)
(normal printing)
OPERATING
ENVIRONMENT
Recommended Operating Temperature: 59 to 90 F;

Maximum Operating Temperature Range: 41 to 104 F;
Storage Temperature Range: -40 to 140 F;
Recommended Humidity Operating Range:
20 to 80% RH;
Operating Humidity Range: 20 to 90% RH;
Non-Operating Humidity: 20 to 90% RH
WHATS IN THE BOX4
HP Officejet 6000 Printer, Print Head Assembly, HP 920 Black Officejet

Ink Cartridge (~ 420 pages), HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge
(~ 300 pages composite yield), HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge
(~ 300 pages composite yield), HP 920 Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~
300 pages composite yield), power supply, power cord, setup poster,
Firewall booklet, safety and warranty guide, CD-ROMs (for software).
REPLACEMENT PRINT
CARTRIDGES4
HP 920 Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 420 pages), C4902A

HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 300 pages), C4903A
HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 300 pages), C4904A
HP 920 Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 300 pages), C4905A
HP 920XL Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 1,200 pages), C4906A
HP 920XL Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 700 pages), C4907A
HP 920XL Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 700 pages), C4908A
HP 920XL Yellow Officejet Inkjet Cartridge (~ 700 pages), C4909A
ACCESSORIES
HP Hi-Speed USB Cable (6 ft./1.8 m), Q6264A

HP Wireless Printing Upgrade Kit, Q6236A
HP 2101nw Wireless G Print Server, Q6301A
WARRANTY
One-year limited hardware warranty backed by HP Customer Care,

service and support; one-year technical phone support.
STANDARD CONNECTIVITY 1 USB 2.0, 1 Ethernet

NETWORK READY
Standard (built-in Ethernet), Optional (WiFi 802.11b/g)
NETWORK CAPABILITIES
Built-in Ethernet
WIRELESS CAPABILITIES
Optional, enabled with purchase of a hardware accessory
WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES 802.11b/g (optional)

DUTY CYCLE (MONTHLY,
LETTER)
Up to 7,000 pages per month
MEDIA TYPES SUPPORTED
Paper (brochure, inkjet, plain), photo, envelopes, cards (index),

transparencies
MEDIA SIZES SUPPORTED
Letter, legal, statement, executive, 3 x 5 in, 4 x 6 in, 5 x 7 in, 5 x 8 in, 4 x

10 in, 4 x 11 in, 4 x 12 in, 8 x 10 in, envelopes (No. 10, Monarch),
envelope DL
CUSTOM MEDIA SIZES
3 x 5 to 13 x 44 in
MEDIA WEIGHT
SUPPORTED
Tray 1: 16 to 28 lb (plain media), 16 to 110 lb (special media), up to 110

lb (index cards)
MEDIA WEIGHT
RECOMMENDED
20 to 24 lb
PAPER HANDLING
Input: 150-sheet input tray; Output: 100-sheet output tray;

Duplex Print Options: Manual (driver support provided);
Input Capacities: Up to 150 sheets, Up to 25 sheets transparencies,
Up to 40 sheets 4 x 6 photos, Up to 40 cards, Up to 15 envelopes;
Output Capacities: Up to 100 sheets, Up to 40 cards, Up to 40 sheets
labels, Up to 10 envelopes
SKEW
+/- 0.006 in
STANDARD MEMORY
32 MB
PROCESSOR SPEED
192 MHz
COMPATIBLE OPERATING
SYSTEMS
Windows 2000 (SP4), Windows XP Home, Windows XP 32 and 64-bit

(SP1), Windows Vista (32 and 64-bit), Mac OS X v 10.4, Mac OS X v
10.5, With Windows 2000, some features may not be available
MINIMUM SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS
Windows 2000 (SP4): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 128 MB RAM,

200 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0, Windows XP (32-bit)
(SP1): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB RAM, 410 MB free
hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0; Windows x64 (SP1): AMD AthlonTM
64 or OpteronTM processor, Intel Xeon or Pentium processor with Intel
EM64T support, 512 MB RAM, 290 MB free hard disk space, Internet
Explorer 6.0, Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64)
processor, 512 MB RAM, 425 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer
7.0
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
(W X D X H)
18.03 x 15.31 x 6.45 in (458 x 389 x 164 mm );

Maximum: 18.03 x 19.47 x 6.45 in (458.02 x 494.61 x 163.83 mm)
PRODUCT WEIGHT
10.56lb (4.8kg)
FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.HP.COM

HP OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER Product Number: CB051A
Product Identifier: E609a
ENERGY STAR qualified models; see: http://www.hp.com/go/energystar
After first page; see http://www.hp.com/go/inkjetprinter for details. Print speed may vary depending on the type of output.
Based on ppm measured using FDIS ISO/IEC 24734. Standard applies to inkjet and laser products and excludes first set of test documents. For details see http://www.hp.com/go/printerclaims.
Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the product warranty.
4
Average based on ISO/IEC 24711 or HP testing methodology and continuous printing. Actual yield varies considerably based on content of printed pages and other factors. Some ink from included cartridge is used to start up the printer. For details see
http://www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies
2
2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. HP is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered U.S. marks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Microsoft and
Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. This listing of non HP products does not constitute an endorsement by Hewlett Packard Company. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is provides "as is" without warranty of
any kind. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Feburary 2010
HP ProBook
Laptop
ProBook 6450b Notebook PC

Business Traveler
A 14.0-inch diagonal mainstream

business notebook featuring Intel
processors, improved battery life, and
a choice of UMA or discrete graphics.10
Windows. Life without Walls TM. HP recommends Windows 7.

Business traveler
With a stylish design, the HP ProBook 6450b Notebook PC
provides reliability, security and business performance with an
Intel processor and a 14.0-inch diagonal 16:9 HD7, LED-
HP Professional Innovations help you focus on your

business
Built to protect. HP ProtectTools is a portfolio of customizable
backlit display. Flexible configuration options, connectivity
security solutions built into your HP business notebook.
including optional HP Mobile Broadband, 9,18 and the new
Built to simplify. HP QuickLook 312 provides off-line read and
Central Management for HP ProtectTools keep you equipped

for business.
write capability of e-mail, calendar, task and contact

information in seconds at the touch of a button, without having
Power, performance, and graphics choice
to boot up. HP QuickWeb20 grants access to the web in
Intel Core i74 and Intel Core i54 processors deliver
seconds even if your notebook is turned off.
outstanding technology for intelligent performance on the most
Built to last. Features such as HP DuraFinish, the magnesium
demanding tasks. Intel vPro technology helps businesses cut
alloy support structure, HP 3D DriveGuard and the spill-
costs and increase efficiency by taking advantage of intelligent
resistant keyboard with drains provide you with a reliable
performance and unique hardware assisted security and
notebook that can go the distance.
manageability features. And choose between UMA or highperformance discrete graphics: Intel HD Graphics for
responsive performance with rich media capabilities, or the
ATI Mobility Radeon graphics processor which delivers an
amazing visual experience with powerful performance on the
go.
Built to conserve. HP Power Assistant23 is an easy-to-use tool

which allows you to conserve power, stretch battery run-time,
accurately monitor your reported power needs and report
workforce power consumption.
Windows. Life without Walls TM.

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating system
Preinstalled
Genuine Windows 7 Professional 1
Genuine Windows 7 Home Premium 1
Genuine Windows 7 Home Basic 1
Genuine Windows XP Professional available through
downgrade rights from Windows 7 Professional1,3
Genuine Windows 7 Professional (including a downgrade right
to Genuine Windows Vista Business pre-installed)1,2,27
Genuine Windows Vista Business 2
Genuine Windows Vista Home Basic2 (select countries)
Red Flag Linux (PRC only)
FreeDOS
Supported:
Genuine Windows 7 Enterprise 1
Genuine Windows 7 Ultimate 1
Genuine Windows Vista Enterprise
Certified:
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Processor4
Intel Core i7 Mobile Processor Family with Turbo Boost Technology; Intel Core i5 Mobile Processor Family with Turbo Boost
Technology; Intel Core i3 Mobile Processor Family; Intel Celeron Processor
Chipset
Mobile Intel HM57 Express Chipset (non vPro configurations)

Mobile Intel QM57 Express Chipset (vPro configurations)
Memory
DDR3 SDRAM, 1333 MHz,* two slots supporting dual-channel memory13 1024/2048/4096 MB SODIMMs, up to 8192 MB total14
*Memory speed is processor dependent
Internal Storage15
160/250/320/500 GB 7200 rpm SMART SATA II HDD, 320 GB 7200 rpm SED (Self Encrypting Drive),28 HP 3D DriveGuard; or 8028/128
GB SSD
Upgrade Bay
12.7-mm SATA optical drive or secondary hard drive: Blu-ray ROM DVD+/-RW SuperMulti DL LightScribe Drive
5,6
, DVD+/RW SuperMulti DL
15
LightScribe Drive , DVD-ROM Drive; 500 GB 7200 rpm HDD ; or weight saver
Display
14.0-inch diagonal LED-backlit HD7 anti-glare (1366 x 768), 14.0-inch diagonal LED-backlit HD7 BrightView (1366 x 768), 14.0-inch diagonal LEDbacklit HD+7 anti-glare (1600 x 900)
Graphics10
Integrated: Intel HD Graphics

Discrete: ATI Mobility RadeonTM HD 540v, with 512 MB dedicated video memory
Audio/Visual
High Definition Audio, stereo speakers, stereo headphone/line out, stereo microphone in, optional 2 MP Webcam (fixed focus)21, integrated
microphone (integrated dual-microphone array with optional webcam)
Wireless Support
Optional HP un2420 EV-DO/HSPA Mobile Broadband Module (requires mobile network operator service);9,18
Intel 802.11a/b/g/n or b/g/n, Broadcom 802.11a/b/g/n, b/g/n or b/g;8 HP Integrated Module with Bluetooth v2.1 Wireless Technology;
HP Wireless Assistant, Connection Manager 3.1
Communications16
Integrated Intel 82577LC Gigabit Network Connection (non vPro), Integrated Intel 82577LM Gigabit Network Connection (vPro), 56K v.92
modem
Expansion Slots
1 ExpressCard/54 slot, Media Card Reader
Ports and Connectors
(3) USB 2.0 ports , (1) eSATA/USB 2.0 combo port, VGA, DisplayPort, stereo microphone in, stereo headphone/line out, 1394a, power
Input Device
Full-sized spill-resistant keyboard with drains, touchpad with scroll zone, optional point stick, touch-sensitive controls (QuickLook, QuickWeb,
Wireless on/off, volume mute, volume down, volume up)
Software
HP Power Assistant,23 HP Recovery Manager (Windows 7 and Vista only), HP Support Assistant (Windows 7 and Vista only), Intervideo WinDVD,
HP QuickLook 3,12 HP QuickWeb,20 Roxio Creator Business, McAfee Total Protection,19 Skype,21 WinZip 14 trial, Microsoft Office Ready
(Windows OS only)
connector, RJ-11/modem, RJ-45/Ethernet, docking connector, secondary battery connector
Security
Standard: HP ProtectTools, Central Management for HP ProtectTools, TPM Embedded Security Chip 1.2, Enhanced Pre-Boot Security, HP Spare
Key (requires initial user setup), HP Disk Sanitizer,11 Enhanced Drive Lock, Drive Encryption for HP ProtectTools, Credential Manager for HP
ProtectTools, File Sanitizer for HP ProtectTools11, security lock slot
Optional:18 LoJack Pro for HP ProtectTools,22 HP Fingerprint Sensor, Smart Card Reader (replaces ExpressCard), HP Privacy Filter
Dimensions
1.33 in (at front) x 13.35 in x 9.3 in / 33.8 mm (at front) x 339 mm x 236.2 mm
Weight
Starting at 5.0 lb (2.26 kg) without optical drive; 5.31 lb (2.39 kg) with DVD-ROM drive (weight will vary by configuration)
Power
9-cell (93 WHr) Lithium-Ion battery, 6-cell (55 WHr) Lithium-Ion battery, 6-cell (47 WHr) Lithium-Ion battery, 6-cell (51 WHr) HP Long Life Battery,24
3-cell (47 WHr) HP Long Life Battery (AMO),25 optional HP Extended Life Battery (52 WHr),18 optional HP Ultra-Capacity Battery (95 WHr),18
90W HP Smart AC Adapter (discrete graphics) or 65W HP Smart AC Adapter (integrated graphics), HP Fast Charge17
Expansion Solutions18
HP 90W Docking Station, HP 120W Advanced Docking Station, HP USB 2.0 Docking Station, HP Essential USB 2.0 Port Replicator, HP Dual
Hinge Notebook Stand, HP Display & Notebook Stand, HP Adjustable Display Stand, HP Adjustable Dual Display Stand
Warranty
Limited 3-year, 1-year and 90-day warranty options available, depending on country, 1-year limited warranty on primary battery. Optional HP Care
Pack Services are extended service contracts which go beyond your standard warranties.
For more details visit: http://www.hp.com/go/lookuptool.
Optional 2 MP
Webcam21
14.0-inch diagonal, HD7 LED

backlit display
Full-sized spill-resistant
keyboard with drains
HP QuickLook 312
and HP QuickWeb20
buttons
DisplayPort
connector
eSATA/USB 2.0
Optional HP
combo port
Touchpad with
scroll zone
Optional
point stick
Fingerprint Sensor

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
This system may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware and/or a DVD drive to install the Windows 7 software and take full advantage of Windows 7 functionality. S
http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-7/ for details.
Certain Windows Vista product features require advanced or additional hardware. See www.microsoft.com/windowsvista/getready/hardwarereqs.mspx and
www.microsoft.com/windowsvista/getready/capable.mspx for details. Windows Vista Upgrade Advisor can help you determine which features of Windows Vista will run on your
computer. To download the tool, visit www.windowsvista.com/upgradeadvisor.
Windows XP Professional is preinstalled on this system and includes end user rights and media for Windows 7 Professional. You may only use one version at a time. You must back
up all data (files, photos, etc.) before uninstalling and installing operating systems to avoid loss of your data.
Dual/Quad Core is designed to improve performance of certain software products. Not all customers or software applications will necessarily benefit from use of this technology. 64bit computing on Intel architecture requires a computer system with a processor, chipset, BIOS, operating system, device drivers and applications enabled for Intel 64 architecture.
Processors will not operate (including 32-bit operation) without an Intel 64 architecture-enabled BIOS. Performance will vary depending on your hardware and software
configurations. Intels numbering is not a measurement of higher performance.
Double-layer discs can store more data than single layer discs. However, double-layer discs burned with this drive may not be compatible with many existing single-layer DVD drives
and players. LightScribe media required and sold separately. LightScribe creates a monochrome image. Note that DVD-RAM cannot read or write to 2.6GB single-sided/5.2 GB
double-sided version 1.0 media. Dont copy copy-right protected materials.
As Blu-Ray is a new format containing new technologies, certain disc, digital connection, compatibility and/or performance issues may arise, and do not constitute defects in the
product. Flawless playback on all systems is not guaranteed. HD-DVD movies cannot be played on this device. Models with integrated graphics require Mobile Intel GM45 Express
chipset and Windows Vista to support the Blu-Ray DVD drive; models with discrete graphics support it with either Windows Vista or Windows XP.
HD content required to view HD images.
Wireless access point and Internet service is required and is not included. Availability of public wireless access points limited.
Gobi wireless technology requires separately purchased wireless data service contracts. Check with local service provider for coverage and availability in your area. Connection
speeds will vary due to location, environment, network conditions, and other factors.
Shared video memory (UMA) uses part of the total system memory for video performance. System memory dedicated to video performance is not available for other use by programs.
For the use cases outlined in the DOD 5220.22-M Supplement.
HP QuickLook 3 is accessible when the notebook is off. Requires Microsoft Windows and Outlook.. Timing may vary depending on the system configuration. To enable the feature
following the removal of the battery, reboot the notebook prior to subsequent use.
Maximized dual-channel performance requires SODIMMs of the same size and speed in both memory slots.
Maximum memory capacities assume Windows 64-bit operating systems or Linux. With Windows 32-bit operating systems, memory above 3 GB may not all be available due to
system resource requirements.
For hard drives, GB = 1 billion bytes. Up to 8 GB (for XP) , 10 GB (for Vista) or 15 GB (for Windows 7) of system disk is reserved for the system recovery software.
The term "10/100/1000" or "Gigabit" Ethernet indicates compliance with IEEE standard 802.3ab for Gigabit Ethernet, and does not connote actual operating speed of 1 Gb/sec.
For high speed transmission, connection to a Gigabit Ethernet server and network infrastructure is required.
HP Fast Charge recharges your primary battery up to 90% within 90 minutes when the system is off.
Sold separately or purchased as an optional feature.
60 day trial period. Internet access required to receive updates. First update included. Subscription required for updates.
HP QuickWeb is accessible when the notebook is off. Requires Microsoft Windows. not supported from hibernation. Internet access required. Timing may vary depending on the
system configuration. To enable the feature following the removal of the battery, reboot the notebook prior to subsequent use.
Internet access required.
The LoJack agent is shipped turned off, and must be activated by customers when they purchase a subscription. Subscriptions can be purchased for terms ranging from one to four
years. Service is limited, check with Absolute for availability outside the U.S.
Power calculations and cost calculations are estimates. Results will vary based on variables, which include information provided by the user, time PC is in different power states (on,
standby, hibernate, off), time PC is on battery or AC, hardware configuration, variable electricity rates and utilities provider. HP advises customers to use information reported by HP
Power Assistant for reference only and to validate impact in their environment. Environmental calculations were based on U.S. EPA eGrid 2007 data found at www.epa.gov/egrid/.
Regional results will vary. Requires Microsoft Windows.
Available on select models only; 3 year warranty on HP Long Life Battery, planned to be available June 2010
3 year warranty on HP Long Life Battery
Some functionality of this technology, such as Intel Active management technology and Intel Virtualization technology, requires additional 3rd party software in order to run.
Availability of future "virtual appliances" applications for Intel vPro technology is dependant on 3rd party software providers. Compatibility of this generation of Intel vPro technologybased hardware with with future "virtual appliances" and Microsoft Windows Vista and Windows 7 operating systems is yet to be determined.
Windows 7 Professional disk may be included for future upgrade if desired. To qualify for this downgrade an end user must be a business (including governmental or educational
institutions) and expected to order annually at least 25 customer systems with the same custom image.
Planned to be available June 2010
2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties
for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should
be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Bluetooth is a trademark of its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Microsoft, Windows and Vista are trademarks
of the Microsoft group of companies. Intel, Celeron and Core are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in
the U.S. and other countries. To learn more, visit www.hp.com. March 2010
Kampstrup +
Sitrans
BTU Meter
SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
Overview
Application
The main applications of the SITRANS F M MAGFLO electromagnetic flow sensors can be found in the following fields:
Water abstraction
Water treatment
Water distribution network (leak detection management)
Custody transfer water meters
Irrigation
Waste water treatment
Filtration plant (e.g. reverse osmosis and ultra filtration)
Industrial water applications
Mode of operation
The flow measuring principle is based on Faradays law of electromagnetic induction were the sensor converts the flow into an
electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of the flow.
Function
Highly resistant to a wide range of chemicals

- OIML R49 and PTB approved
- conforms to ISO 4064 and EN 14154
- MI-001 Custody Transfer approval for billing
Meets EEC directives: PED, 97/23/EC pressure directive for
EN1092-1 flanges
Simple onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sensor.
Integration
The SITRANS F M MAGFLO MAG 5100 W is an electromagnetic
flow sensor designed to meet ground water, drinking water,
waste water, sewage or sludge applications.
Benefits
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter SITRANS F M MAGFLO MAG 5000,
MAG 6000 or MAG 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to a variety of fieldbus systems, e.g. HART,
PROFIBUS DP & PA, MODBUS RTU/RS485.
DN 25 to DN 1200 (1 to 48)
Connection flanges EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI, AWWA and
AS.
NBR Hard Rubber liner for all water applications
Drinking water EPDM liner with approvals
Hastelloy integrated grounding and measuring electrodes
Increased low flow accuracy for water leak detection, due to
coned liner design.
Drinking water approvals
Suitable for direct burial and constant flooding
Build-in length according to ISO 13359
Easy commissioning, SENSORPROM unit automatically uploads calibration values and settings.
Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprint.
Siemens FI 01 2008
4/57
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
Technical specifications
Design
Full bore sensor
Coned bore sensor
Full bore sensor
Nominal size
DN 25 ... 40 (1 ... 1)
DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12)
DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48)
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic induction
Excitation frequency
12.5 Hz
50 ... 65 mm (2 ... 2): 12.5 Hz

80 ... 150 mm (3 ... 6): 6.25 Hz
200 ... 300 mm (8 ... 12):
3.125 Hz
DN 350 ... 450 (14" ... 18"): 3.125 Hz

DN 500 ... 1200 (20" ... 48"):
1.5625 Hz
PN 40 (580 psi)
50 ... 300 mm: PN 16

(2 ... 12: 230 psi)
200 ... 300 mm: PN 10
(8 ... 12: 145 psi)
PN 10 (145 psi)
PN 16 (230 psi)
Process connection
Flanges
EN 1092-1
4
ANSI B16.5
Class 150 lb
Class 150 lb ~20 bar (290 psi)
--
AWWA C-207
--
--
28 ... 48: Class D
AS4087
PN 16 (230 psi) DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48"), 14 bar (232 psi)
Rated Operation conditions

Ambient temperature
Sensor
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
With compact transmitter

MAG 5000/6000
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
With compact transmitter

MAG 6000 I
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operating pressure
0.01 ... 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi)
0.03 ... 20 bar (0.44 ... 290 psi)
0.01 ... 16 bar (0.15 ... 232 psi)
Enclosure rating
Standard
IP67 to EN 60529 / NEMA 4X/6 (1 mH2O for 30 minutes)
Option
IP68 to EN 60529 / NEMA 6P (10 mH2O continuously)
Pressure drop at 3 m/s (10 ft/s)
As straight pipe
Max. 25 mbar (0.36 psi)
As straight pipe
Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
NBR
-10 ... +70 C (14 ... +158 F)
EPDM
-10 ... +70 C (14 ... +158 F)
EMC
89/336 EEC
Design
Weight
See dimensional drawings
Material
Housing and flanges
Carbon steel, St 37.2
Terminal box
Standard Fibre glass reinforced polyamide
Measuring pipe
AISI 304 (1.4301)
Liner
NBR Hard Rubber (hydro carbon resistent)

EPDM
Electrodes
Hastelloy C276
Grounding electrodes standard
Hastelloy C276
Certificates and approvals

Custody Transfer (only together with OIML R 49 cold water
MAG 5000/6000 CT)
MI 001 cold water
Approvals
DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12")

DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12")
FM Class 1, Div 2
CSA Class1, Div 2
Drinking water approvals

EPDM
NSF61 (Cold water, US)

WRAS (WRc,
BS6920 cold water, GB)
ACS listed (F),
KTW D1 & D2, DVGW W270 (D)
Belaqua (B)
NBR
NSF61 (Cold water, US)
Approvals
PED 97/23 EC1), CRN
1)
For sizes larger than 600 mm (24) in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost added option. The basic unit will carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) and
EMC approval.
4/58
Siemens FI 01 2008
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
Order No.
Selection and Ordering data
Order No.
SITRANS F M Flowsensor MAGFLO MAG 5100 W F) 7ME6520Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges
777 1 7 - 2 777
SITRANS F M Flowsensor MAGFLO MAG 5100 W F) 7ME6520Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges
777 1 7 - 2 777
Diameter
Cable glands/terminal box

Metric
" NPT
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
} 2D
} 2R
} 2Y
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
} 3F
} 3M
} 3T
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)
} 4B
} 4H
} 4P
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 350 (14)
} 4V
} 5D
} 5K
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)
1
2
} Available ex stock.
Order code

Additional information
Please add -Z to Order No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
Customer specific converter setup
Y20
Tag name plate, stainless steel fixed with SS wire

(add plain text)
Y17
} 5R
} 5Y
} 6F
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive)
Y18
Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1
C15
DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
DN 750 (30)
Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2
C14
} 6P
} 6Y
} 7D
Sensor cables wired (specify cable order no.)
Y40
Y41
DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
DN 1000 (40)
} 7H
} 7M
} 7R
Sensor for remote transmitter's junction box potted to

IP68 with wired cable (specify cable order no.)
Other postproduction requirements (add desired text)
Y99
42
44
DN 1200 (48)
} 7U
} 7V
} 8B
Description
Potting kit for terminal box
of MAGFLO sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
Order No.
Symbol
F) FDK-085U0220
Flange norm and pressure rating

to EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1200/8 ... 48)
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200/2 ... 48)
PN 16, non PED (DN 700 ... 1200/28 ... 48)
PN 40 (DN 25 ... 40/1 ... 1)
to ANSI B16.5
class 150 (1 ... 24)
}
}
}
B
C
D
F
to AWWA C-207
Class D (28 ... 48)
MAG 5000/6000 transmitters and sensors are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes place during installation at
the customer's place. MAG 6000 I transmitters and sensors are
delivered compact mounted from factory.
Communication module will be pre-mounted in the transmitter.
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.
Product selector link: www.pia-selector.com/its_main_en.asp
to AS 4087
PN 16
Please also see www.siemens.com/SITRANSFordering

for practical examples of ordering
Liner material
EPDM
NBR Hard Rubber
2
3
Transmitter
Sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter
separately)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 90 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC

MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115/230 V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC
H
J
K
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115/230 V AC
Communication
None
HART
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3
MODBUS RTU/RS 485
A
B
F
G
E
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Siemens FI 01 2008
4/59
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
153 (6.0)
153 (6.0)
Dimensional drawings
M20 (" NPT)
DN 50...300
DN 25...40
DN 350...1200
M20 (" NPT)
Nominal size
L
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150 / AWWA AS
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
25
187
7.4
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
40
197
7.8
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
50
188
7.4
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
65
194
7.6
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
80
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
100
207
8.1
250
9.8
250
9.8
250
9.84
125
217
8.5
250
9.8
250
9.8
250
9.84
150
232
9.1
300
11.8
300
11.8
300
11.81
200
257
10.1
350
13.8
350
13.8
350
13.8
350
13.78
250
10
284
11.2
450
17.7
450
17.7
450
17.7
450
17.72
300
12
310
12.2
500
19.7
500
19.7
500
19.7
500
19.69
350
14
382
15.0
550
21.7
550
21.7
550
21.7
550
21.65
400
16
407
16.0
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.62
450
18
438
17.2
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.62
500
20
463
18.2
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
24
514
20.2
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
700
28
564
22.2
700
27.6
700
27.6
700
27.6
700
27.6
750
30
591
23.3
750
29.5
750
800
32
616
24.3
800
31.5
800
31.5
800
31.5
800
31.5
900
36
663
26.1
900
35.4
900
35.4
900
35.4
900
35.4
1000
40
714
28.1
1000
39.4
1000
39.4
1000
39.4
1000
39.4
42
714
28.1
1000
39.4
44
765
30.1
1100
43.3
48
820
32.3
1200
47.2
1200
47.2
1200
47.2
1200
47.2
1200
- not available
4/60
Siemens FI 01 2008
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
MAG 5100 W / 6000 I Compact
218 (8.58)
208 (8.19)
208 (8.19)
131 (5.16)
155 (6.10)
155 (6.10)
2 x M25
2 x M25
M20 ( NPT)
A 1
A 1
M20 ( NPT)
Nominal size
A1
L
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150/AWWA AS
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
25
187
7.4
340
13.4
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
[inch]
7.87
40
197
7.8
350
13.8
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
50
188
7.4
341
13.4
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
65
194
7.6
347
13.7
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
80
200
7.9
353
13.9
200
7.9
200
7.9
200
7.87
100
207
8.1
360
14.2
250
9.8
250
9.8
250
9.84
125
217
8.5
370
14.6
250
9.8
250
9.8
250
9.84
150
232
9.1
385
15.2
300
11.8
300
11.8
300
11.81
200
257
10.1
410
16.1
350
13.8
350
13.8
350
13.8
350
13.78
250
10
284
11.2
437
17.2
450
17.7
450
17.7
450
17.7
450
17.72
300
12
310
12.2
463
18.2
500
19.7
500
19.7
500
19.7
500
19.69
350
14
382
15.0
535
21.1
550
21.7
550
21.7
550
21.7
550
21.65
400
16
407
16.0
560
22.1
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.62
450
18
438
17.2
591
23.3
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.62
500
20
463
18.2
616
24.3
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
24
514
20.2
667
26.3
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
600
23.6
700
28
564
22.2
717
28.2
700
27.6
700
27.6
700
27.6
700
27.6
750
30
591
23.3
744
29.3
750
29.5
750
800
32
616
24.3
779
30.7
800
31.5
800
31.5
800
31.5
800
31.5
900
36
663
26.1
826
32.5
900
35.4
900
35.4
900
35.4
900
35.4
1000
40
714
28.1
877
34.5
1000
39.4
1000
39.4
1000
39.4
1000
39.4
42
714
28.1
877
34.5
1000
39.4
44
765
30.1
928
36.5
1100
43.3
48
820
32.3
983
38.7
1200
47.2
1200
47.2
1200
47.2
1200
47.2
1200
- not available
Siemens FI 01 2008
4/61
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
Weight
Nominal size
PN 10
Class 150/AWWA
AS
[mm]
[inch]
[kg]
[lbs]
PN 16
[kg]
[lbs]
[kg]
PN 40
[lbs]
[kg]
[lbs]
[kg]
25
40
15
13
15
50
20
20
20
65
10.7
24
11
24
10.7
24
80
11.6
26
13
28
11.6
26
100
15.2
33
19
41
15.2
33
[lbs]
125
20.4
45
24
52
20.4
45
150
26
57
29
64
26
57
200
48
106
48
106
56
124
48
106
250
10
64
141
69
152
79
174
69
152
300
12
76
167
86
189
110
243
86
189
350
14
104
229
125
274
139
307
115
254
400
16
119
263
143
314
159
351
125
277
450
18
136
299
173
381
182
400
141
311
500
20
163
359
223
491
225
495
189
418
600
24
236
519
338
744
320
704
301
664
704
700
28
270
595
314
692
273
602
320
750
30
329
725
800
32
346
763
396
873
365
804
428
944
900
36
432
951
474
1043
495
1089
619
1362
1000
40
513
1130
600
1321
583
1282
636
1399
42
687
1512
44
763
1680
48
643
1415
885
1948
861
1896
813
1789
1200
- not available
With transmitter MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs), with MAG 6000 I, weight is increased by 5.5 kg
(12.1 lb).
4/62
Siemens FI 01 2008
Kamstrup
BTU Meter
MULTICAL 602
& ULTRAFLOW 14 Cooling

d ata s h e e t
Moisture resistant flowpart
Ultrasonic flow sensor
Large dynamic range
Exceptionally accurate
Longevity
24 VAC, 230 VAC or 13 years battery supply
Data logging for 1392 hours, 460 days, 36 months and 15
years
Room for two extra plug-in modules
- Top module: Clock back-up, CE+CV outputs, PQ-limiter
and M-Bus
- Base module: M-Bus, RF/Router, LonWorks, 0/420 mA
outputs and pulse inputs for electricity and water meters
Application
MULTICAL 602 and ULTRAFLOW 14
are used for measurement of cooling
in all water based plants with flow
temperatures from 2C to 50C and
with ULTRAFLOW 14 between
qp 1.5 m/h and qp 100 m/h.
The meter is simple to install, read
and test.
contributes to keeping the annual
operating costs at a minimum with its
unique combination of high measuring accuracy and long lifetime.
MULTICAL 602 receives volume
pulses from the connected
ULTRAFLOW 14 and calculates the
energy for every predetermined water
volume. The energy calculation includes temperature measurements in
flow and return
as well as correction for density and

heat content according to EN 1434.
can be supplied by either battery,
230 VAC or 24 VAC.
MULTICAL 602 can be extended with
two internal modules a top module
with clock backup, pulse outputs,
M-Bus or valve control and a base
module with M-Bus, radio, LonWorks
or 0/420 mA outputs. Furthermore,
the base module includes two
additional pulse inputs for connection
of water and electricity meters, making
it possible to collect all consumption
data with one single automatic data
reading.
ULTRAFLOW 14 is a static flow sensor
based on the ultrasonic measuring
principle for use in cooling installations where water is used as the energy
conveying medium.
ULTRAFLOW 14 is not suitable for
use with other media than water and
should therefore not be used with e.g.
non-freezing additives like glycol.
The flow is measured using bidirectional ultrasonic technique based on
the transit time method, with proven
long-term stability and accuracy. Two
ultrasonic transducers are used to
send the sound signal both against
and with the flow direction.
The ultrasonic signal travelling with
the flow direction reaches the opposite transducer first. The time difference between the two signals can be
converted into a flow velocity and thus
a volume.
Industrivej 28, Stilling DK-8660 Skanderborg Tel: +45 89 93 10 00 Fax: +45 89 93 10 01 info@kamstrup.com www.kamstrup.com
MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING

DATA sheet
Content

Calculator functions
Electrical data
Flow data
10
Pressure loss
10
Pressure loss chart
10
Mechanical data
11
Materials 11
Order specifications
12
Accessories 14
Dimensional sketches calculator
15
Dimensional sketches temperature sensors
15
Dimensional sketches flow sensors
16
Installation of calculator
18
Installation example with suspension
18
Mounting of flow sensors
19
Installation of temperature sensors
19
Mounting of ULTRAFLOW 14
20
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Energy calculation
MULTICAL 602 calculates energy based on the formula in EN 1434-1:2007, in which the international
temperature scale from 1990 (ITS-90) and the pressure definition of 16 bar is used.
The energy calculation can in a simplified way be expressed as:
Energy = V x x k.
V
is the supplied water volume
is the temperature difference measured
is the thermal coefficient of water
The calculator always calculates energy in [Wh], and then it is converted into the selected measuring
unit.
E [Wh] =
V x x k x 1.000
E [kWh] =
E [Wh] / 1.000
E [MWh] =
E [Wh] / 1.000.000
E [GJ] =
E [Wh] / 277.780
E [Gcal] =
E [Wh] / 1.163.100
Application
MULTICAL 602 operates with 9 different energy formulas, E1...E9, that are all calculated in parallel in
connection with each integration no matter how the meter is configured.
In connection with cooling the following energy calculations are used:
E3=V1(T2-T1)
Cooling energy
E8=m x T1
(Flow pipe)
E9=m x T2
(Return pipe)
(V1 in flow or return)
Closed thermal system with 1 flow sensor
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

DATA sheet
Flow measurement
The flow indication is updated every 10 seconds.
Power measurement
MULTICAL 602 calculates current power on the basis of current water flow and the temperature difference measured in connection with the latest integration.
Current power is updated in the display simultaneously with the flow update.
Min. and max. flow and power

MULTICAL 602 registers minimum and maximum flow and power on a monthly as well as on a yearly
basis. The registrations which appear from the display or can be read via data communication include
max. and min. flow and power values, all with date indication.
All max. and min. values are calculated as largest and smallest average respectively of a number of current flow or power measurements. The average period used for all calculations is selected in the interval
11440 min.
Temperature measurement
MULTICAL 602 and ULTRAFLOW 14 is delivered with Pt500 sensors in 2-wire versions.
The measuring circuit includes a high resolution analog/digital converter with a temperature range of
0.00185.00C.
In addition to current temperatures for the energy calculation average temperatures on a yearly and
monthly basis can also be displayed.
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Display functions
MULTICAL 602 is equipped with a clear LC display including 8 digits, units of measurement and information panel. In connection with energy and volume readings 7 digits and the units of measurement to
match are used, whereas 8 digits are used when e.g. meter number is read.
As a starting point the display shows accumulated energy. When the push buttons are activated the
display reacts immediately by calling other readings. The display automatically returns to accumulated
energy reading 4 minutes after the latest activation of the push buttons.
MULTICAL 602
The upper push button is used to switch between the primary readings. The consumers typically use the first primary
readings in connection with self-reading for billing purposes.
The lower push button is used to show secondary information on the selected primary reading.
Set/reset function
The set/reset function of MULTICAL 602 makes it possible to change a number of parameters by means
of the two buttons on the meters front.
The following parameters can be changed:

Date
Hour
Input A (preset of register)
Input B (preset of register)
Meter no. of Input A
Meter no. of Input B
Pulse value for Input A
Pulse value for Input B
Primary M-Bus address
Operating hour counter (reset)
Info-event counter (reset)
As the installation seal is broken, the change can only be made by the energy supplier.
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

DATA sheet
Info codes
MULTICAL constantly monitors a number of important functions, e.g. power supply and temperature
sensors. Should a serious error occur in the measuring system or in the installation, a flashing info will
appear in the display whilst the error exists. The Info panel will automatically disappear when the error
has been corrected.
An Info Event Logger indicates how many times the info code has been changed.
The info logger stores the latest 50 changes, of which 36 can be displayed.
Info
code
Description
0
No irregularities
Supply voltage connected after cut off
T2 sensor outside range, short-circuited or cut off
T1 sensor outside range, short-circuited or cut off
Info
code
16
ULTRAFLOW 14 info (if activated CCC=4XX)

Flow sensor V1, datacomm error, signal too low
or wrong flow direction
2048
Flow sensor V1, wrong meter factor
4096
Flow sensor V1, signal too low (Air)
16384
Flow sensor V1, wrong flow direction
Data loggers
MULTICAL 602 contains a permanent memory (EEPROM), where the results of a number of various data
loggers are stored. The meter contains the following data loggers which can be read on the display or via
serial data:
Data logging interval
Data logging depth
Logged value
Yearly logger
15 years
Counter registers
(as seen on the display)
Monthly logger
36 months
Counter registers
(as seen on the display)
Daily logger
460 days
Consumption (increase)/day
Hourly logger
1392 hours
Consumption (increase)/hour
Programmable data logger

(option)
1080 loggings
(e.g. 45 days hour loggings or
11 days 15 min. loggings)
Up to 40 optional registers and

values
Info logger
50 events
Info code and date
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Voltage supply
MULTICAL 602 is available with battery supply, 230 VAC mains module, or 24 VAC mains module. The
supply modules are exchangeable without breaking the verification seal.
Plug-in modules
Plug-in modules can be added to MULTICAL 602 both in the calculator top (top modules) and in the
base unit (base modules), in this way the meter can adapt to various applications and data reading
methods.
Programming and testing

METERTOOL for MULTICAL 602 is a Windows -based software which includes all facilities for calculator
programming. If the software is used together with VERIFICATION EQUIPMENT for MULTICAL 602, the
calculator can be tested.
Tariff functions
MULTICAL 602 has 2 extra registers TA2 and TA3 to accumulate energy
parallelly to the main register based on a programmed tariff condition.
No matter which tariff type you select the tariff registers will be displayed
as TA2 and TA3.
The main register is always accumulated, irrespective of the selected tariff function, as it is considered the legal billing register. Tariff conditions
TL2 and TL3 are monitored before each integration. If the tariff conditions are fulfilled, the consumed cooling energy is accumulated in either
TA2 or TA3, as well as the main register.
Pulse outputs CE and CV

MULTICAL 602 has pulse outputs for energy and volume pulses respectively. CE on terminals 16-17 releases one pulse per least significant digit of the energy count in the display and CV on terminals 18-19
releases one pulse per least significant digit of the volume count in the
display.
If a higher resolution of pulse outputs is required, a CCC code with high
resolution must be selected.
Pulse inputs VA and VB

MULTICAL 602 has two extra pulse inputs, VA and VB, to collect and
accumulate pulses remotely, e.g from cold-water meters and electricity
meters. The pulse inputs are physically placed on the base modules.
The pulse inputs VA and VB function independently of the other inputs/
outputs.
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

DATA sheet
Electrical data
Typical accuracy
Calculator
Sensor set
Flow sensor
EC (0.15 + 2/)%
ET (0.4 + 4/)%
EF (1 + 0.01 x qp/q)%
Supply voltage
3.6 VDC 0.1 V
Battery
3.65 VDC, D-cell lithium
Stand-by current
< 85 A
Replacement interval
Mounted on wall
12+1 years @ tBAT < 30C

The replacement interval is reduced when using data modules,
frequent data communication or high ambient temperature
Mains supply
230 VAC +15/-30%, 50/60 Hz

24 VAC 50%, 50/60 Hz
Insulation voltage
4 kV
Power supply
<1W
Backup supply
Integral super-cap eliminates operational stop-down due to

shortterm power cuts (this only applies for supply modules type
602-0000-7 and 602-0000-8).
EMC data
Domestic and light industrial
Calculator data
Display
LCD 7 (8) digits with a digit heigth of 7.6 mm
Resolution
9999.999 99999.99 999999.9 9999999
Energy units
MWh kWh GJ Gcal
Temperature range
: 0.01...180C
Differential range
: 0.01...170 K
Data logger (Eeprom)

Standard
Option
1392 hours, 460 days, 36 months, 15 years, 50 info codes

Data loggers with larger depth and hour interval
Clock/calendar
Clock, calendar, leap-year compensation, target date, Real time

clock with battery back-up
Data communication
KMP protocol with CRC16 used for optical communication and

for top and base modules
Power in temperature sensors
< 10 W RMS
Temperature measurement
Sensor inputs T1, T2
Measuring range
Max. cable lengths
Pt500, 2-wire
0.00185.00C
2 x 0.25 mm: 10 m
2 x 0.50 mm: 20 m
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Electrical data
Pulse inputs without bounce damping VA and VB
VA: 65-66 og VB: 67-68
Water meter connection

FF(VA) and GG(VB) = 7190
Electricity meter connection

Pulse input
680 k pull-up to 3.6 V
Pulse ON
< 0.4 V for > 30 msec.
< 0.4 V for > 30 msec.
Pulse OFF
> 2.5 V for > 100 msec.
> 2.5 V for > 100 msec.
Pulse frequency
< 1 Hz
< 3 Hz
Electrical isolation
No
No
Max. cable length
25 m
25 m
Leakage current at function open < 1A
Requirements to external contact

Pulse inputs with bounce damping VA and VB
VA: 65-66 og VB: 67-68
Water meter connection

Pulse input
Pulse ON
< 0.4 V for > 200 msec.
Pulse OFF
> 2.5 V for > 500 msec.
Pulse frequency
< 1 Hz
No
Max. cable length
25 m
Requirements to external contact
Leakage current at function open < 1A
Pulse outputs CE and CV
Via top module 67-OB
Via top module 602-OC
Type
Opto FET
Open collector (OB)
Pulse length
Optional 32 msec. or 100 msec.
External voltage
548 VDC/AC
530 VDC
Current
150 mA
110 mA
Residual voltage
RON 40
UCE 1 V at 10 mA
2 kV
2 kV
Max. cable length
25 m
25 m
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

DATA sheet
Flow data
*)
**)
Flow @125 Hz **)
p@qp
Min. cut off
qs :qp
[m /h]
[bar]
[l/h]
1:100
2:1
4.5
0.22
1:100
2:1
7.5
0.03
1:100
2:1
0.07
25
1:100
2:1
18
0.20
12
DN40
15
1:100
2:1
30
0.06
20
15
DN50
10
1:100
2:1
45
0.14
30
25
DN65
1:100
2:1
75
0.06
50
40
DN80
1:100
2:1
90
0.05
80
60
DN100
2.5
1:100
2:1
180
0.03
120
100
DN100
1.5
1:100
2:1
300
0.07
200
Nom. flow qp
Nom.
Meter factor *)
Dynamic range
[m /h]
diameter
[imp./l]
qi:qp
1.5
DN15 & DN20
100
2.5
DN20
60
3.5
DN25
50
DN25
10
The meter factor can be seen on the label on the side of the meter.
Saturation flow. Max. pulse frequency 128 Hz is maintained at higher flow rates.
Pressure loss
Graph
*)
qp
[m3/h]
Nom. diameter
k v*)
Q@0.25 bar
[m3/h]
0.6 & 1.5
DN15 & DN20
3.2
1.6
2.5 & 3.5 & 6
DN20 & DN25
13.4
6.7
10 & 15
DN40 & DN50
40
20
25 & 40
DN65 & DN80 x 350
102
51
40
DN80
179
90
60 & 100
DN100
373
187
q=kv x p
Pressure loss chart
UF-54_TB_Tryktab_2007-10-03_Redigering_2009-08-21.xls
Dp 65-5
p ULTRAFLOW 54
Dp ULTRAFLOW 14
A
p [bar]
0,1
0,01
0,1
10
3
Flow[m
[m/h]/h]
Flow
10
100
1000
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Mechanical data
Environmental class
Meets EN 1434 Class A
Ambient temperature
555C non condensing, closed location (indoor installation)
Protection class
Calculator
Flow sensor
IP54
IP65
Storage temperature
-2060C (drained flow meter)
Weight
MULTICAL 602
ULTRAFLOW 14
0.4 kg excluding sensors and flow sensor

See Dimension sketches on page 16-17
Flow sensor cable

(between flowpart and calculator)
2.5 m
Must not be removed/changed
Connection cables
3.5...6 mm
Supply cable
5...10 mm
Materials
MULTICAL 602
Top cover
Thermoplastic, PC
Base unit
Thermoplastic, PP with thermoplastic elastomer TPE gaskets
Print box
Thermoplastic, ABS
Wall bracket
Thermoplastic, PC 30% GF
ULTRAFLOW 14
Wetted parts
ULTRAFLOW 14, qp 1.5 m3/h
Housing, gland
Dezincification resistant brass
Transducers
Stainless steel, W.no. 1.4401
Gaskets EPDM
Reflectors
Thermoplastic, PES 30% GF and stainless steel, W.no. 1.4301
Measuring pipe
Thermoplastic, PES 30% GF
ULTRAFLOW 14, qp 2.5 to 100 m3/h

Housing, gland
Dezincification resistant brass
Housing, flange
Red brass, RG5 or stainless steel W.no. 1.4308

(see Order specification)
Transducers
Gaskets EPDM
Measuring pipe
Thermoplastic, PES 30% GF
Reflectors
Electronic housing
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011
Base
Thermoplastic, PBT 30% GF
Lid
Thermoplastic, PC 10% GF
11

DATA sheet
MULTICAL 602
Type 602-
Sensor connection
Pt100 2-wire (T1-T2)
A
B
Pt500 2-wire (T1-T2-T3)
C
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2) w/24 V pulse inputs
D
Top module
No module
0
RTC + PQ or t-limiter + hourly data logger
3
RTC + data output + hourly data logger
5
RTC + M-Bus
7
RTC + 2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + prog. data logger
B
2 pulse outputs CE and CV
C
Base module
No module
00
Data + pulse inputs
10
M-Bus + pulse inputs
20
Radio Router + pulse inputs
21
Prog. datalogger + RTC + 420 mA inputs + pulse inputs
22
0/420 mA outputs
23
LonWorks, FTT-10A + pulse inputs
24
Radio + pulse inputs (internal antenna) 434 or 444 MHz
25
Radio + pulse inputs (external antenna connection) 434 or 444 MHz
26
M-Bus module with alternative registers + pulse inputs
27
M-Bus module with medium data package + pulse inputs
28
M-Bus module with MC-III data package + pulse inputs
29
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 + pulse inputs
30
ZigBee 2.4 GHz int.ant. + pulse inputs
60
Metasys N2 (RS485) + pulse inputs
62
SIOX module (Auto detect Baud rate)
64
GSM/GPRS (GSM6H)
80
Require High Power supply modules
Ethernet/IP (IP201)
82
High Power Radio Router + pulse inputs
84
Supply
No supply
Battery, D-cell
230 VAC High Power isolated SMPS
230 VAC isolated linear supply
Pt500 sensor set
No sensor set
Pocket sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/5 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Flow sensor/pick-up unit
Supplied w/1 ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Supplied w/2 (identical) ULTRAFLOW
Prepared for 1 ULTRAFLOW
Prepared for 2 (identical) ULTRAFLOW
Prepared for meters w/electronic pulse output
Prepared for meters w/reed switch output (both V1 and V2)
Prepared for meters w/24 V active pulses
Meter type
Heat meter (MID module B + D)
Heat meter, closed systems
Cooling meter
Heat/cooling meter
Volume meter, hot water
Volume meter, cooling water
Energy meter, open systems
Country code (language on label etc.)
0
2
3
4
7
8
00
0A
0B
0C
0D
0F
0G
1
2
7
8
K
L
M
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
XX
When placing orders please state ULTRAFLOW type numbers separately.
12
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
The list below shows type numbers for ULTRAFLOW 14
Type number *)
*)
qp
qi
qs
[m/h]
[m/h]
[l/h]
65-1-CDAA-XXX
1.5
0.015
3.0
65-1-CDAD-XXX
1.5
0.015
65-1-CDAF-XXX
1.5
0.015
65-1-CEAF-XXX
2.5
65-1-CGAG-XXX
Connection
Length
Meter factor
CCC
[mm]
[pulses/l]
(high res.)
Material
GB(R)
110
100
419 (407)
Brass
3.0
G1B (R)
130
100
419 (407)
Brass
3.0
G1B (R)
190
100
419 (407)
Brass
0.025
5.0
G1B(R)
190
60
498
Brass
3.5
0.035
7.0
G5/4B (R1)
260
50
451 (436)
Brass
65-1-CHAG-XXX
6.0
0.06
12
G5/4B (R1)
260
25
437 (438)
Brass
65-1-CHBB-XXX
6.0
0.06
12
DN25
260
25
437 (438)
Red brass
65-1-CHCB-XXX
6.0
0.06
12
DN25
260
25
437 (438)
Stainless steel
65-1-CJAJ-XXX
10
0.1
20
G2B (R1)
300
15
478 (483)
Brass
65-1-CJBD-XXX
10
0.1
20
DN40
300
15
478 (483)
Red brass
65-1-CJCD-XXX
10
0.1
20
DN40
300
15
478 (483)
Stainless steel
65-1-CKCE-XXX
15
0.15
30
DN50
270
10
420 (485)
Stainless steel
65-1-CLCG-XXX
25
0.25
50
DN65
300
479
Stainless steel
65-1-CMCH-XXX
40
0.4
80
DN80
300
458 (486)
Stainless steel
65-1-FACL-XXX
60
0.6
120
DN100
360
2.5
470 (487)
Stainless steel
65-1-FBCL-XXX
100
200
DN100
360
1.5
480 (488)
Stainless steel
XXX-code pertaining to final assembly, approvals etc. is determined by Kamstrup A/S. Some variants may not be included in national versions.
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011
13

DATA sheet
Accessories
Calculator
Description
Type No.
D-cell battery
66-00-200-100
60200003000000
60200004000000
60200007000000
60200008000000
Data cable w/USB plug
66-99-098
Infrared optical reading head w/USB plug
66-99-099
Infrared optical reading head w/D-sub 9F
66-99-102
Data cable RS232, D-sub 9F
66-99-106
Verification unit (used with METERTOOL)
66-99-397/-398/-399
METERTOOL for MULTICAL 602
66-99-718
METERTOOL LogView for MULTICAL 602
66-99-719
Temperatur sensors
Description
Change-over nipple M10 - R for direct short temperature sensor
65-56-491
Change-over nipple M10 - R for direct short temperature sensor
65-56-492
Sensor pocket, length = 65 mm
65-57-324
65-57-327
65-57-314
Flow sensors
Glands including gaskets (PN16)
Size
Nipple
Union
Type No.
2 pcs.
DN15
6561-323
DN20
G1
6561-324
DN25
R1
G5/4
6561-325
DN32
R5/4
G1
6561-314
DN40
R1
G2
6561-315
Gaskets for glands
Gaskets for flange meters (PN25)

Size
Type No.
Size (union)
Type No.
DN20
2210-147
2210-061
DN25
2210-133
G1
2210-062
DN40
2210-132
G5/4
2210-063
DN50
2210-099
2210-064
DN65
2210-141
G2
2210-065
DN80
2210-140
DN100
1150-142
Please contact Kamstrup A/S for questions concerning further accessories.
14
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Dimensional sketches calculator

Front dimensions of MULTICAL 602
Wall-mounted MULTICAL 602 seen from the side
MULTICAL 602
Dimensional sketches temperature sensors

Direct short sensor
Pocket sensor
NV 12
Change-over nipples for direct short sensor
Sensor pocket
NV 22
65 mm
NV 22
NV 22
90 mm
NV 27
NV 22
140 mm
R and R thread according to ISO 7.1.
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011
15

DATA sheet

ULTRAFLOW 14, G and G1
Thread ISO 228-1

Thread
G
H2
B1
B2
H1
App. weight [kg]
110
L/2
89
10.5
58
35
55
0.8
G1
130
L/2
89
20.5
58
35
55
0.9
G1(qp 1.5)
190
L/2
89
20.5
58
35
55
1.4
G1(qp 2.5)
190
L/2
89
20.5
58
36
55
1.3
ULTRAFLOW 14, G5/4 and G2
Thread ISO 228-1

Thread
H2
B1
B2
H1
App. weight [kg]
G5/4
260
L/2
89
17
58
22
55
2.3
G2
300
L/2
89
21
65
31
55
4.5
16
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T

ULTRAFLOW 14, DN20 to DN50
Flange EN 1092, type B, PN25

Bolts
Nom.
diameter
App. weight
H2
B1
No.
Thread
d2
[kg]
DN25
260
L/2
89
58
115
106
85
M12
14
5.0
DN40
300
L/2
89
<D/2
150
136
110
M16
18
8.3
DN50
270
155
89
<D/2
165
145
125
M16
18
10.1
ULTRAFLOW 14, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Flange EN 1092, type B, PN25

Bolts
Nom.
diameter
DN65
App. weight
H2
B1
No.
Thread
d2
[kg]
300
170
89
<H/2
185
168
145
M16
18
13.2
DN80
300
170
89
<H/2
200
184
160
M16
18
16.8
DN80
350
170
89
<H/2
200
184
160
M16
18
18.6
DN100
360
210
89
<H/2
235
220
190
M20
22
21.7
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011
17

DATA sheet
Installation of calculator
Front, vertical
Front, at an angle
between horizontal and
vertical
Note! Cables must be installed from below.
Front, horizontal
MULTICAL 602
Installation example with suspension
Note:
The suspension must not be used on condensing pipes.
Suspension kit item no. 5915-144. Not included.
18
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

D A T A SHEE T
Installation of temperature sensors
Temperature sensors must be mounted from below
Mounting of flow sensors

Before mounting the flow sensor, flush the system thoroughly and remove protection plugs/plastic membranes from the flow sensor. Correct flow sensor position (flow or return pipe) appears from the front label
placed on the MULTICAL 602. The flow direction is indicated by an arrow on the side of the flow sensor.
Gasket
Gasket
Torgue approx. 4 Nm
Glands and gaskets must be mounted as shown on the drawing above.
Straight inlet: ULTRAFLOW 14 requires neither straight inlet nor outlet to meet the Measuring Instruments Directive (MID) 2004/22/EC, OIML R75:2002 and EN 1434:2007. Only in case of heavy flow
disturbances before the meter will a straight inlet section be necessary. We recommend to follow the
guidelines in CEN CR 13582.
To prevent cavitation, the operating pressure at the ULTRAFLOW 14 must be min. 1.5 bar at qp and
min. 2.5 bar at qs.
ULTRAFLOW 14 must not be exposed to pressures below ambient pressure (vacuum).
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011
19

DATA sheet
Mounting of ULTRAFLOW 14
ULTRAFLOW 14 must be mounted vertically, horizontally or at any angle in between.
ULTRAFLOW 14 may be turned up to 45 in relation to horizontal.
The ULTRAFLOW 14 housing must not be mounted facing upwards or downwards.
20
58101016_A1_GB_11.2011
QNM BMS Scope of Works Letter
QNM BMS PICV Compatibility Letter
Product Assurance Letter
February 22nd 2013
RE: Qatar National Museum

I/A Series Product Support Assurance
Dear Sir
In keeping with Schneider Electrics customers for life policy this letter is
intended to provide an assurance of continued availability of service and support
for current generation products for 10 years from the date of the formal market
announcement of a new generation system platform.
Schneider Electric develops and will provide software, communication interfaces
and services that are used to integrate or transition currently installed systems into
the latest generation of products, this will include I/A Series MNB and MNL field
controllers.
As is the case with any electronics manufacturer, the assurance to support mature
products relies upon the continued availability of essential electronic components
purchased from a number of important suppliers.
Should parts become unavailable, Schneider Electric will search diligently for
replacements. If they cannot be found Schneider Electric will support the
customer and assist in identifying a practical evolution for their current installed
base to a newer platform.
If you have questions or concerns about this please contact me directly.
Sincerely,
Robert Hemmerdinger
Global Director of iBMS
Offer Management, Building Business
Schneider Electric
One High Street
North Andover, MA 01845
Phone +1 978-975-9470
Fax
+1 978-975-9698
Web
Letter of Support Procedures
Buildings Business
June 10, 2013
Mr. Simon Barden / Mr. Khaled Abou Alfa

Ove Arup & Partners Ltd
13 Fitzroy Street,
London W1T 4BQ
Subject: Qatar National Museum
Dear Sirs,
Schneider Electric is committed to providing sophisticated, energy efficient and reliable Building Management
Systems (BMS). Over the last decade, the company has acquired a number of BMS manufacturers with the
intention of bringing these systems together into a single platform for the future.
Our SmartStruxure solution, powered by StruxureWare Building Operation software, is the new integrated
platform solution that combines hardware, software, engineering, installation, and services. This industry leading
technology allows for extended convergence with other systems, such as building analytics and metering, as well
as increased functionality to simplify day to day operations - providing easier access to system-critical information.
Additionally, functionality such as scheduling, alarming, trending and reporting are dramatically easier to use.
The development and support of this new platform is global. This allows for faster and more focused responses to
issues that occur from an installation, application and technical stand-point. Following strict quality procedures inline with ISO9001 requirements, the company has a clear set of escalation processes for handling site faults and
issues, including software bug resolutions.
Critical software issues will be escalated to the appropriate Research and Development (R&D) area within a 24
hour period. R&D will then endeavour to find a resolution which will be processed by the Quality Assurance
procedures accordingly as quick as is feasibly possible, whilst also investigating any possible on site temporary
solutions in order to expedite the situation.
At all times the appropriate commercial Schneider entity will be informed of progress in order to keep the customer
informed.
Sincerely,
Martin Feder
Vice President Global Business Development, BMS & Field Device
Schneider Electric Buildings Business
Schneider Electric
Jgershillgatan 18
SE-213 75 Malm,
http://www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
MOM with Arup UK
QATAR NATIONAL MUSEUM - BMS VIDEO CONFERENCE DATED 02.05.2013

ATTENDEES:
1. Michael Daly - ASTAD : Sr MECHANICAL ENGINEER 5596 7278

2. Khaled Abo alfa ARUP
3. Simone Barden ARUP
4. Mohammad Khadraj Hill : Sr MECHANICAL ENGINEER 5552 3102
5. Christoforidis Gregoridos Hill : MECHANICAL ENGINEER 5552 8129
6. Yune Younge HDEC : Mechnical Manager 6686 9693
7. Gordon Hill, - BK Gulf, Projecty Manager
8. Essam Ismail, BK Gulf, Sr. Electrical Engineer
9. Richard Francis, Schneider Electric
10. Pradeep Viswanathan, Schneider Electric
11. Lloyd Thopi, Schnedier Electric
12. Mohammed Hamdi, Schneider Electric
13. Sanjay Vaz, Schnedier Electric
S. No.
OCS Point Ref
45, 46, 47
Description
Comment
OCS Points/Cost impact
Controllers - MNB1000 Plant Controller & IO

Modules are not acceptable to the consultant.
StruxureWare contollers to be proposed
All proposed MNB controllers comply with the

specification.
If StruxureWare controllers are required, the
same can be proposed.
Specified accuracy is 0.1C.
Proposed sensor accuracy is 0.3C. Alternate
sensor with higher accuracy can be proposed.
30, 31, 48
Temperature sensor (STR 800) - Sensor accuracy

and aesthetics is not acceptable. Space temperature
for Galleries, Lobbies, Labs, Common areas
Alternate aesthetic sensor can be proposed.
31, 52
62, 63
MINUTES OF MEETING DATED 02.05.2013

ARUP has agreed that the offered MNB controllers are as per
the specification. However, they has requested for
struxtureware controllers. ARUP to discuss the subject with
Astad and revert with final decision.
SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1 'C accuracy.
SE/BKG to initiate a workshop with AJN to select the sensor to

suit the astehtic requirement.
SE to provide data sheet of the sensors to ARUP/Astad for
their review and comments prio to submitting the PVL
deviation.
ARUP has agreed that the offered sensor is as per

specification.
Humidity sensor (SHR 100) - Sensor aesthetics is not Specified accuracy is 2%.
However, SE/BKG to initiate a workshop with AJN to select the
acceptable. Space temperature for Galleries,
Sensor accuracy is 2%. Alternate aesthetic sensor sensor to suit the astehtic requirement.
Lobbies, Labs, Common areas
can be proposed.
deviation.
CO2 sensor (SCR 810, SCR 810-H) - Combined CO2,

humidity and temperature sensor is not acceptable
by the consultant. Gallery Space temperature,
Alternate aesthetic sensor can be proposed.

deviation.
by the consultant. Gallery Space temperature,

humdity and CO2 sensors.
39
53
49
40
Outdoor temperature sensor (STO 300) Temperature range is not sufficient.
Duct averaging sensor (STD 410) - Sensor probe

length to be selected based on the duct size
Combined sensor is offered. Specification does

SE will provide separarte sensors for temperature, humidity
not call for separate sensors. Separate sensors for
and CO2 for gallery area as advised by ARUP.
temperature, humidity and CO2 can be proposed.
Spec requirement is -15 to 50C. But consultant
requires higher range. Proposed sensor has a
range of -50 to 50C. Alternate sensor of higher
range can be proposed.
SE will provide the outdoor temperature range higher than

50'C as advised by ARUP.
Specified probe length is 3 - 5 m.

Proposed probe length is 3m. Alternate sensor
with longer probe can be proposed.
SE will provide the sensor selection schedule with detials of

sensor probe length as per the final AHU design.

Accuracy offered is 0.4C. Alternate high accuracy
sensor can be proposed.
Specified accuracy is 0.1C for temperature and
2%Rh for humidity.
Wireless Temperature and Humidity sensor (BAPI) Proposed sensor meets the required accuracy
Sensor not acceptable to the consultant.
called for in the specification. Alternate sensor
can be proposed.
Outdoor light level sensor (SLO 320) - Sensor with
range of 100k lux is specified
Proposed sensor has range of 20k lux. Alternate

sensor with 100k lux range will be offered.
SE has agreed to provide the sensors with temperature 0.1 'C

and humdity with 2% RH accuracy without setpoint
adjustment.
SE has agreed to provide the sensor with range upto 100k lux.
As per BKG approved controller is MNB V2
44
VAV controller
ARUP has stated that there are some VAV units which requires
for additional input/output (CO2, heater control, PIR, etc.).
If approved controller (MNBV2--) is capable of aceiving the
MNB 300 DDC controller can be proposed for VAV functionality then ARUP has no objection to proceed further.
Hence, BKG to check with VAV supplier and confirm that the
control as a variation. Airflow controller and
associated damper actuator to be provided by the approved VAV controller is suitable for all type of VAV
application requested in this project.
VAV manufacturer.
ARUP to advise based on VAV supplier's response.
10
41
Damper Actuator (max damper size is 4 sqm)
Damper actuator quantity and sizing will be

SE has informed that the slection of damper actuators and
selected based on the final AHU selection and the
quatity will be based on the AHU/Duct design.
AHU damper design.
11
43
Accuracy specified is 0.1C. Offered sensor has

FCU Thermostat (MN S4) - Sensor is not acceptable
accuracy of 0.3C. Alternate sensor of higher
due to accuracy
accuracy can be proposed.
12
51
Air Differential Pressure Sensor (SPD-310)
SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1'C accuracy.

deviation.
Sensor meets specified accuracy of 0.4% of the FS ARUP has accepted the sensor accuracy. However, requested
at 25 C (ambient temp). Alternate sensor of
SE to provide sensor range selection schedule for ARUP's
review and approval.
higher accuracy can be proposed.
13
54
Water Differential Pressure sensor (EPW 103)
ARUP has accepted the sensor accuracy. However, requested

Differential pressure sensor will be selected based
SE to provide sensor range selection schedule for ARUP's
on the final design.
review and approval.
14
55
Duct Humidity Sensor (VER-HD)
Proposed sensor has fixed probe length. Alternate ARUP has advised SE to select sensor probe length based final
sensor of longer probe can be proposed.
duct design.
15
57
Water Flow meter (SDI)
Specification calls for

impeller/electromagnetic/ultrasonic type flow
ARUP stated that impeller type flow meter is acceptable for all
meter. Offered flow meter is impeller type.
application except chilled water bypass.
Alternate ultrasonic flow meter can be proposed.
16
57
Water flow meter for CHW Bypass
Impleller type flow meter proposed. Spec calls for

Strap on ultrasonic meter. Alternate ultrasonic
SE has agreed to provide ultrasonic strap on flow meter.
meter can be proposed.
Carbon monoxide sensor
Offered sensor has 5ppm accuracy. No accuracy

specified in the specification. Alternate high
ARUP has advised SE to select the sensor of better accuracy
accuracy sensor can be proposed.
since the control setpoint require is 9ppm and to complied
with diesel fume environment/car park application.
Proposed sensor is suited for car park
environment. Letter of conformity for car park
application from manufacturer can be provided.
17
58
18
38
19
38, 59
Sensor has adjustable pressure setting from 0.2 to SE has advised that the proposed switch has adjustable
Water Differential Pressure switch (SPU1201) Range
4 bar. Sensors are compliant with the
pressure setting. Differential pressure will be adjusted during
selection
specification.
the commissioning stage based on the design requirement.
Sensor has adjustable pressure setting from 0.3 to ARUP has accepted the sensor; however, advised SE to ensure
Water Differential Pressure switch (FD113s) Range
the selection of the switch range based on the design
4.5 bar. Sensors are compliant with the
selection
requirement.
specification.
Specified accuracy is 3%.
Offered sensor ranges are 0-100Pa and 0-300Pa.
Sensor accuracy is 1.28% of FS. Sensor pressure
range will be selected based on the final duct air
velocity. Sensors are compliant with the
specification.
ARUP has accepted the sensor provided the range is selected

based on the design requirment. SE to provide the schedule
detialing the sensor range selection with velocity probe lenght
based on the final AHU/duct design.
SE to provide the manufacturers' letter confirming sensor
Offered probe is capable of measuring air
velocities from 0.1 m/s to 40.9 m/s. Probe length accuracy at low air velocity.
will be based on the final duct size. Velocity
probes are compliant with the specification.
20
60
Air Pressure sensor (PA-267) Range selection
21
61
Multi Velocity probe (AV-MPS)
34

Offered temp sensor is 0.2C. Alternate high
Duct Temperature sensor (TS-6721-850) - Sensor
accuracy sensor can be proposed as a variation.
has been rejected due to accuracy and probe length
Selection of probe length will be based on final
duct size.
22

SE to provide the schedule detailing the sensor range selection
with probe lenght based on the final AHU/duct design.
23
35

Immersion Temperature sensor (TS-6721-853)Offered temp sensor is 0.2C. Alternate high
Sensor has been rejected due to accuracy and probe accuracy sensor can be proposed as a variation.
length
Selection of probe length will be based on final
pipe size.

SE to provide the schedule detailing the sensor range selection
with probe lenght based on the final pipe size.
24
SE informed ARUP that the proposed sensors are of standard accuracy and SE make. In order to meet the higher accuracy and asthetic requirements; sensors may need to be sourced from
OEM manufacturer. SE has agreed to submit PVL deviation for sensors sourced from OEM manufacturer.
SE will submit the OEM products data sheets for ARUP's review.
24
SE has informed that the chiller plant manager is not provided. However, control for enabling/disabling the chillers based on the SOP is allowed for. Also informed that the chiller should be
with it's own microprocessor controller to stage the compressors based on the load requirement. However, SE has allowed for software integration with all the chillers (with max. total point
count of 100 data points).
ARUP has advised SE to remove the software integration for the following sub system.
1. Fire Alarm Ssystem.
2. Access Control System.
3. CCTV System.
4. Emergency Voic Communication System.
5. Lighting Control System.
24
25
SE Informed that the folliwng are the integration considered via Bacnet IP.
1. Chillers (total 100 point max.).
2. Electrical Metering (total 750 points max.).
3. BTU Meter (total 100 points max.).
4. Leak Detection System (total 100 points max.).
5. RACU units (total 500 points max.).
6. VRF Units (total 500 points max.).
7. Variable Frequency Drives (total 100 points max.)
SE to provide letter detialing the standrard response time for any site service/technical support request.
b.
PICS Statements

TM
AS-B PICS
Product Implementation Conformance Statement

Date
AS-B
StruxureWare has been designed to
09 January 2012
Vendor name
Schneider Electric
Vendor ID
10
Website
www.Schneider-Electric.com/buildings
Range name
Product name
Automation Server BACnet
Product model number
AS-B
Application software version
0.0
Firmware revision
1.1
Base ASHRAE standard
135-2004-e,f
BACnet Protocol version
BACnet Protocol revision
strictly comply with the ASHRAE BACnet

standard 135-2004.
BACnet enables integration between

Devices designed for a wide variety of
applications.
Product description
The Automation Server is a native BACnet/IP protocol operator workstation and
controller with a built-in web server and expandable Input/Output through the
use of expansion modules. It has 2 serial ports, one of which may be used to
communicate with MS/TP controller devices. The Automation Server also serves
as a BACnet protocol router and BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
(BBMD). It performs BACnet routing functions among attached MS/TP networks.
This Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) document details
Note: Requires StruxureWare Workstation P/N SW-STATION for user interface.
the BACnet Interoperability Building

Blocks that are supported in Struxure-
Ware.
All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without
notice.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
PP-ASB-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.01.2012.
January 2012
BAS
Device Profile Support

Controller Profile:
BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)
BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)

BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
Operator Profile:
BACnet Advanced Operator Workstation (B-AWS)

BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)
BACnet Operator Display (B-OD)
Supported
Window
Size
Able to transmit segmented messages
Able to receive segmented messages
Segmentation
2
Segmentation Capability
Data Link Layer and Routing Options
Data Link
BACnet/IP
Supported
Data Rates
Router
for Data
Link
10/100 Mbit/s
9600, 19200,
38400, 76800
Kbit/s
Ethernet - ISO 8802_3

MS/TP master
MS/TP slave
Zigbee
ARCnet - ANSI/ATA 878.1
RS-485 ANSI/ATA 878.1
LonTalk TP/FT - 10
LonTalk/IP
Point-to-Point EIA 232
3
Point-to-Point - modem
Other Networking Options
Networking Option
Supported
Static Device Binding Supported

Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Router over IP
BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)
BBMD supports registration by foreign device
Device support registration as foreign device
Character Sets Supported
Character Sets
Supported
ANSI X3.4
ISO 8859-1
ISO 10646 (USC-2)
ISO 10646 (UCS-4)
IBM/Microsoft DBCS
4
JIS C 6226
BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support
B-BC
DS-RP-B
ReadProperty-B
DS-RPM-A
ReadPropertyMultiple-A
DS-RPM-B
ReadPropertyMultiple-B
DS-RPC-A
ReadPropertyConditional-A
DS-RPC-B
ReadPropertyConditional-B
DS-WP-A
WriteProperty-A
DS-WP-B
WriteProperty-B
DS-WPM-A
WritePropertyMultiple-A
DS-WPM-B
WritePropertyMultiple-B
DS-COV-A
COV-A
DS-COV-B
COV-B
DS-COVP-A
COVP-A
DS-COVP-B
COVP-B
DS-COVU-A
COV-Unsolicited-A
DS-COVU-B
COV-Unsolicited-B
DS-V-A
View-A
DS-M-A
Modify-A
DS-AV-A
Advanced View-A
DS-AM-A
Advanced Modify-A
x
x
x
x
B-SS
B-OD
ReadProperty-A
B-SA
B-OWS
DS-RP-A
B-ASC
Description
B-AAC
BIBB
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Data Sharing
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
5
Notification Internal-B
AE-N-E-B
Notification External-B
AE-ACK-A
ACK-A
AE-ACK-B
ACK-B
AE-ASUM-A
Summary-A
AE-ASUM-B
Alarm Summary-B
AE-ESUM-A
Enrollment Summary-A
AE-ESUM-B
Enrollment Summary-B
AE-INFO-A
Information-A
AE-INFO-B
Information-B
AE-LS-A
LifeSafety-A
AE-LS-B
LifeSafety-B
AE-AS-A
Alarm Summary-A
AE-VN-A
View Notification-A
AE-VM-A
View Modify-A
AE-AVM-A
Advanced View Modify-A
AE-AVN-A
Advanced View
Notifications-A
AE-ELVM-A
Event Log View and

Modify-A
x1
x
x
B-SS
AE-N-I-B
B-SA
B-ASC
B-AAC
Notification-A
B-BC
B-OWS
AE-N-A
B-OD
Description
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Not required for devices claiming conformance to a protocol revision less than 7.
6
BIBB
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Alarms and Events
SCHED-I-B
Scheduling - Internal-B
SCHED-E-B
Scheduling - External-B
SCH-VM-A
Scheduling - View Modify
SCH-AVM-A
Scheduling - Advanced
View Modify
SCH-WS-A
Scheduling - Weekly
Schedule-A
SCH-WS-I-B
Scheduling Weekly
Schedule Internal-B
SCH-R-B
Scheduling - Readable-B
B-SS
Scheduling-B
B-SA
SCHED-B
B-ASC
Scheduling-A
B-AAC
SCHED-A
B-BC
Description
B-OD
BIBB
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Schedules
BIBB
Description
T-VMT-A
Viewing and Modifying

Trends-A
T-VMT-I-B

Trends Internal-B
T-VMT-E-B

Trends External-B
T-ATR-A
Automated Trend
Retrieval-A
T-ATR-B
Automated Trend
Retrieval-B
T-V-A
View-A
T-A-A
Archiving-A
T-AVM-A
Advanced View and

Modify-A
x
x
x
x
7
B-SS
B-SA
B-ASC
B-AAC
B-BC
B-OD
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Trends
B-BC
DM-DDB-B
Dynamic Device Binding-B
x x 1 x1
DM-DOB-A
Dynamic Object Binding-A
DM-DOB-B
Dynamic Object Binding-B
x x 1 x1
DM-DCC-A
DeviceCommunication
Control-A
DM-DCC-B
DeviceCommunication
Control-B
DM-PT-A
Private Transfer-A
DM-PT-B
Private Transfer-B
DM-TM-A
Text Message-A
DM-TM-B
Text Message-B
DM-TS-A
TimeSynchronization-A
DM-TS-B
TimeSynchronization-B
DM-UTC-A
UTCTimeSynchronization-A
DM-UTC-B
UTCTimeSynchronization-B
DM-RD-A
ReinitializeDevice-A
DM-RD-B
ReinitializeDevice-B
DM-BR-A
Backup and Restore-A
DM-BR-B
Backup and Restore-B
DM-R-A
Restart-A
DM-R-B
Restart-B
DM-LM-A
List Manipulation-A
DM-LM-B
List Manipulation-B
DM-OCD-A
Object Creation and

Deletion-A
DM-OCD-B
Object Creation and

Deletion-B
B-SS
B-OD
Dynamic Device Binding-A
B-SA
B-OWS
DM-DDB-A
B-ASC
Description
B-AAC
BIBB
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Device Management
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8
B-SS
B-SA
B-ASC
B-AAC
B-BC
B-OD
B-OWS
BIBB
Description
DM-VT-A
Virtual Terminal-A
DM-VT-B
Virtual Terminal-B
DM-ANM-A
Automatic Network
Mapping-A
DM-ADM-A
Automatic Device
Mapping-A
DM-MTS-A
Manual Time
Synchronization-A
Not required if the device is a BACnet MS/TP Slave.
9
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Device Management (continued)
NM-RC-A
Router Configuration-A
NM-RC-B
Router Configuration-B
B-SS
Connection Establishment-B
B-SA
NM-CE-B
B-ASC
Connection Establishment-A
B-AAC
NM-CE-A
B-BC
Description
B-OD
BIBB
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Network Management
10
Supported BACnet Object Types
Deletable
PO
PO
PO
Analog Input
PO
PO
Analog Ouput
PO
PO
Analog Value
18
Averaging
PO
PO
PO
Binary Input
PO
PO
Binary Output
PO
PO
Binary Value
Calendar
Command
PO
PO
PO
Device
Event Enrollment
10
File
PO
PO
11
Group
21
Life Safety Point
22
Life Safety Zone
12
Loop
13
Multi-state Input
PO
PO
14
Multi-state Output
PO
PO
19
Multi-state Value
15
Notification Class
16
Program
PO
PO
24
Pulse Converter
PO
PO
PO
17
Schedule
20
Trend Log
30
Access Door
25
Event Log
28
Load Control
PO
29
Structured View
27
Trend Log Multiple
32
Access Credential
Supported
PO
PO
11
B-SS
B-SA
B-ASC
Accumulator
B-AAC
23
B-BC
Description
B-OD
ID
B-OWS
Creatable
Product Conformance
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Supported BACnet Object Types (continued)
35
Access User
36
Access Zone
37
Credential Data Input
26
Global Group
Deletable
Supported
Creatable
Access Rights
B-SS
34
B-SA
Product Conformance
B-ASC
Access Point
B-AAC
33
B-BC
Description
B-OD
ID
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
12
Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.
Accumulator
StruxureWare Device
Accumulator
Accumulator (proxy)
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
36
event-state
Event state
PO
Reliability
PO
Out of service
PO
PO
Maximum value
PO
PO
103 reliability
out-of-service
O
R
186 scale
117 units
188 prescale
65
max-pres-value
PO
O
R
192 value-change-time
O2
Value change time
PO
190 value-before-change
O2, 3
Value before change
PO
PO
191 value-set
Value set
PO
PO
184 logging-record
183 logging-object
186 pulse-rate
O1, 4
Pulse rate
PO
PO
45
high-limit
Upper limit
PO
PO
59
low-limit
O4
Lower limit
PO
PO
182 limit-monitoring-interval
O4
Limit Monitoring
interval
PO
PO
17
O4
BACnet notification
PO
PO
113 time-delay
O4
Time delay
PO
PO
52
limit-enable
Limit enable
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O4
Event enable
PO
PO
notification-class
2, 3
13
81
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Accumulator
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
notify-type
O4
Notify type
PO
130 event-time-stamps
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
72
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
Accumulator
PO
This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.

These properties are required if either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set is writable.
3
Either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set may be writable, but not both.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2
14
Analog Input
Analog Input
BACnet Analog Input
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
O
R
118 update-interval
117 units
O
R
Reliability
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
PO
Out of service
Update interval
PO
PO
Unit
69
min-pres-value
Minimum value
PO
PO
65
max-pres-value
Maximum value
PO
PO
106 resolution
Resolution
PO
PO
22
O2
COV increment
113 time-delay
Time delay
17
notification-class
O3
BACnet notification
45
high-limit
Upper limit
59
low-limit
O3
Lower limit
25
deadband
O3
Deadband
52
limit-enable
O3
Limit enable
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
168 notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
cov-increment
PO

This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
3
1
2
15
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Analog Output
StruxureWare Device
Analog Output
BACnet Analog Output
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
117 units
Out of service
Unit
69
min-pres-value
Minimum value
PO
PO
65
max-pres-value
Maximim value
PO
PO
Resolution
PO
PO
priority-array
Command Priority
Levels
104 relinquish-default
Relinquish default
O1
COV increment
113 time-delay
Time delay
17
notification-class
O2
BACnet notification
45
high-limit
Upper limit
59
low-limit
O2
Lower limit
25
deadband
Deadband
52
limit-enable
O2
Limit enable
35
event-enable
Event enable
acked-transitions
O2
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O2
Notify type
O2
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
87
22
PO
106 resolution
Reliability
cov-increment
PO

16
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Analog Value
Analog Value
BACnet Analog Value
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
Reliability
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
PO
Out of service
117 units
Unit
87
O1
Command Priority
Levels
O1
Relinquish default
22
COV increment
113 time-delay
O3
Time delay
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
45
high-limit
O3
Upper limit
59
low-limit
O3
Lower limit
25
deadband
O3
Deadband
52
limit-enable
O3
Limit enable
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
priority-array
cov-increment
PO
If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.

3
4
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable.
1
2
17
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
Averaging
Averaging (proxy)
75
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
Minimum value
PO
Minimum value
timestamp
PO
Average value
PO
Variance value
PO
Maximum value
PO
136 minimum-value
150
minimum-valuetimestamp
125 average-value
O
R
151 variance-value
135 maximum-value
O
R
PO
149
maximum-valuetimestamp
Maximum value
timestamp
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
Attempted samples
PO
PO
124 attempted-samples
146 valid-samples
Valid samples
PO
R1
Object property
reference
PO
PO
78
object-propertyreference
W1
147 window-interval
W1
Window interval
PO
PO
148 window-samples
W1
Window samples
PO
PO
Profile name
PO
168 profile-name
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Averaging
If any of these properties are written to using BACnet services, all of the buffer samples become invalid.
In addition, Attempted_Samples becomes zero, Valid_Samples becomes zero, Minimum_Value becomes INF,
Average_Value becomes NaN, and Maximum_Value becomes INF.
18
Binary Input
Binary Input
BACnet Digital Input
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
Reliability
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
PO
81
out-of-service
Out of service
84
polarity
Polarity
46
inactive-text
O2
Inactive text
active-text
Active text
16
change-of-state-time
O3
Change of state time
PO
15
change-of-state-count
Change of state count
PO
115
time-of-state-countreset
O3
Time of state count

reset
PO
33
elapsed-active-time
O4
Elapsed active time
PO
114
time-of-active-timereset
O4
Time of active time

reset
PO
PO
PO
19
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Binary Input

Internal device
property name
113 time-delay
O5
Time delay
17
notification-class
O5
BACnet notification
alarm-value
O5
Alarm value
35
event-enable
O5
Event enable
acked-transitions
O5
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O5
Notify type
O5
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
ID
BACnet
property name
Writable
Optional
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Binary Input (continued)
PO

If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
3
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of
these properties shall be present.
5
1
2
20
Binary Output
Binary Output
BACnet Digital Output
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
Reliability
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
PO
81
out-of-service
Out of service
84
polarity
Polarity
46
inactive-text
O1
Inactive text
active-text
Active text
16
O2
PO
15
PO
115
O2
Time of state count

reset
PO
33
elapsed-active-time
O3
Elapsed active time
PO
114
O3
Time of active time

reset
PO
66
minimum-off-time
Minimum off time
PO
PO
67
minimum-on-time
Minimum on time
PO
PO
87
priority-array
Command Priority
Levels
Relinquish default
PO
PO
21
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Binary Output (continued)

Internal device
property name
113 time-delay
O4
Time delay
PO
PO
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
PO
PO
alarm-value
O4
Alarm value
PO
PO
35
event-enable
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O4
Notify type
PO
O4
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
ID
BACnet
property name
Writable
Optional
Readable
Binary Output
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
PO
3
4
1
22
Binary Value
Binary Value
BACnet Digital Value
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
R1
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
46
inactive-text
Reliability
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
PO
Out of service
O2
Inactive text
active-text
Active text
16
O3
PO
15
PO
115
O3
Time of state count

reset
PO
33
elapsed-active-time
O4
Elapsed active time
PO
114
O4
Time of active time

reset
PO
66
minimum-off-time
Minimum off time
PO
PO
67
minimum-on-time
Minimum on time
PO
PO
87
priority-array
O5
Command Priority
Levels
O5
Relinquish default
113 time-delay
O6
Time delay
17
notification-class
O6
BACnet notification
alarm-value
O6
Alarm value
35
event-enable
O6
Event enable
acked-transitions
O6
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
PO
23
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
ID
BACnet
property name
72
notify-type
Internal device
property name
O6
Notify type
O6
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile time
Writable
Binary Value
Optional
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Binary Value (continued)
PO
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable. This property is required to be writable when
out-of-service is TRUE.
2
3
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of these properties
shall be present.
5
6
1
24
BACnet Calendar
Optional
ID
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
85
present-value
Value
23
date-list
Date list
168 profile-name
Internal device
property name
Profile name
Writable
Calendar
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Calendar
PO
25
Command
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
Object ID
PO
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
PO
47
in-process
In process
PO
all-writes-successful
All writes successful
PO
action
action-text
Profile name
PO
75
object-identifier
77
Optional
BACnet
property name
O
W
Writable
ID
Required
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
Required
Readable
Command
PO
168 profile-name
26
Device
StruxureWare Device
Device
BACnet Device
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
112 system-status
System status
121 vendor-name
Vendor name
120 vendor-identifier
Vendor identifier
70
model-name
Model name
44
firmware-revision
Firmware revision
12
application-softwareversion
Application software
version
58
location
Location
28
description
Description
98
protocol-version
Protocol version
139 protocol-revision
Protocol revision
97
protocol-servicessupported
Services supported
96
protocol-objecttypes-supported
Object types
supported
76
object-list
View objects in
Application folder
62
max-apdu-lengthaccepted
Maximum APDU
length accepted
107
segmentationsupported
Segmentation
supported
10
apdu-segmenttimeout
O1
APDU segment
timeout
122 vt-classes-supported
O2
active-vt-sessions
O2
57
local-time
O3, 4 Local time
56
local-date
O3, 4 Local date
119 utc-offset
24
daylight-savingsstatus
UTC offset (min)
O4
Daylight savings
27
209 structured-object-list
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Device
BACnet Device
11
apdu-timeout
73
number-of-apdu-retries R
55
list-of-session-keys
116
time-synchronizationrecipients
64
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Internal device
property name
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Device (continued)
APDU timeout
Number of APDU
retries
O5
recipients
max-master
O6
Maximum master
63
max-info-frames
O6
Maximum information
frames
30
device-addressbinding
View properties of
bound devices in
Hardware folder.
Database revision
155 database-revision
154 configuration-files
O7
Backup configuration
files
157 last-restore-time
O7
Last restore time
Backup failure
timeout
Maximum segments
accepted
Profile name
153
backup-failuretimeout
O8
152
active-covsubscriptions
O9
167
max-segmentsaccepted
O1
172 slave-proxy-enable
O10
169 auto-slave-discovery
O11
171
slave-addressbinding
O12
170
manual-slaveaddress-binding
O10
168 profile-name
196 last-restart-session
203 time-of-device-restart
202
restart-notificationrecipients
206
utc-time-synchronization-recipients
O5
204
time-synchronizationinterval
193 align-intervals
28
BACnet
property name
195 interval-offset
Internal device
property name
Writable
BACnet Device
Optional
Device
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
ID
BACnet Standard
Readable
Device (continued)
515
proprietary-property515
Serial number
517
Infinity path
Required if segmentation of any kind is supported.

If one of the properties, VT_Classes_Supported or Active_VT_Sessions. is present, then both of these properties shall
be present. Both properties are required if support for VT_Services is indicated in the PICS.
3
If the device supports the execution of the TimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
4
If the device supports the execution of the UTCTimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
5
If this property is present, then Time_Synchronization_Interval, Align_Intervals and Interval_Offset shall be present and
if present, this property shall be writable.
6
These properties are required if the device is an MS/TP master node.
7
These properties are required if the device supports the backup and restore procedures.
8
This property must be present and writable if the device supports backup and restore procedures.
9
This property is required if the device supports execution of either the SubscribeCOV or SubscribeCOVProperty service.
10
This property shall be present and writable if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
11
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device that implements automatic
discovery of slaves.
12
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
1
29
Event Enrollment
StruxureWare Device
Event Enrollment
BACnet Alarm
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
37
event-type
Alarm Type
72
notify-type
Notify type
83
event-parameters
Alarm Trigger
78
Monitored variable
36
event-state
Event state
35
event-enable
Event enable
acked-transitions
Acknowledged
transitions
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
Writable
Object ID
Optional
Required
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
PO
30
ID
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
43
file-type
42
Internal device
property name
Object ID
BACnet name
BACnet type
Description
File type
file-size
R1
File size
71
modification-date
Modification date
13
archive
Archive
99
read-only
Read only
41
file-access-method
File access method
141 record-count
O2
Record count
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
Writable
BACnet File
Optional
File
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
File
PO
If the file size can be changed by writing to the file, and File_Access_Method is STREAM_ACCESS, then this
property shall be writable.
2
This property shall be present only if File_Access_Method is RECORD_ACCESS.
If the number of records can be changed by writing to the file, then this property shall be writable.
1
31
Group
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
53
list-of-groupmembers
85
present-value
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
Group
32
168 profile-name
Life Safety Point
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
77
object-name
79
object-type
85
present-value
R1
164 tracking-value
28
description
31
device-type
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
R1
81
160 mode
175 accepted-modes
W
R
113 time-delay
O2
17
O2
notification-class
166 life-safety-alarm-values
O2
alarm-values
O2
39
fault-values
O2
35
event-enable
O2
acked-transitions
O2
72
notify-type
O2
O2
163 silenced
161 operation-expected
158 maintenance-required
162 setting
156 direct-reading
O3
117 units
O3
159 member-of
168 profile-name
These properties are required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.

These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic alarming.
3
If either property is present, then both must be present.
1
2
33
out-of-service
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
Life Safety Point
Life Safety Zone
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
77
object-name
79
object-type
85
present-value
R1
164 tracking-value
28
description
31
device-type
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
R1
81
160 mode
175 accepted-modes
W
R
113 time-delay
O2
17
O2
notification-class
O2
alarm-values
O2
39
fault-values
O2
35
event-enable
O2
acked-transitions
O2
72
notify-type
O2
O2
163 silenced
165 zone-members
1
2
O
R
159 member-of
168 profile-name

34
out-of-service
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
Life Safety Zone
Loop
Loop
BACnet Loop
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
Out of service
Update interval (ms)
Unit
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
R
O
118 update-interval
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
82
output units
60
manipulated-variableR
reference
Manipulated variable
reference
19
controlled-variablereference
Controlled variable
reference
21
controlled-variablevalue
Controlled variable
value
20
controlled-variableunits
Unit
109 setpoint-reference
Setpoint reference
108 setpoint
Setpoint
action
Action
93
proportional-constant
O1
Proportional constant
94
proportional-constantunits
O1
Unit
49
integral-constant
O2
Integral constant
26
derivative-constant
O3
Derivative constant
27
derivative-constantunits
O3
Unit
14
bias
Bias
61
maximum-output
Maximum output
68
minimum-output
Minimum output
88
priority-for-writing
Priority for writing
22
cov-increment
R
O4
COV increment
PO
PO
113 time-delay
O5
Time delay (s)
17
O5
BACnet notification
notification-class
35
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Loop
BACnet Loop
BACnet
property name
Internal device
property name
34
error-limit
O5
Error limit
35
event-enable
O5
Event enable
acked-transitions
O5
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O5
Notify type
O5
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
Writable
ID
Optional
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Loop (continued)
PO
If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
3
4
5
1
2
36
Multi-state Input
StruxureWare Device
Multi-state Input
BACnet Multistate Input
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
R1
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
103 reliability
O2
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
81
out-of-service
Out of service
74
number-of-states
Number of states
110 state-text
Label
113 time-delay
O3
Time delay (s)
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
alarm-values
O3
Is alarm value
39
fault-values
Is fault value
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO

This property shall be required if fault-values is present.
3
1
37
Multi-state Output
StruxureWare Device
Multi-state Output
BACnet Multistate Output
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
Out of service
74
number-of-states
Number of states
Label
110 state-text
priority-array
Command priority
levels
Relinquish default
87
113 time-delay
O1
Time delay
PO
PO
17
notification-class
O1
BACnet notification
PO
PO
40
feedback-value
O1
Feedback value
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O1
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O1
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O1
Notify type
PO
O1
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
PO
38
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Multi-state Value
StruxureWare Device
Multi-state Value
BACnet Multistate Value
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
R1
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
103 reliability
O2
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
81
out-of-service
Out of service
74
number-of-states
Number of states
W
W
110 state-text
Label
87
priority-array
O3
Command Priority Levels
O3
Relinquish default
113 time-delay
O4
Time delay (s)
17
notification-class
O4
BACnet notification
alarm-values
Is alarm value
39
fault-values
O4
Is fault value
35
event-enable
Event enable
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O4
Notify type
O4
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to also be writable. This property is required to be writable
when out-of-service is TRUE.
2
3
4
39
BACnet Notification Class

Optional
Readable
Notification Class
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Notification Class
ID
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
86
priority
Priority-to-off-normal
Priority-to-fault
Priority-to-normal
ack-required
Acknowledgement
required
102 recipient-list
Recipient rules
168 profile-name
Internal device
property name
Profile name
PO
40
StruxureWare Device
Program
BACnet Program (proxy)
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
92
program-state
Program state
PO
90
program-change
Program change
PO
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Program
PO
PO
100 reason-for-halt
O1
Reason for halt
PO
29
description-of-halt
Description for halt
PO
PO
91
program-location
Program location
PO
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
Reliability
PO
Out of service
PO
Profile name
PO
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
O
R
168 profile-name
PO
If one of the optional properties, Reason_For_Halt or description_Of_Halt is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
41
Pulse Converter
Pulse Converter (proxy)
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
77
Object ID
PO
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
28
description
Description
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
Input reference
PO
Required
Writable
Optional
Internal device
property name
Readable
ID
O
R1
181 input-reference
PO
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
36
event-state
Event state
PO
Reliability
PO
Out of service
PO
PO
117 units
Units
PO
PO
188 scale-factor
Scale factor
PO
PO
Adjust value
PO
PO
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
176 adjust-value
177 count
Count
PO
189 update-time
Update time
PO
179 count-change-time
R2
Count change time
PO
178 count-before-change
R2
Count before change
PO
O3
COV increment
PO
PO
180 cov-period
COV period
PO
PO
17
O4
BACnet notification
PO
PO
113 time-delay
Time delay
PO
PO
45
high-limit
O4
Upper limit
PO
PO
59
low-limit
Lower limit
PO
PO
25
deadband
O4
Deadband
PO
PO
52
limit-enable
Limit enable
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O4
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledgement
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O4
Notify type
PO
O4
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
22
cov-increment
notification-class
PO

These properties are required if Count_Before_Change is writable.
These properties are required if the object supports COV reporting.
4
2
3
42
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Pulse Converter
Schedule
Schedule
BACnet Schedule
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
32
effective-period
Effective period
Weekly
Default value
Exception
O
R
123 weekly-schedule
174 schedule-default
O1
R
exception-schedule
54
list-of-object-propertyR
references
Object property
references
88
111
status-flags
Status flags
103 reliability
Reliability
81
Out of service
Profile name
PO
168 profile-name
32
out-of-service
O1
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
512
Previous transition
time
513
Next transition time
514
Following transition
time
518
Time since previous

transition (min)
519
Time to next transition (min)
520
Time to following
transition (min)
521
Next transition value
522
value
At least one of these properties is required.
43
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Trend Log
Trend Log
BACnet Trend Log
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
Log enable
133 log_enable
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
142 start-time
Start time
143 stop-time
O1, 2 Stop time
132
1, 2
log-device-objectproperty
O1
134 log-interval
128
Log device object

property
O1, 2 Log interval
cov-resubscriptioninterval
127 client-cov-increment
COV resubscription
interval
Delta
144 stop-when-full
Stop when full
126 buffer-size
Buffer size
131 log-buffer
Trend log list
Record count
Total record count
141 record-count
145 total-record-count
W
R
137 notification-threshold
O3
Notification threshold
records-sincenotification
O3
Records since
notification
O3
Last notify record
Event state
140
173 last-notify-record
36
event-state
17
notification-class
O3
BACnet notification
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
Logging type
Align intervals
PO
PO
197 logging-type
193 align-intervals
44
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
BACnet Trend Log
BACnet
property name
Internal device
property name
Writable
Trend Log
Required
Writable
Optional
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
ID
BACnet Standard
Readable
Trend Log (continued)
195 interval-offset
O4
Interval offset
PO
PO
205 trigger
Trigger
PO
PO
These properties are required to be present if the monitored property is a BACnet property.
If present, these properties are required to be writable.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned reporting.
1
2
45
Access Door
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
85
present-value
28
description
111
status-flags
36
event-state
W
O
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
87
priority-array
231 door-status
O1, 2
233 lock-status
O1
235 secured-status
228 door-members
227
door-extended-pulsetime
232
door-unlock-delaytime
229
door-open-too-longtime
R
R
O
R
226 door-alarm-state
O1, 3
234 masked-alarm-values
113 time-delay
O3
17
notification-class
O3
alarm-values
O3
39
fault-values
O3
35
event-enable
O3
acked-transitions
O3
46
230 door-pulse-time
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Access Door
Access Door (continued)

StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
notify-type
Writable
72
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Access Door
O3
O3
168 profile-name
These properties, when present, shall be writable when Out_Of_Service is TRUE.

This property shall be required if the property, Secured_Status, is present.
3
1
47
Event Log
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
133 enable
142 start-time
O1, 2
143 stop-time
O1, 2
144 stop-when-full
126 buffer-size
131 log-buffer
141 record-count
W
R
O3
O3
140
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Event Log
O3
17
notification-class
O3
35
event-enable
O3
acked-transitions
O3
72
notify-type
O3
168 profile-name

If one of these properties is present, then all shall be present.
3
1
48
Load Control
StruxureWare Device
Load Control
Load control (proxy)
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
222 state-description
State description
PO
PO
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
36
event-state
Event state
PO
Reliability
PO
103 reliability
218 requested-shed-level
142 start-time
219 shed-duration
213 duty-window
133 enable
W
O
214 expected-shed-level
212 actual-shed-level
221 shed-levels
W1
220
shed-level-descriptions
17
notification-class
O2
BACnet notification
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O2
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O2
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O2
Notifiy type
PO
O2
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
PO
The elements of this array are required to be writable, although the array is not required to be resizable.
49
PO
O1, 2
215 full-duty-baseline
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Structured View
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
O
R
207 node-subtype
211 subordinate-list
O
R
subordinateannotations
167 profile-name
210
50
208 node-type
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Writable
Required
Readable
Structured View
Trend Log Multiple

StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
133 enable
142 start-time
O1
143 stop-time
O1
197 logging-type
134 log-interval
R2
193 align-intervals
O3
195 interval-offset
O3
205 trigger
144 stop-when-full
126 buffer-size
131 log-buffer
141 record-count
W
R
51
132
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Trend Log Multiple
Trend Log Multiple (continued)

StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
O4
O4
140
O4
17
notification-class
O4
35
event-enable
O4
acked-transitions
O4
72
notify-type
O4
O4
168 profile-name
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Trend Log Multiple

If present, this property is required to be writable when Logging_Type has the value POLLED.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned logging
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting
1
52
Vendor Specific Implementations

Serial Number Property
Every Schneider Electric StruxureWare device has a unique serial number. The serial
number property of a StruxureWare BACnet device is only the lower portion of its Ethernet
MAC address. The serial number is made available by the Serial_Number property of the
Device object. The property identifier is 515, and the data type is Unsigned.
Device Property
ID
Serial_Number
515
Description
Serial number value derived from
Ethernet MAC address
Support for Optimum Start-Stop

The controller includes a proprietary extension that can be used, together with Script
programming, to optimize the start and stop times for a heating and cooling system based
on scheduled occupancy times. The extension consists of three proprietary properties of
the Schedule object type.
Schedule Property
ID
Previous_Transition_Time
512
The time when the Schedules

present-value most recently
changed value.
Next_Transition_Time
513

present-value is next scheduled to
change value.
514

change value after the time indicated
by Next_Transition.
Following_Transition_Time
Description
Unsigned Numbers Restrictions

Any property or service parameter that is an unsigned number has an upper limit
restriction of 232 - 2 (4294967294). This upper limit restriction is one less than the full range
of all possible 32 bit numbers.
Multistate Object Restrictions
53
Multistate objects (input, output, and value) have an upper limit restriction of 4096 on the
number of configurable states. In addition, the state text length is limited to 32 octets.
Interpretation of Wildcards in Dates

The BACnet specification [ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2004] is open to multiple
interpretations regarding the meaning of wildcards in dates, especially when used to specify
date ranges. This section describes how the controllers, especially in the context of the
Schedule properties Exception_Schedule and Effective_Period, and the Calendar property
Date_List, interpret wildcards.
For purposes of comparing dates, the day-of-week fields are not used. That is, they are
totally redundant. When comparing dates, a wildcard field is considered equal to the
corresponding field in the date being compared. A date falls within the range if it is not
before the StartDate and not after the EndDate.
Because the day-of-week field is redundant, its value must be either unspecified or
consistent with the other fields. Because it can be consistent with those fields only if they
are specified, the controllers allow the day-of-week to be specified only if the other three
fields are specified as well.
Accordingly, the following conditions in a date range are treated as errors and prevent a
WriteProperty from completing:
All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners.
Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
PP-v1.1-ASB-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.08.2012.
54
1. A day-of-week is specified, but two or fewer of the other fields in the Date are
specified.
2. A day-of-week is specified, but is inconsistent with the Date specified by the other
fields.
3. A year field is specified that is outside the range limit of 1989-2105.
4. The EndDate is earlier than the StartDate.
5. Any of the specified fields are out of range, for example, 31st day of February.

TM
ES PICS
Product Implementation Conformance Statement

Date
Enterprise Server
StruxureWare has been designed to
09 January 2012
Vendor name
Schneider Electric
Vendor ID
10
Website
www.Schneider-Electric.com/buildings
Range name
Product name
StruxureWare Enterprise Server
Product model number
SW-ES
Application software version
0.0
Firmware revision
1.1
Base ASHRAE standard
135-2004-e,f
BACnet Protocol version
BACnet Protocol revision
strictly comply with the ASHRAE BACnet

standard 135-2004.
BACnet enables integration between

Devices designed for a wide variety of
Product description
The Enterprise Server is a native BACnet/IP protocol operator workstation and
controller with a built-in web server. The Enterprise Server also serves as a
BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device (BBMD).
applications.
Note: Requires StruxureWare Workstation P/N SW-STATION for user interface.
This Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) document details

the BACnet Interoperability Building
Blocks that are supported in Struxure-
Ware.
All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without
notice.
PP-ES-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.01.2012.
January 2012
BAS
Device Profile Support

Controller Profile:
BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)
BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)

BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
Operator Profile:
BACnet Advanced Operator Workstation (B-AWS)

BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)
BACnet Operator Display (B-OD)
Supported
Window
Size
Able to transmit segmented messages
Able to receive segmented messages
Segmentation
2
Segmentation Capability
Data Link Layer and Routing Options
Data Link
BACnet/IP
Supported
Data Rates
Router
for Data
Link
10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet - ISO 8802_3

Zigbee
ARCnet - ANSI/ATA 878.1
RS-485 ANSI/ATA 878.1
LonTalk TP/FT - 10
LonTalk/IP
Point-to-Point EIA 232
3
Point-to-Point - modem
Other Networking Options
Networking Option
Supported
Static Device Binding Supported

Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Router over IP
BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)
BBMD supports registration by foreign device
Device support registration as foreign device
Character Sets Supported
Character Sets
Supported
ANSI X3.4
ISO 8859-1
ISO 10646 (USC-2)
ISO 10646 (UCS-4)
IBM/Microsoft DBCS
4
JIS C 6226
B-BC
DS-RP-B
ReadProperty-B
DS-RPM-A
ReadPropertyMultiple-A
DS-RPM-B
DS-RPC-A
ReadPropertyConditional-A
DS-RPC-B
ReadPropertyConditional-B
DS-WP-A
WriteProperty-A
DS-WP-B
WriteProperty-B
DS-WPM-A
WritePropertyMultiple-A
DS-WPM-B
DS-COV-A
COV-A
DS-COV-B
COV-B
DS-COVP-A
COVP-A
DS-COVP-B
COVP-B
DS-COVU-A
COV-Unsolicited-A
DS-COVU-B
COV-Unsolicited-B
DS-V-A
View-A
DS-M-A
Modify-A
DS-AV-A
Advanced View-A
DS-AM-A
Advanced Modify-A
x
x
x
x
B-SS
B-OD
ReadProperty-A
B-SA
B-OWS
DS-RP-A
B-ASC
Description
B-AAC
BIBB
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Data Sharing
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
5
Notification Internal-B
AE-N-E-B
Notification External-B
AE-ACK-A
ACK-A
AE-ACK-B
ACK-B
AE-ASUM-A
Summary-A
AE-ASUM-B
Alarm Summary-B
AE-ESUM-A
Enrollment Summary-A
AE-ESUM-B
Enrollment Summary-B
AE-INFO-A
Information-A
AE-INFO-B
Information-B
AE-LS-A
LifeSafety-A
AE-LS-B
LifeSafety-B
AE-AS-A
Alarm Summary-A
AE-VN-A
View Notification-A
AE-VM-A
View Modify-A
AE-AVM-A
Advanced View Modify-A
AE-AVN-A
Advanced View
Notifications-A
AE-ELVM-A
Event Log View and

Modify-A
x1
x
x
B-SS
AE-N-I-B
B-SA
B-ASC
B-AAC
Notification-A
B-BC
B-OWS
AE-N-A
B-OD
Description
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Not required for devices claiming conformance to a protocol revision less than 7.
6
BIBB
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Alarms and Events
SCHED-I-B
Scheduling - Internal-B
SCHED-E-B
Scheduling - External-B
SCH-VM-A
Scheduling - View Modify
SCH-AVM-A
Scheduling - Advanced
View Modify
SCH-WS-A
Scheduling - Weekly
Schedule-A
SCH-WS-I-B
Scheduling Weekly
Schedule Internal-B
SCH-R-B
Scheduling - Readable-B
B-SS
Scheduling-B
B-SA
SCHED-B
B-ASC
Scheduling-A
B-AAC
SCHED-A
B-BC
Description
B-OD
BIBB
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Schedules
BIBB
Description
T-VMT-A

Trends-A
T-VMT-I-B

Trends Internal-B
T-VMT-E-B

Trends External-B
T-ATR-A
Automated Trend
Retrieval-A
T-ATR-B
Automated Trend
Retrieval-B
T-V-A
View-A
T-A-A
Archiving-A
T-AVM-A
Advanced View and

Modify-A
x
x
x
x
7
B-SS
B-SA
B-ASC
B-AAC
B-BC
B-OD
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Trends
B-BC
DM-DDB-B
x x 1 x1
DM-DOB-A
DM-DOB-B
x x 1 x1
DM-DCC-A
DeviceCommunication
Control-A
DM-DCC-B
DeviceCommunication
Control-B
DM-PT-A
Private Transfer-A
DM-PT-B
Private Transfer-B
DM-TM-A
Text Message-A
DM-TM-B
Text Message-B
DM-TS-A
TimeSynchronization-A
DM-TS-B
TimeSynchronization-B
DM-UTC-A
UTCTimeSynchronization-A
DM-UTC-B
UTCTimeSynchronization-B
DM-RD-A
ReinitializeDevice-A
DM-RD-B
DM-BR-A
Backup and Restore-A
DM-BR-B
Backup and Restore-B
DM-R-A
Restart-A
DM-R-B
Restart-B
DM-LM-A
List Manipulation-A
DM-LM-B
List Manipulation-B
DM-OCD-A
Object Creation and

Deletion-A
DM-OCD-B
Object Creation and

Deletion-B
B-SS
B-OD
Dynamic Device Binding-A
B-SA
B-OWS
DM-DDB-A
B-ASC
Description
B-AAC
BIBB
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Device Management
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8
B-SS
B-SA
B-ASC
B-AAC
B-BC
B-OD
B-OWS
BIBB
Description
DM-VT-A
Virtual Terminal-A
DM-VT-B
Virtual Terminal-B
DM-ANM-A
Automatic Network
Mapping-A
DM-ADM-A
Automatic Device
Mapping-A
DM-MTS-A
Manual Time
Synchronization-A
Not required if the device is a BACnet MS/TP Slave.
9
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Device Management (continued)
NM-RC-A
Router Configuration-A
NM-RC-B
Router Configuration-B
B-SS
Connection Establishment-B
B-SA
NM-CE-B
B-ASC
Connection Establishment-A
B-AAC
NM-CE-A
B-BC
Description
B-OD
BIBB
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Product
Conformance
Network Management
10
Supported BACnet Object Types
Deletable
PO
PO
PO
Analog Input
PO
PO
Analog Ouput
PO
PO
Analog Value
18
Averaging
PO
PO
PO
Binary Input
PO
PO
Binary Output
PO
PO
Binary Value
Calendar
Command
PO
PO
PO
Device
Event Enrollment
10
File
PO
PO
11
Group
21
Life Safety Point
22
Life Safety Zone
12
Loop
13
Multi-state Input
PO
PO
14
Multi-state Output
PO
PO
19
Multi-state Value
15
Notification Class
16
Program
PO
PO
24
Pulse Converter
PO
PO
PO
17
Schedule
20
Trend Log
30
Access Door
25
Event Log
28
Load Control
PO
29
Structured View
27
Trend Log Multiple
32
Access Credential
Supported
PO
PO
11
B-SS
B-SA
B-ASC
Accumulator
B-AAC
23
B-BC
Description
B-OD
ID
B-OWS
Creatable
Product Conformance
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
Supported BACnet Object Types (continued)
35
Access User
36
Access Zone
37
Credential Data Input
26
Global Group
Deletable
Supported
Creatable
Access Rights
B-SS
34
B-SA
Product Conformance
B-ASC
Access Point
B-AAC
33
B-BC
Description
B-OD
ID
B-OWS
B-AWS
BACnet Standard
12
Accumulator
StruxureWare Device
Accumulator
Accumulator (proxy)
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
36
event-state
Event state
PO
Reliability
PO
Out of service
PO
PO
Maximum value
PO
PO
103 reliability
out-of-service
O
R
186 scale
117 units
188 prescale
65
max-pres-value
PO
O
R
192 value-change-time
O2
Value change time
PO
190 value-before-change
O2, 3
Value before change
PO
PO
191 value-set
Value set
PO
PO
184 logging-record
183 logging-object
186 pulse-rate
O1, 4
Pulse rate
PO
PO
45
high-limit
Upper limit
PO
PO
59
low-limit
O4
Lower limit
PO
PO
182 limit-monitoring-interval
O4
Limit Monitoring
interval
PO
PO
17
O4
BACnet notification
PO
PO
113 time-delay
O4
Time delay
PO
PO
52
limit-enable
Limit enable
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O4
Event enable
PO
PO
notification-class
2, 3
13
81
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Accumulator
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
notify-type
O4
Notify type
PO
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
72
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
Accumulator
PO

These properties are required if either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set is writable.
3
Either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set may be writable, but not both.
4
1
2
14
Analog Input
Analog Input
BACnet Analog Input
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
O
R
118 update-interval
117 units
O
R
Reliability
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
PO
Out of service
Update interval
PO
PO
Unit
69
min-pres-value
Minimum value
PO
PO
65
max-pres-value
Maximum value
PO
PO
106 resolution
Resolution
PO
PO
22
O2
COV increment
113 time-delay
Time delay
17
notification-class
O3
BACnet notification
45
high-limit
Upper limit
59
low-limit
O3
Lower limit
25
deadband
O3
Deadband
52
limit-enable
O3
Limit enable
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
168 notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
cov-increment
PO

3
1
2
15
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Analog Output
StruxureWare Device
Analog Output
BACnet Analog Output
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
117 units
Out of service
Unit
69
min-pres-value
Minimum value
PO
PO
65
max-pres-value
Maximim value
PO
PO
Resolution
PO
PO
priority-array
Command Priority
Levels
Relinquish default
O1
COV increment
113 time-delay
Time delay
17
notification-class
O2
BACnet notification
45
high-limit
Upper limit
59
low-limit
O2
Lower limit
25
deadband
Deadband
52
limit-enable
O2
Limit enable
35
event-enable
Event enable
acked-transitions
O2
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O2
Notify type
O2
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
87
22
PO
106 resolution
Reliability
cov-increment
PO

16
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Analog Value
Analog Value
BACnet Analog Value
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
Reliability
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
PO
Out of service
117 units
Unit
87
O1
Command Priority
Levels
O1
Relinquish default
22
COV increment
113 time-delay
O3
Time delay
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
45
high-limit
O3
Upper limit
59
low-limit
O3
Lower limit
25
deadband
O3
Deadband
52
limit-enable
O3
Limit enable
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
priority-array
cov-increment
PO

3
4
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable.
1
2
17
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
Averaging
Averaging (proxy)
75
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
Minimum value
PO
Minimum value
timestamp
PO
Average value
PO
Variance value
PO
Maximum value
PO
136 minimum-value
150
minimum-valuetimestamp
125 average-value
O
R
151 variance-value
135 maximum-value
O
R
PO
149
maximum-valuetimestamp
Maximum value
timestamp
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
Attempted samples
PO
PO
124 attempted-samples
146 valid-samples
Valid samples
PO
R1
Object property
reference
PO
PO
78
W1
147 window-interval
W1
Window interval
PO
PO
148 window-samples
W1
Window samples
PO
PO
Profile name
PO
168 profile-name
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Averaging
If any of these properties are written to using BACnet services, all of the buffer samples become invalid.
In addition, Attempted_Samples becomes zero, Valid_Samples becomes zero, Minimum_Value becomes INF,
Average_Value becomes NaN, and Maximum_Value becomes INF.
18
Binary Input
Binary Input
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
Reliability
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
PO
81
out-of-service
Out of service
84
polarity
Polarity
46
inactive-text
O2
Inactive text
active-text
Active text
16
O3
PO
15
PO
115
O3
Time of state count

reset
PO
33
elapsed-active-time
O4
Elapsed active time
PO
114
O4
Time of active time

reset
PO
PO
PO
19
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Binary Input

Internal device
property name
113 time-delay
O5
Time delay
17
notification-class
O5
BACnet notification
alarm-value
O5
Alarm value
35
event-enable
O5
Event enable
acked-transitions
O5
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O5
Notify type
O5
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
ID
BACnet
property name
Writable
Optional
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Binary Input (continued)
PO

3
4
5
1
2
20
Binary Output
Binary Output
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
Reliability
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
PO
81
out-of-service
Out of service
84
polarity
Polarity
46
inactive-text
O1
Inactive text
active-text
Active text
16
O2
PO
15
PO
115
O2
Time of state count

reset
PO
33
elapsed-active-time
O3
Elapsed active time
PO
114
O3
Time of active time

reset
PO
66
minimum-off-time
Minimum off time
PO
PO
67
minimum-on-time
Minimum on time
PO
PO
87
priority-array
Command Priority
Levels
Relinquish default
PO
PO
21
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Binary Output (continued)

Internal device
property name
113 time-delay
O4
Time delay
PO
PO
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
PO
PO
alarm-value
O4
Alarm value
PO
PO
35
event-enable
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O4
Notify type
PO
O4
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
ID
BACnet
property name
Writable
Optional
Readable
Binary Output
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
PO
3
4
1
22
Binary Value
Binary Value
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
R1
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
46
inactive-text
Reliability
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
PO
Out of service
O2
Inactive text
active-text
Active text
16
O3
PO
15
PO
115
O3
Time of state count

reset
PO
33
elapsed-active-time
O4
Elapsed active time
PO
114
O4
Time of active time

reset
PO
66
minimum-off-time
Minimum off time
PO
PO
67
minimum-on-time
Minimum on time
PO
PO
87
priority-array
O5
Command Priority
Levels
O5
Relinquish default
113 time-delay
O6
Time delay
17
notification-class
O6
BACnet notification
alarm-value
O6
Alarm value
35
event-enable
O6
Event enable
acked-transitions
O6
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
PO
23
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
ID
BACnet
property name
72
notify-type
Internal device
property name
O6
Notify type
O6
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile time
Writable
Binary Value
Optional
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Binary Value (continued)
PO
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable. This property is required to be writable when
out-of-service is TRUE.
2
3
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of these properties
shall be present.
5
6
1
24
BACnet Calendar
Optional
ID
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
85
present-value
Value
23
date-list
Date list
168 profile-name
Internal device
property name
Profile name
Writable
Calendar
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Calendar
PO
25
Command
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
Object ID
PO
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
PO
47
in-process
In process
PO
all-writes-successful
All writes successful
PO
action
action-text
Profile name
PO
75
object-identifier
77
Optional
BACnet
property name
O
W
Writable
ID
Required
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
Required
Readable
Command
PO
168 profile-name
26
Device
StruxureWare Device
Device
BACnet Device
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
112 system-status
System status
121 vendor-name
Vendor name
120 vendor-identifier
Vendor identifier
70
model-name
Model name
44
firmware-revision
Firmware revision
12
application-softwareversion
Application software
version
58
location
Location
28
description
Description
98
protocol-version
Protocol version
139 protocol-revision
Protocol revision
97
protocol-servicessupported
Services supported
96
protocol-objecttypes-supported
Object types
supported
76
object-list
View objects in
Application folder
62
max-apdu-lengthaccepted
Maximum APDU
length accepted
107
segmentationsupported
Segmentation
supported
10
apdu-segmenttimeout
O1
APDU segment
timeout
122 vt-classes-supported
O2
active-vt-sessions
O2
57
local-time
O3, 4 Local time
56
local-date
O3, 4 Local date
119 utc-offset
24
daylight-savingsstatus
UTC offset (min)
O4
Daylight savings
27
209 structured-object-list
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Device
BACnet Device
11
apdu-timeout
73
number-of-apdu-retries R
55
list-of-session-keys
116
time-synchronizationrecipients
64
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Internal device
property name
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Device (continued)
APDU timeout
Number of APDU
retries
O5
recipients
max-master
O6
Maximum master
63
max-info-frames
O6
Maximum information
frames
30
device-addressbinding
View properties of
bound devices in
Hardware folder.
Database revision
155 database-revision
154 configuration-files
O7
Backup configuration
files
157 last-restore-time
O7
Last restore time
Backup failure
timeout
Maximum segments
accepted
Profile name
153
backup-failuretimeout
O8
152
active-covsubscriptions
O9
167
max-segmentsaccepted
O1
172 slave-proxy-enable
O10
169 auto-slave-discovery
O11
171
slave-addressbinding
O12
170
manual-slaveaddress-binding
O10
168 profile-name
196 last-restart-session
203 time-of-device-restart
202
restart-notificationrecipients
206
utc-time-synchronization-recipients
O5
204
time-synchronizationinterval
193 align-intervals
28
BACnet
property name
195 interval-offset
Internal device
property name
Writable
BACnet Device
Optional
Device
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
ID
BACnet Standard
Readable
Device (continued)
515
Serial number
517
Infinity path
Required if segmentation of any kind is supported.

If one of the properties, VT_Classes_Supported or Active_VT_Sessions. is present, then both of these properties shall
be present. Both properties are required if support for VT_Services is indicated in the PICS.
3
If the device supports the execution of the TimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
4
If the device supports the execution of the UTCTimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
5
If this property is present, then Time_Synchronization_Interval, Align_Intervals and Interval_Offset shall be present and
if present, this property shall be writable.
6
These properties are required if the device is an MS/TP master node.
7
These properties are required if the device supports the backup and restore procedures.
8
This property must be present and writable if the device supports backup and restore procedures.
9
This property is required if the device supports execution of either the SubscribeCOV or SubscribeCOVProperty service.
10
This property shall be present and writable if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
11
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device that implements automatic
discovery of slaves.
12
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
1
29
Event Enrollment
StruxureWare Device
Event Enrollment
BACnet Alarm
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
37
event-type
Alarm Type
72
notify-type
Notify type
83
event-parameters
Alarm Trigger
78
Monitored variable
36
event-state
Event state
35
event-enable
Event enable
acked-transitions
Acknowledged
transitions
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
Writable
Object ID
Optional
Required
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
PO
30
ID
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
43
file-type
42
Internal device
property name
Object ID
BACnet name
BACnet type
Description
File type
file-size
R1
File size
71
modification-date
Modification date
13
archive
Archive
99
read-only
Read only
41
file-access-method
File access method
141 record-count
O2
Record count
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
Writable
BACnet File
Optional
File
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
File
PO
If the file size can be changed by writing to the file, and File_Access_Method is STREAM_ACCESS, then this
property shall be writable.
2
This property shall be present only if File_Access_Method is RECORD_ACCESS.
If the number of records can be changed by writing to the file, then this property shall be writable.
1
31
Group
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
53
list-of-groupmembers
85
present-value
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
Group
32
168 profile-name
Life Safety Point
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
77
object-name
79
object-type
85
present-value
R1
164 tracking-value
28
description
31
device-type
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
R1
81
160 mode
175 accepted-modes
W
R
113 time-delay
O2
17
O2
notification-class
O2
alarm-values
O2
39
fault-values
O2
35
event-enable
O2
acked-transitions
O2
72
notify-type
O2
O2
163 silenced
162 setting
156 direct-reading
O3
117 units
O3
159 member-of
168 profile-name

3
If either property is present, then both must be present.
1
2
33
out-of-service
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
Life Safety Point
Life Safety Zone
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
77
object-name
79
object-type
85
present-value
R1
164 tracking-value
28
description
31
device-type
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
R1
81
160 mode
175 accepted-modes
W
R
113 time-delay
O2
17
O2
notification-class
O2
alarm-values
O2
39
fault-values
O2
35
event-enable
O2
acked-transitions
O2
72
notify-type
O2
O2
163 silenced
165 zone-members
1
2
O
R
159 member-of
168 profile-name

34
out-of-service
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
Life Safety Zone
Loop
Loop
BACnet Loop
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
Out of service
Update interval (ms)
Unit
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
R
O
118 update-interval
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
82
output units
60
manipulated-variableR
reference
Manipulated variable
reference
19
controlled-variablereference
Controlled variable
reference
21
controlled-variablevalue
Controlled variable
value
20
controlled-variableunits
Unit
109 setpoint-reference
Setpoint reference
108 setpoint
Setpoint
action
Action
93
proportional-constant
O1
Proportional constant
94
proportional-constantunits
O1
Unit
49
integral-constant
O2
Integral constant
26
derivative-constant
O3
Derivative constant
27
derivative-constantunits
O3
Unit
14
bias
Bias
61
maximum-output
Maximum output
68
minimum-output
Minimum output
88
22
cov-increment
R
O4
COV increment
PO
PO
113 time-delay
O5
Time delay (s)
17
O5
BACnet notification
notification-class
35
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Loop
BACnet Loop
BACnet
property name
Internal device
property name
34
error-limit
O5
Error limit
35
event-enable
O5
Event enable
acked-transitions
O5
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O5
Notify type
O5
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
Writable
ID
Optional
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Readable
Loop (continued)
PO
3
4
5
1
2
36
Multi-state Input
StruxureWare Device
Multi-state Input
BACnet Multistate Input
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
R1
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
103 reliability
O2
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
81
out-of-service
Out of service
74
number-of-states
Number of states
110 state-text
Label
113 time-delay
O3
Time delay (s)
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
alarm-values
O3
Is alarm value
39
fault-values
Is fault value
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO

3
1
37
Multi-state Output
StruxureWare Device
Multi-state Output
BACnet Multistate Output
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
31
device-type
Device type
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
Out of service
74
number-of-states
Number of states
Label
110 state-text
priority-array
Command priority
levels
Relinquish default
87
113 time-delay
O1
Time delay
PO
PO
17
notification-class
O1
BACnet notification
PO
PO
40
feedback-value
O1
Feedback value
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O1
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O1
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O1
Notify type
PO
O1
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
PO
38
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Multi-state Value
StruxureWare Device
Multi-state Value
BACnet Multistate Value
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
R1
Value
28
description
Description
111
status-flags
Status flags
36
event-state
Event state
Reliability
103 reliability
O2
Writable
object-identifier
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
81
out-of-service
Out of service
74
number-of-states
Number of states
W
W
110 state-text
Label
87
priority-array
O3
Command Priority Levels
O3
Relinquish default
113 time-delay
O4
Time delay (s)
17
notification-class
O4
BACnet notification
alarm-values
Is alarm value
39
fault-values
O4
Is fault value
35
event-enable
Event enable
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O4
Notify type
O4
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to also be writable. This property is required to be writable
when out-of-service is TRUE.
2
3
4
39
BACnet Notification Class

Optional
Readable
Notification Class
Required
Writable
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Notification Class
ID
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
17
notification-class
BACnet notification
86
priority
Priority-to-off-normal
Priority-to-fault
Priority-to-normal
ack-required
Acknowledgement
required
102 recipient-list
Recipient rules
168 profile-name
Internal device
property name
Profile name
PO
40
StruxureWare Device
Program
BACnet Program (proxy)
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
92
program-state
Program state
PO
90
program-change
Program change
PO
Internal device
property name
Readable
75
Optional
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Program
PO
PO
100 reason-for-halt
O1
Reason for halt
PO
29
description-of-halt
Description for halt
PO
PO
91
program-location
Program location
PO
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
Reliability
PO
Out of service
PO
Profile name
PO
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
O
R
168 profile-name
PO
If one of the optional properties, Reason_For_Halt or description_Of_Halt is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
41
Pulse Converter
Pulse Converter (proxy)
BACnet
property name
75
object-identifier
77
Object ID
PO
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
28
description
Description
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
Input reference
PO
Required
Writable
Optional
Internal device
property name
Readable
ID
O
R1
181 input-reference
PO
PO
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
36
event-state
Event state
PO
Reliability
PO
Out of service
PO
PO
117 units
Units
PO
PO
188 scale-factor
Scale factor
PO
PO
Adjust value
PO
PO
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
176 adjust-value
177 count
Count
PO
189 update-time
Update time
PO
179 count-change-time
R2
Count change time
PO
178 count-before-change
R2
Count before change
PO
O3
COV increment
PO
PO
180 cov-period
COV period
PO
PO
17
O4
BACnet notification
PO
PO
113 time-delay
Time delay
PO
PO
45
high-limit
O4
Upper limit
PO
PO
59
low-limit
Lower limit
PO
PO
25
deadband
O4
Deadband
PO
PO
52
limit-enable
Limit enable
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O4
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O4
Acknowledgement
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O4
Notify type
PO
O4
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
22
cov-increment
notification-class
PO

These properties are required if Count_Before_Change is writable.
These properties are required if the object supports COV reporting.
4
2
3
42
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Writable
Pulse Converter
Schedule
Schedule
BACnet Schedule
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
85
present-value
Value
28
description
Description
32
effective-period
Effective period
Weekly
Default value
Exception
O
R
123 weekly-schedule
174 schedule-default
O1
R
exception-schedule
54
list-of-object-propertyR
references
Object property
references
88
111
status-flags
Status flags
103 reliability
Reliability
81
Out of service
Profile name
PO
168 profile-name
32
out-of-service
O1
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
512
Previous transition
time
513
Next transition time
514
time
518
Time since previous

transition (min)
519
Time to next transition (min)
520
Time to following
transition (min)
521
Next transition value
522
value
At least one of these properties is required.
43
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Trend Log
Trend Log
BACnet Trend Log
object-identifier
Object ID
77
object-name
BACnet name
79
object-type
BACnet type
28
description
Description
Log enable
133 log_enable
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
142 start-time
Start time
143 stop-time
O1, 2 Stop time
132
1, 2
O1
134 log-interval
128
Log device object

property
O1, 2 Log interval
cov-resubscriptioninterval
127 client-cov-increment
COV resubscription
interval
Delta
144 stop-when-full
Stop when full
126 buffer-size
Buffer size
131 log-buffer
Trend log list
Record count
Total record count
141 record-count
W
R
O3
Notification threshold
O3
Records since
notification
O3
Last notify record
Event state
140
36
event-state
17
notification-class
O3
BACnet notification
35
event-enable
O3
Event enable
acked-transitions
O3
Acknowledged
transitions
72
notify-type
O3
Notify type
O3
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
Logging type
Align intervals
PO
PO
197 logging-type
193 align-intervals
44
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
BACnet Trend Log
BACnet
property name
Internal device
property name
Writable
Trend Log
Required
Writable
Optional
StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
ID
BACnet Standard
Readable
Trend Log (continued)
195 interval-offset
O4
Interval offset
PO
PO
205 trigger
Trigger
PO
PO
These properties are required to be present if the monitored property is a BACnet property.
3
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned reporting.
1
2
45
Access Door
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
85
present-value
28
description
111
status-flags
36
event-state
W
O
103 reliability
81
out-of-service
87
priority-array
231 door-status
O1, 2
233 lock-status
O1
235 secured-status
228 door-members
227
door-extended-pulsetime
232
door-unlock-delaytime
229
door-open-too-longtime
R
R
O
R
226 door-alarm-state
O1, 3
234 masked-alarm-values
113 time-delay
O3
17
notification-class
O3
alarm-values
O3
39
fault-values
O3
35
event-enable
O3
acked-transitions
O3
46
230 door-pulse-time
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Access Door
Access Door (continued)

StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
notify-type
Writable
72
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Access Door
O3
O3
168 profile-name
These properties, when present, shall be writable when Out_Of_Service is TRUE.

This property shall be required if the property, Secured_Status, is present.
3
1
47
Event Log
StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
133 enable
142 start-time
O1, 2
143 stop-time
O1, 2
144 stop-when-full
126 buffer-size
131 log-buffer
141 record-count
W
R
O3
O3
140
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Event Log
O3
17
notification-class
O3
35
event-enable
O3
acked-transitions
O3
72
notify-type
O3
168 profile-name

If one of these properties is present, then all shall be present.
3
1
48
Load Control
StruxureWare Device
Load Control
Load control (proxy)
object-identifier
Object ID
PO
77
object-name
BACnet name
PO
79
object-type
BACnet type
PO
28
description
Description
PO
PO
222 state-description
State description
PO
PO
PO
85
present-value
Value
PO
111
status-flags
Status flags
PO
36
event-state
Event state
PO
Reliability
PO
103 reliability
218 requested-shed-level
142 start-time
219 shed-duration
213 duty-window
133 enable
W
O
214 expected-shed-level
212 actual-shed-level
221 shed-levels
W1
220
shed-level-descriptions
17
notification-class
O2
BACnet notification
PO
PO
35
event-enable
O2
Event enable
PO
PO
acked-transitions
O2
Acknowledged
transitions
PO
72
notify-type
O2
Notifiy type
PO
O2
To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time
PO
168 profile-name
Profile name
PO
PO
The elements of this array are required to be writable, although the array is not required to be resizable.
49
PO
O1, 2
215 full-duty-baseline
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
BACnet Standard
Structured View
BACnet Standard
StruxureWare Device
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
O
R
207 node-subtype
211 subordinate-list
O
R
subordinateannotations
167 profile-name
210
50
208 node-type
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Optional
ID
Required
Writable
Required
Readable
Structured View
Trend Log Multiple

StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
object-identifier
77
object-name
79
object-type
28
description
111
status-flags
36
event-state
103 reliability
133 enable
142 start-time
O1
143 stop-time
O1
197 logging-type
134 log-interval
R2
193 align-intervals
O3
195 interval-offset
O3
205 trigger
144 stop-when-full
126 buffer-size
131 log-buffer
141 record-count
W
R
51
132
Writable
75
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Trend Log Multiple
Trend Log Multiple (continued)

StruxureWare Device
BACnet Standard
O4
O4
140
O4
17
notification-class
O4
35
event-enable
O4
acked-transitions
O4
72
notify-type
O4
O4
168 profile-name
Writable
Internal device
property name
Readable
BACnet
property name
Required
Writable
Optional
ID
Required
Readable
Trend Log Multiple

If present, this property is required to be writable when Logging_Type has the value POLLED.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned logging
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting
1
52
Vendor Specific Implementations

Serial Number Property
Every Schneider Electric StruxureWare device has a unique serial number. The serial
number property of a StruxureWare BACnet device is only the lower portion of its Ethernet
MAC address. The serial number is made available by the Serial_Number property of the
Device object. The property identifier is 515, and the data type is Unsigned.
Device Property
ID
Serial_Number
515
Description
Serial number value derived from
Ethernet MAC address
Support for Optimum Start-Stop

The controller includes a proprietary extension that can be used, together with Script
programming, to optimize the start and stop times for a heating and cooling system based
on scheduled occupancy times. The extension consists of three proprietary properties of
the Schedule object type.
Schedule Property
ID
Previous_Transition_Time
512

present-value most recently
changed value.
Next_Transition_Time
513

change value.
514

change value after the time indicated
by Next_Transition.
Following_Transition_Time
Description
Unsigned Numbers Restrictions

Any property or service parameter that is an unsigned number has an upper limit
restriction of 232 - 2 (4294967294). This upper limit restriction is one less than the full range
of all possible 32 bit numbers.
Multistate Object Restrictions
53
Multistate objects (input, output, and value) have an upper limit restriction of 4096 on the
number of configurable states. In addition, the state text length is limited to 32 octets.
Interpretation of Wildcards in Dates

The BACnet specification [ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2004] is open to multiple
interpretations regarding the meaning of wildcards in dates, especially when used to specify
date ranges. This section describes how the controllers, especially in the context of the
Schedule properties Exception_Schedule and Effective_Period, and the Calendar property
Date_List, interpret wildcards.
For purposes of comparing dates, the day-of-week fields are not used. That is, they are
totally redundant. When comparing dates, a wildcard field is considered equal to the
corresponding field in the date being compared. A date falls within the range if it is not
before the StartDate and not after the EndDate.
Because the day-of-week field is redundant, its value must be either unspecified or
consistent with the other fields. Because it can be consistent with those fields only if they
are specified, the controllers allow the day-of-week to be specified only if the other three
fields are specified as well.
Accordingly, the following conditions in a date range are treated as errors and prevent a
WriteProperty from completing:
All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners.
Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
PP-v1.1-ASB-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.08.2012.
54
1. A day-of-week is specified, but two or fewer of the other fields in the Date are
specified.
2. A day-of-week is specified, but is inconsistent with the Date specified by the other
fields.
3. A year field is specified that is outside the range limit of 1989-2105.
4. The EndDate is earlier than the StartDate.
5. Any of the specified fields are out of range, for example, 31st day of February.
BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE. ASHRAE does not endorse, approve or test products for
compliance with ASHRAE standards. Compliance of listed products to the requirements of ASHRAE
Standard 135 if the responsibility of BACnet International (BI). BTL is a registered trademark of the BI.
BACnet Testing Labs

Product Listing
This product has been tested at the BACnet Testing Labs and found to comply with all the necessary
interoperability requirements in place on the published test date. This listing represents the tested
capability of the Listed Product. For information on additional functionality that was not covered in the
test process, refer to the Manufacturers PICS statement on the BI website.
Listing Information
Vendor
Listing Status
TAC, Systems Product Division

1354 Clifford Ave.
Loves Park, IL 61111
USA
Listed Product
Test Requirements
BACnet Protocol Revision
Date Tested
Requirements as of May 2005
Revision 4 (135-2004)
August 2007
Product Name
Model Number
Software Version
I/A Series MicroNet
TM
Zone Controller
MNB-70
1.41
I/A Series MicroNet
TM
Unitary Controller
MNB-300
1.41
I/A Series MicroNet
TM
VAV Controller
MNB-V1
1.41
I/A Series MicroNet
TM
VAV Controller
MNB-V2
1.41
Page 1 of 2
Device Profiles
Profile
Model Numbers
All Devices
BIBBs Supported
Data Sharing
ReadProperty-A
ReadProperty-B
WriteProperty-B
COV-A
COV-B
Device and Network

Management

DeviceCommunicationControl-B
DS-RP-A
DS-RP-B
DS-RPM-B
DS-WP-B
DS-WPM-B
DS-COV-A
DS-COV-B
DM-DDB-B
DM-DOB-A
DM-DOB-B
DM-DCC-B
DM-RD-B
Object Type Support

Analog Input
Binary Input
Multi-State Output
Analog Output
Binary Output
Multi-State Value
Analog Value
Binary Value
Device
Data Link Layer Options

Media
MS/TP master
Options
9600, 19.2k, 38.4k, 76.8k bps
Character Set Support

ANSI X3.4
Page 2 of 2
5. CERTIFICATIONS
Annicom Limited Unit 21 Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX
Tel: +44 (0) 1420 487788
Fax: +44 (0) 1420 487799
sales@annicom.com
www.annicom.com
21st November 2012
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC FZE BRANCH
E-WING LEVEL 3
DUBAI SILICON OASIS
DUBAI,
UAE
CE CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Dear Sir,
To whom it may concern :
This is to certify that the following product has been designed and manufactured in
accordance with the following CE regulations and conforms to the datasheet:PART NO
DESCRIPTION
AX-MPR3-12
AX-MPR3-18
AX-PPR3-27
AX-PPR3-36
AX-PPR3-54
AX-PPR3-72
AX-PPR3-105
Three Phase Power Controller 12kw

ORIGIN
U.K
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
We can confirm that this product meet the CE regulations as follows.

CE
CE
CE
CE
ROHS directive
EN-50 081-2 EN-61000-6-2

EN-50 082-1 EN-61000-6-1
EMC-89/336/EEC
LVD-73/23/EEC EN-60947-1
2002/95/EC
We can also confirm this was designed and manufactured by Annicom Ltd in their Bordon
factory for use in the Building Management and HVAC industry.
Yours faithfully
Justin Huggins
Justin Huggins
Export Sales
Annicom Ltd
Authorised Signatory
Annicom Limited Registered in England No. 04668449
Registered office Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX
Annicom Limited Unit 21 Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX
Tel: +44 (0) 1420 487788
Fax: +44 (0) 1420 487799
sales@annicom.com
www.annicom.com
Annicom Limited Registered in England No. 04668449

Registered office Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX
No.: 5518155
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Kamstrup A/S
Industrivej 28, Stilling
DK-8660 Skanderborg
Denmark
Tel: +45 89 93 10 00
We, Kamstrup A/S declare under our sole responsibility that the product
Product Name:
MULTICAL 602 /SVM S6/ MULTICAL 62
Product Description:
Heat/cooling/water meters
Product
Type number:
Type 602/S6/62- xxxxxxxx- 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-xx
Conforms to the European directives as marked below:

EMC Directive
2004 / 108 / EC
Standards:
- EN 61000-6-2:2005 EMC immunity for industrial environments
LVD Directive
2006 / 95 / EC
Standards:
- EN 61010-1:2010
Directive (Pressure) 97 / 23 / EC
R&TTE
1999/5/EC
Standards:
- EN 300 220 : (i.e. EN 300220-1, v2.3.1 (2010-02); EN 300220-3 v1.1.1)
- EN 301 489, V1.4.1 (2002-08)
- prEN13757-4-2010 (draft)
- ERC/REC 70-3,version 9 February 2011
Test are performed as manufacturer own control with quality check on produced devices as defined
in Appendix III of the directive 1999/5/EC without involved notified body.
MID, Measuring Instrument Directive 2004/22/EC
Standards:
EN 1434-4:2007, Welmec 7.2 (2011)
Notified Body, Module D Certificate:
Force Certification A/S
EC Notified Body no. 0200
Park Alle 345, 2605 Brndby
Denmark
5509-065, KST, Rev.: W, Kamstrup A/S, DK-8660 Skanderborg, Denmark

Side 1 af 4
No.: 5518155
Table 1
Type number combination
Type 602MULTICAL 602

Sensor connection
Pt500 2-wire (T1-T2-T3)
Top module
No module
RTC + Energy calculation + hourly data logger 2)
RTC + PQ or t-limiter + hourly data logger
RTC + data output + hourly data logger
RTC + M-Bus
RTC + Volume + hourly data logger 2)
RTC + 2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + hourly data logger + scheduler
RTC + 2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + prog. data logger
2 Pulse outputs CE and CV
Base module
No module
Data + pulse inputs
M-Bus + pulse inputs 1)
Radio Router + pulse inputs
Prog. data logger + RTC + 420 mA inputs + pulse inputs
0/420 mA outputs
LonWorks + pulse inputs
M-Bus module with MC-III data package + pulse inputs
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 Alt. reg. + pulse inputs
BACnet MS/TP + pules inputs
GSM/GPRS (GSM6H)
3G GSM/GPRS module (GSM8H)
Ethernet/IP (IP201)
High Power RadioRouter + pulse inputs
Supply
No supply
Battery, D-cell
230 VAC high power isolated SMPS
Pt500 sensor set
No sensor set
3 Pocket sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
3 Short direct sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
Flow sensor /pick-up unit
Supplied w/1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
Supplied w/2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for 1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
Prepared for 2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for meters w/Reed switch output (both V1 and V2)
Meter type
Heat meter, (MID module B+D)
Heat meter, closed systems
Cooling meter
Heat/Cooling meter
Volume meter, hot water
Volume meter, cooling water
Energy meter, open systems
A
B
C
D
0
2
3
5
7
9
A
B
C
00
10
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
35
60
62
64
66
Require HighPower supply
modules
80
81
82
84
0
2
3
4
7
8

Side 2 af 4
00
0A
0B
0C
0D
0F
0G
0L
Q3
1
2
7
8
K
L
M
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
XX
No.: 5518155
Table 2
Type number combination
SVM S6
Type S6-
Sensor connection
Pt500 2-wire (T1-T2-T3)
Top module
No module
Energy calculation
PQ or t-limiter
Data output
M-Bus
Volume
2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + scheduler
2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + prog. data logger
2 Pulse outputs CE and CV
Base module
No module
Data + pulse inputs
M-Bus + pulse inputs 1)
Prog. data logger + RTC + 420 mA inputs + pulse inputs
0/420 mA outputs
LonWorks + pulse inputs
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 Alt. reg. + pulse inputs
GSM/GPRS module (GSM6H)
Ethernet/IP module (IP201)
High Power RadioRouter + pulse inputs
Supply
No supply
Battery, D-cell
Pt500 sensor set
No sensor set
3 Pocket sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
3 Short direct sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
Flow sensor /pick-up unit
Supplied w/1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
Supplied w/2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for 1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
Prepared for 2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for meters w/Reed switch output (both V1 and V2)
Meter type
Heat meter, (MID module B+D)
Cooling meter
Heat/Cooling meter
A
B
C
D
0
2
3
5
7
9
A
B
C
00
10
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
35
60
62
64
Require
High- Power
supply
modules
80
82
84
0
2
3
4
7
8

Side 3 af 4
00
0A
0B
0C
0D
0F
0G
0L
Q3
1
2
7
8
K
L
M
2
5
6
XX
6. COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
Country of Origin
S. No.
Model No.
Item Description
Make, COO
FIELD DEVICES
1
SPD 910-300
Air Differential Pressure Switch 0-300Pa for Fans
SE, Sweden
SPD 910-1000
Air Differential Pressure Switch 0-1000Pa for Filters
SE, Sweden
SPU1201
Water Differential Pressure Switch 0.2-4bar for Pumps
SE, Sweden
SPD 310
Air Differential Pressure Transmitter for duct
SE, Sweden
MD20B-230
Actuator Damper (On/Off) + Switch Aux MD-S1
SE, Sweden
MD10A-24
Actuator Damper (Modulating)
SE, Sweden
MN-S4-FCS
Space Temperature sensor for FCU
8
9
EE07-PFT1 + EE244Wireless Temperature and Humidity sensor for Galleries

AA1
EE242-A3
Base Station for Gallery Wireless transmitters
SE, USA
E+E, Austria
E+E, Austria
10
CI-24
PIR sensor for VAV/CAV
11
UI-500
Air Volume Control Potentiometer for Reception AHU
Sontay, UK
12
EPW105
SE, Sweden
13
VER-HWL2XCX
Veris, USA
14
VER-HO2XMCX
Space Humidity transmitter 2% accuracy, Wall Mount for

Common areas
Outdoor Humidity transmitter 2%
15
TFEYR00
Veris, USA
Qatar National Museum

Country of Origin
Legrand, France
1 of 4
Veris, USA
Schneider Electric FZE

Building Business Unit
16
17
TIWB1Y0
Immersion Water Temperature Sensor for pipes
TE500DCW12H31E2
Duct Averaging Temp sensor
Veris, USA
Greystone, Canada
18
TWLY00
Wall Mount Space Temperature Sensor for Common areas
Veris, USA
19
VER-HD2XVCX
Duct Humidity Transmitter for AHUs, Accuracy 2%
Veris, USA
20
CLRSXX
Remote CO2 sensor for Gallery
Veris, USA
21
VER-CWE
Wall Mount Air Quality Sensor for Common areas
Veris, USA
22
FSR1AK1X
FST4A020
Ultrasonic strap on flow meter for CHW Bypass line
Veris, USA
23
VER-U001-0022
24
TOYR00
Impellor Water Flow Meter (SDI0H1N10-0200) for Cooling

Tower Make up line
Outdoor Temp sensor
25
WPS-G-PS3
26
CMD 050VC
CO Sensor
27
HC2-IP25
28
LOXONE
Combined Temp and Humidity sensor, cable and Transmitter

for Galleries
Outdoor Light Sensor
29
LL15
Liquid level float switch with 5m cable
Heat & Combustion, UK
30
AFS-262-HT
High Temp Air Differential Pressure Switch
Heat & Combustion, UK
31
GTC116-PB
Airflow Measuring Station for AHUs
32
D6200N+SY3-24-3-T
200mm Butterfly Valve with 24v 150 Nm On - Off actuator

Country of Origin
Veris, USA
Veris, USA
Greystone, Canada
VCP, Sweden
2 of 4
Rotronic, USA
Loxone, Austria
Ebtron, USA
Belimo, Switzerland

THYSRISTORS FOR AHU's

33
AX-MPR3-12
Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 12kW
Axio, UK
34
AX-MPR3-18
Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 18kW
Axio, UK
35
AX-PPR3-27
Panel Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 27kW
Axio, UK
36
AX-PPR3-36
Axio, UK
37
AX-PPR3-54
Axio, UK
38
AX-PPR3-72
Axio, UK
39
AX-PPR3-105
Axio, UK
40
MNB-300
MNB-300 Unitary DDC Controller
41
SXWAUTSVR10001
Automation Server
SE, Sweden
42
SXWPS24VX10001
PS-24V Power Supply 24 VAC/VDC
SE, Sweden
43
SXWTBPSW110001
TB-PS-W1 Terminal base for Power Supply
SE, Sweden
44
SXWSCABLE10002
Angled Cable 1.5 m
SE, Sweden
45
SXWAO8XXX10001
Analog Output IO Module
SE, Sweden
46
SXWDI16XX10001
Digital Input IO Module
SE, Sweden
47
SXWDOC8XX10001
Digital Output IO Module
SE, Sweden
48
SXWUI16XX10001
Universal Input IO Module
SE, Sweden
49
SXWUI8A4X10001
UI + AO Universal Input IO Module
SE, Sweden
50
SXWUI8D4X10001
UI + DO IO Module
SE, Sweden
51
SXWTBIOW110001
IO Module Terminal Base
SE, Sweden
52
SXWSWESXX00001
Enterprise Server software
SE, Sweden
CONTROLLERS & SOFTWARES

Country of Origin
3 of 4
SE, USA

WORKSTATION, MONITOR, PRINTERS & LAPTOP

53
HP DX2390 Series
Workstation PC complete with LCD Monitor
54
Epson LQ-300 Series
Dot Matrix Printer
55
56
HP Officejet 6000
Series
HP Probook Series
HP, China/Taiwan
Epson, China/Taiwan
Report Printer
HP, China/Taiwan
Laptop
HP, China/Taiwan
BTUMETERS
57
Kamstrup + Sitrans
58
Kamstrup
59
Kamstrup
60
Kamstrup
61
Kamstrup
62
Kamstrup

Country of Origin
DN300 / 500mm magnetic inductive flow meter and BTU

calculator complete with sensors, fittings, pockets and
lonworks communication module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 250m3/h, DN150 / 500mm,
complete with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks
communication module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 60m3/h, DN100 / 360 mm,
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 40 m3/h, DN80 / 300mm, complete
with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks communication
module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 3,5 m3/h, G5/4 / 260mm,
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 1,5 m3/h, G 1 / 130mm complete
with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks communication
module.
4 of 4
Sitrans, Germany
Kamstrup, Denmark
Kamstrup, Denmark
Kamstrup, Denmark
Kamstrup, Denmark
Kamstrup, Denmark
Kamstrup, Denmark

7.
LIST OF PROJECTS
LIST OF PROJECTS
S No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Project Name
A.R.S. Ghanim Building
Abu Dhabi Airport Catering Building
Abu Dhabi Equestrian Club
Abu Dhabi Water & Electricity H&Q
ADMA OPCO HQ
ADNOC Umm Al Nar
ADNOC-FOD Abu Dhabi
Al Khalidiya Residential Extension
Al Wathba Palace
Al Yasat Villa Complex
Amiri Flight
Amiri Flight Expansion & Upgrade
Army Officers Accommodations
Asab Gas Development
ASAB Interconnector
Awad Bin Tareef Al Kutby Building
Bateen palace Villa
Baynuna Hilton
Blood Bank
Butti Bin Bisher Al Mirri
Carrefour
Dayalan Building
Eight Villas for ADNOC
Four Point Sheraton
GCHQ Abu Dhabi
Gulf Pharmaceuticals
H.H. SHK Abdul Mansour Bin Zayed
Hamid Al Moeded Building
Hamza Amiri Building
Herbal Medical Center
Hospital Madinat Zayed
Hotel At Liwa
National Museum Of Qatar

List Of Projects
Page 1 of 15
Location
Dubai
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Buildings Business Unit
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
Khalidiya Co-operative Society

Khalidiya Tower
Khalifa Committee Building
Khalifa Park
LPG Blending Facilities at Ruwais for ADNOC
Mafraq Hospital
Marina Mall
Ministry of Information Abu Dhabi
Mohammad Bin Masood Building
Mr. Mohd. Darwish Bin Karam
Mr. Obeid Mohd Al Hiler
Nasser Al-Mansouri Building
National Bank of Abu Dhabi
NDC HQ
Owais Tower
Polyclinic Al Ain
Polyclinic at Abu Dhabi
Preventive Medicine
Raha Beach Villas
Rehabilitation Hospital
Ruwais Guest House
Saqr Ghobash Building
Sheikh Tahnoun Building
Sheikha Fatima Building
Sheraton Expansion Abu Dhabi
SHK Sultan Private Residential Complex Phase 1 & 2
Shopping Centre A/DH
Tawam Hospital
Twenty Four Abu Dhabi Remote Buildings (ETA)
Wed Garages At Mussaffah
Al Ain Airport
McDonalds Al Ain
Barnaby Joe
Bilad Al Qadeem Health Center
Gulf Air Phase II
Navy Milicon Phase II

List Of Projects
Page 2 of 15
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Al Ain
Al Ain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
Psychiatric Hospital
Sanad Health Center
Syq Bazaar
Urea Project Bahrain
Abdul Aziz Hassan Villa
Al Badi Tower
Al Makhawi Building
Al Maktoum Residential Complex
Al Mansoori Building
Al Murooj Complex
Al Shaefar Building
Al Shalaila Bldg. Spinneys
Al Tayer Tower 30 Storey Building
Al Zabbi Hotel
Al-Ghamdi Residential Complex
Al-Mulla Hotel
Arabian Packaging Industry
Balhoul Building
Baniyas Complex
BMW Showroom
Building for Mr. Juma Al Majid
Building for Sultan Al Dhahiri
Bur Dubai Hotel
Burjuman Expansion Project
Canadian Consulate
Commercial Building P-14 + P-18
Commercial Building P-15 + P-16
Dhahi Khalfan Tower
Dr. Khalifa Tower
Dubai Airport
Dubai Airport Upgrade
Dubai Airwing
Dubai College
Dubai Convention Center
Dubai Hospital
Dubai Labs

List Of Projects
Page 3 of 15
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
Dubai Marine Beach Club

Dubai World Trade Centre
Dubai Condor
E Station Jebel Ali Upgrade
Emarat Headquarters Expansion
Emirates Tech Center
Emirates Training Center
EPPCO HQ Building
Etisalat Al Mankhool
Excelsior Hotel New Block
Falakanaz Complex
Falcon Majlis
Hamriya Residence
Hilton Dubai
Hotel Building Salem Bhakeet
Hotel Building for Lateefa & Ruqaya
Hyatt Dubai
Internet City Phase III
Kendah Housing
Khalil Fouladi Building
LandMark Abdullah Al Ghait Building
Lease Office Building
Lease Office Building I
Lease Office Building II
Mariam Bint Rashid Al Otaiba
Mashreq Bank Bur Dubai
Media City Phase I
Media City Phase II
Meridien Hotel Expansion
Mirage Beach Resort Dubai
Modification at Central Post Office
Mr. Nassir Bin Abdullah Lootah Building
Nad Al Shiba Grand Stand
Nad Al Shiba Trophies Gallery
National Bank of Fujairah Dubai
New Naif Police Station

List Of Projects
Page 4 of 15
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
New Police Station Dubai

ODPI Production Deck
Oman Bin Haider Villa
Princeton Hotel
Pyramid Center
R.S. Ghanam Building
Rashid Hospital
Reef Mall
Regga Street Hotel
Renaissance Hotel
Saeed Al Maktoum Villa
Saeed Minanah Al Ghadier Building
Safa Park Dev Phase 1 (P 6208)
Safa Park Villa
Sheraton Dubai
SHK Alia Building
SHK Maktoum Villa
Shopping Mall Dubai
Spinneys Warehouse
Thirty Six Dubai Remote Buildings (ETA)
Twin Tower
Union Properties
Warba Center
Zabeel Palace Kitchen
Zabeel Palace Refurbishment
Zabeel Sports Club
Zarooni Building
Africa Queen
Agriculture Museum
Ahmos Air Base
Air Force (Three Sites)
Air Force Base
Al Haram Hotel in Alexandria
All Season Village
Army Forces (Five Sites)
AUC Dormitory Building

List Of Projects
Page 5 of 15
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
AUC El Gamil Center Bldg.

AUC Rare Boxes Library
Bany Sweif Hospital
Benha Hospital
Bourivage Touristic Village
Cadbury Factory
Dormitory Building
Educational Hospital Monofeya University
Ektesadia Shopping Mall Alexandria (Under Construction)
El Gamil Center
Exelsure
Factory, 101 Military Tanks
Faisal Islamic Bank (Under Construction)
Federation Of Egyptian Industries (Under Construction)
Faisal Tower
Gazira Sheraton
Hurghada Marriot
Janis 2
Levingstone
Mehala Medical Insurance (Under Construction)
Mena House Hotel Annex
Military Airport Buildings
Multi-Story Office Building
Multi-Story Office Building Attaba
Nahdat Misr
Nile Bride Hotel
Nile Cruise +A282
Nozha Hospital
Orichida Floating Hotel
Rare Boxes Library
San Steafno Shopping Mall
Sharm El Sheikh Residence Hotel
Sheraton Airport Hotel
Solier Hotel
State Council
Tanis 2

List Of Projects
Page 6 of 15
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
Three Corners Hotel & Resort (Under Construction)

Trade Complex, El Abd
Training & Research Center
Yemen Embassy
Childrens TV Hall
National Bank of Fujairah
ONGC Project Bombay
Imam Khomeini Intl Airport
Istiklal Hotel
Tyre Cord Jebel Ali
Amman Jordan University
Bank of Jordan
Holiday Inn
Istiklal Hospital
Queen Alia Intl Airport (Replacing Honeywell Controls)
Al Bahar Eye Center
Al Ganim Villa Maseela
Al Mowasat New Hospital
Al Usaimi Commercial Complex
Audit Bureau H.Q.
Awqaf Tower
Bader Al Mulla Ped Offices
Bidaa Villas
Gulf Investment Corporation (GIC) H.Q.
Hawk Minicraf Complex
KAC 707 Hanger
Kuwait Airways Headquarters
Kuwait Chamber of Commerce
Kuwait Fund Building
Kuwait Oil Sector Complex (Under Construction)
Kuwait SAS Hotel
Kuwait Stock Exchange
Kuwait University Admin & Library
Kuwait University Shuwaikh Campus
Le Meridien Hotel
Mew MPW H.Q.

List Of Projects
Page 7 of 15
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Fujairah
Fujairah
India
Iran
Iran
Jebel Ali
Jordan
Jordan
Jordan
Jordan
Jordan
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
Ministry of Planning H.Q.

MTC Headquarters Extension
National Bank Childrens Hospital
Paeet
Palace of Justice
Piffs Remote Monitoring
Public Authority For Civil Information
Sabah Hospital Operating Theatres
Sahab Tower
Salhia Commercial Complex
Salmiya Commercial Complex (Al Fanar)
Shaheed Tower
Sheikha Ali Complex
Six Villas Complex Maseela
Souk Al Safat Commercial Complex
Standards Lab Kuwait Airbase
Sultan Center Farwaniya
Yarmouk Neighborhood Center
Italian Embassy
Najjar Medical Center
St. Joseph University
Al Husn Palace
Al Khasibi Villa
Al Khor Mosque
Al Nahda Hospital
Al Shatti Cinema Complex
Bait Al Mamurah Palace
British Ambassadors Residence
British Embassy
Diwan Phase II
Diwan Phase III
Engine Test Facility MOD
Grand Hyatt Hotel
Internal Security Services
Manah Power Project
Muscat Municipality HQ Building

List Of Projects
Page 8 of 15
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Lebanon
Lebanon
Lebanon
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
Muscat Securities Market

New ICU at Royal Hospital
Oman Intl Bank
Omantel Technical Building
PDO HQ Muscat
QAA Palace Muscat
Radisson Hotel Muscat
Robat palace
Royal Flight Muscat
Royal Hospital
Salalah Civil Airport
Sea Palace At West bay
Sheraton Oman
Sultan Qaboos Mosque at Bahla
Sultan Qaboos University Block C
Sultan Qaboos University Hospital
Taimur Mosque Muscat
JACIR Palace Bethlehem
Doha Intl Airport Phase 1
Doha Sheraton
Express Hotel Doha
QAFCO
Qatar Gas
Qatar Islamic Bank
QIB
Abraj Atta Awuneya (NCCI Project), Riyadh.
Abu Diab Office Building, Jeddah
Ajyad Al Sud Hotel
Al Bilad Commercial Ctr. Riyadh
Al Dahlawi Plaza, Jeddah
Al Khobar Hospital, King Fahd
Al Mishari Hospital, Riyadh
Al Mouwasat Hospital, Dammam
Al Mubarraz Hospital, Hafuf
Al Musa Shopping Ctr & Residential Complex, Riyadh
Aramco Boys & Girls School, Dhahran

List Of Projects
Page 9 of 15
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Palestine
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia

Sensor Installation Details

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sensor Installation Details

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

a.

Air Differential Pressure Switch Airflow &

Fan Airflow Monitoring &

Water Differential Pressure Switch

Pipe Pressure High / Low Level

Air Differential Pressure Sensor

Duct Air Pressure Monitoring

Actuator Damper (On/Off) + Switch Aux MD-S1

AHU Damper Actuator

Actuator Damper (Modulating)

Room Temperature Sensor With Display For FCU

Room Temperature Monitoring

Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor +

Temperature and Humidity

PIR sensor for VAV/CAV

OccupancySensor for VAV/CAV

Air Volume Control Potentiometer

PART NO. / MODEL NO.

SPD 910-300 &

Water Differential Pressure Transmitter

Space Humidity Transmitter

AHU Damper Actuator

Air Volume Control Knob

Differential Pressure Monitoring

Textile/Paper Lab, Cleaning Room

Outdoor Humidity Transmitter

Outdoor Humidity Sensor

Duct Temperature Sensor

Temperature Sensor - Duct

Immersion Water Temperature Sensor for Pipes

Immersion Water Temperature

PART NO. / MODEL NO.

Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor

Averaging Temperature Sensor Duct

Wall Mount Space Temperature Sensor

Duct Humidity Transmitter

Remote CO2 Sensor

Transformer Room, MV Room

Duct Air Humidity Monitoring

CO2 Sensor for Galleries

Restaurant, Auditorium, Theatre

Ultrasonic Strap on Flow Meter

CHW Bypass line

Impellor Water Flow Meter

Outdoor Temperature Sensor

Wall Mount CO2 Sensor

CHW Pressurization unit Make-up

High Pressure Alarm for CHW line

Loading Bay and Generator Room

Combined Temperature and Humidity Sensor

Combined Gallery Temp and

Outdoor Light Sensor

Liquid Level Float Switch

Heat & Combustion,

Tank Level Float Switch

High Temperature Air Differential Pressure

Heat & Combustion,

Airflow Measuring Station

Airflow Measuring Station for AHU

Butterfly Valve + Actuator

Butterfly Valve + Actuator

AX-MPR3-12, 18, 28, 36,

Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph

Din Mount Heating Regulator